Criteris lingüístics, bibliogràfics, d'estil i convencions

Guidelines

  • Orthography and grammar
    • Spelling
      • Spelling at the UB
      • Diacritics
      • Italics
      • Ligatures
      • Double consonants before suffixes
        • The letter l
        • Other consonants
      • Hyphens
        • Fractions
        • Prefixes
        • Compound adjectives
        • Phrasal verbs
        • Word breaks
        • Compounds with the same root and different prefixes
    • Punctuation
      • General guidelines
      • Full stops
        • Indirect questions
        • Items in lists
        • Headings
        • Sentences ending in abbreviations
        • Footnotes and endnotes
      • Colons
        • Common mistakes
        • Other uses
      • Semicolons
        • Main functions
        • Alternatives to the semicolon
        • Lists
      • Commas
        • Listing items in a series
        • Joining sentences
        • Setting off phrases
        • Misuse of the comma
        • Other uses of the comma
      • Dashes
      • Brackets
        • Round brackets
        • Square brackets
      • Question marks
      • Quotation marks
      • Exclamation marks
      • Apostrophes
      • Ellipsis points
    • Capitalization
      • Sentence capitals
        • Beginning of a sentence
        • After a colon
        • With round brackets
      • Titles
      • Proper nouns
        • Titles and ranks
        • Personal names
        • Places
        • Reference
        • Dates, periods and events
        • Movements and ideologies
        • Languages and nationalities
        • Official documents
        • Education
          • Subjects, courses, degrees and disciplines
          • Chairs and knowledge areas
          • Grades
          • Academic periods
        • Public institutions and organizations
        • Congresses, events and competitions
        • Brand names
        • CamelCase
    • Abbreviations and symbols
      • Forming abbreviations
        • Forming acronyms and initialisms
        • Forming contractions and truncations
      • Using abbreviations
        • Using acronyms and initialisms
        • Using contractions and truncations
      • Abbreviations and grammar
        • Abbreviations and articles
        • Abbreviations and plurals
        • Abbreviations as adjectives
      • Abbreviations in a multilingual context
      • Symbols
        • Ampersands
        • Asterisks
        • Capitalization and lowercasing
        • Multiplication signs
        • Percent signs
      • Abbreviating units of measurement
      • Spacing
      • Currencies
    • Numbers
      • Writing out numbers
      • Numbers and punctuation
      • Numbers and units of measurement
      • Numbers and ranges
      • Time of day
      • Dates
      • Use of billion
      • Telephone numbers
    • Singular and plural
      • Words with unusual plural forms
      • Common problems with singular and plural
      • Collective nouns and the number of the verb
      • Partitive expressions
      • Verbs with compound subjects
  • Gender
    • Third-person pronouns
    • Jobs and roles
    • Man as a reference to people in general
    • Honorifics
  • Translation
    • Names
      • People
      • Public figures
      • Historical figures
      • Place names
      • Public institutions
      • Universities
      • Courses and subjects
      • Talks and public lectures
      • Books, music and art
      • Awards
      • Museums
      • Political parties and unions
      • Official journals and gazettes
      • Companies
      • Trade fairs and meetings
    • Forms of address
    • Currencies and measures
    • The word web versus the word internet
    • Latin
    • Varieties of English
    • Terms that have no established translation
  • Writing and model documents
    • Writing in English
      • Structure
      • Sentences
      • Subjects and characters
      • Verbs and actions
      • Placement of verbs
      • Cohesion
      • Parallelism
      • The unofficial style
      • Concision
        • Reduce clauses
        • Delete superfluous words and phrases
        • Avoid nominalizations
        • Avoid overuse of it is and there is
        • Do not make vague attributions
        • Make direct statements
        • Do not hedge excessively
      • Summary
    • Tools for text production
      • Spellcheckers
      • Grammar checkers, thesauruses and translation dictionaries
      • Automatic correction tools
      • Configuring language tools in your word processor
      • Special characters
      • Word wrap and word division
      • Team projects and revision of texts
      • Online word processors and other online tools
      • Conclusions
    • Types of document
      • Administrative documents
        • Letter
          • Tutorials on writing letters
        • Email
          • Tutorials on writing emails
        • Certificate
          • Tutorials on writing certificates
        • Internal certificate
        • Application
        • Notification
        • Resolution
        • Agreement
      • Final projects
        • Academic style
          • Sentence variety
          • Subjects and verbs
          • Paragraphs
            • Point sentences
            • Cohesion and coherence
            • Example text with commentary
          • Active or passive
            • Use the passive voice to focus on the action
            • Favour the passive voice in the Methods and Results sections
            • Use the verb form to organize the sentence content
            • Use verb forms that keep characters in subject position
            • Use verb forms that facilitate movement from old information to new
            • Use the active with the pronouns I or we
          • Parallelism
          • Concision
            • Reduce relative clauses
            • Delete superfluous words and phrases
            • Avoid nominalizations
            • Use expletive constructions sparingly
            • Avoid vague attributions
            • Make direct statements
            • Do not hedge to excess
        • Humanities
          • Cover page
          • Acknowledgements
          • Table of contents
          • Title
            • Title styles
          • Abstract and keywords
            • Abstract
            • Keywords
          • Introduction
          • Main body
            • Who are you writing for?
            • Basic organization
            • Jargon
            • Too much informality
            • Give opinions
            • Summary is not analysis
            • Writing critically
            • Writing concisely
              • Paragraphs
              • Passive voice
              • Small matters
            • Use of supporting literature
              • Primary sources
              • Secondary sources
          • Conclusion
          • Referencing styles
            • Avoiding plagiarism
          • Editing your text
        • Natural sciences
          • Cover page
          • Acknowledgements
          • Table of contents
          • Title
            • Nominal titles
            • Compound titles
            • Full-sentence titles
          • Abstract and keywords
            • Abstract
            • Keywords
          • Introduction
            • General guidelines
            • Verb tenses
            • Active voice and the first person
            • The impersonal it
            • Articles
            • Nominalization
            • Certainty and hedging
            • Literature review
          • Main body
            • Methods
              • Language
              • Graphics
            • Results
              • Presenting the data
              • Examples from the literature
            • Discussion
              • Move 1 and Move 2
              • Move 3
              • Move 4
              • Reordering moves
          • Conclusion
          • Referencing styles
            • Literature review
          • Editing your text
        • Social sciences
          • Cover page
          • Acknowledgements
          • Table of contents
          • Title
          • Abstract and keywords
            • Abstract
            • Keywords
          • Introduction
          • Main body
            • Literature review
            • Methods
            • Results
            • Discussion
              • Move 1 and Move 2
              • Move 3
              • Move 4
              • Reordering moves
          • Conclusion
          • Referencing styles
          • Editing your text
      • Course guides
        • Defining the key terms
          • Competences
          • Learning objectives and learning outcomes
        • Writing competences
        • Writing learning objectives
        • Writing learning outcomes
        • Writing course content
          • Be cohesive
          • Be concise
          • Be clear
        • Useful vocabulary
          • Types of assessment
          • The grading system
          • Uses of mark and grade
          • Types of class
          • ECTS credits
          • Use of the present tense
          • Use of the student or students
          • Stative and dynamic verbs
          • Percentages
    • Personalized institutional templates
  • Appendices
    • Common verbs spelt with z using Oxford spelling
    • Common contractions, truncations and initialisms
    • Unusual plural forms
    • Latin terms with English equivalents
    • Verbs expressing objectives and outcomes in course guides
    • Catalan–English glossary of points of grammar, style and text production

Guidelines

Guidelines, which is the English-language section of the University of Barcelona’s Llibre d’estil, brings together and develops different documents, including those produced by the English Section of the Language Quality Work Group of the Vives Network of Universities, in which the University of Barcelona participates. To date, these are the Interuniversity Style Guide for Writing Institutional Texts in English (Manual d’estil interuniversitari per a la redacció de textos institucionals en anglès), the Interuniversity Style Guide for Writing End-of-Degree Projects in English and the Interuniversity Style Guide for Writing Course Guides in English, which were all completed with the support of an Interlingua grant from the Government of Catalonia.

The main objectives of the English-language section of the Llibre d’estil are to improve the quality of the institutional and academic English-language documents produced at our university. Loosely modelled on existing style manuals, including the Commission Style Guide of the European Commission’s Directorate-General for Translation and The Chicago Manual of Style, this resource is organized into different sections addressing specific and general aspects of institutional and academic language style and providing examples of model documents.

The University of Barcelona’s Language Services would like to thank all those people who participate each year to extend and improve this resource, from our colleagues in other institutions to the Language Services’ own grantholders.


Spelling

Many questions related to spelling can be resolved simply by referring to a dictionary or using a good computer spellchecker. But there are also issues that require more careful consideration and that cannot be resolved automatically. This section provides recommendations on the general conventions applicable to spelling, the use of British or American English and the features of Oxford spelling, which is the UB’s preferred spelling system. It also explains the consequences of using one spelling system or another (for example, ligatures and consonant doubling) and refers to considerations that are related to spelling in different ways, such as diacritics, italics and hyphens.

Spelling at the UB

As a reflection of our European geographical situation, the Vives Network of Universities recommends the universities in the Catalan university system to use British English in most contexts, particularly for institutional documents. At an institutional level, the UB recommends using British English combined with Oxford spelling (following the Oxford Dictionary or else the Collins Dictionary), and being guided by common sense and discretion when deciding which English to use in texts addressed to American readers. The rest of this page explains how to use Oxford spelling and reviews the main differences in usage between British English and American English.  

Oxford spelling puts emphasis on conserving the earliest known root of English words and so, generally speaking, it only differs from British English when British English doesn't do this. The most notable case is the group of verbs and verb derivatives whose origins can be traced back to the Greek root izo. Oxford spelling conserves this root by spelling these words with a z, while British English spells them with s, following a later form that was more common in Early and Middle English. American English spells these words with z too, but for a different reason to Oxford: in the American case, this comes from the eighteenth- and nineteenth-century reforms headed by Noah Webster and designed to simplify and standardize English spelling.

British English
Oxford spelling*
American English
centralise
centralize
centralize
centralising
centralizing
centralizing
globalise
globalize
globalize
globalisation
globalization
globalization
organise
organize
organize
organisational
organizational
organizational
recognise
recognize
recognize
recognisable
recognizable
recognizable
summarise
summarize
summarize
summarised
summarized
summarized

*For a more extensive list of verbs that follow this pattern, see Appendix I: Common verbs spelt with z using Oxford spelling.



Both British English and Oxford spelling conserve the s of those verbs whose Greek root is lys by spelling the verbs with an s, while American English uses z, again as a means to simplify and standardize writers’ spelling choices.

British English
Oxford spelling
American English
analyse
analyse
analyze
breathalyse
breathalyse
breathalyze
catalyse
catalyse
catalyze
dialyse
dialyse
dialyze
electrolyse
electrolyse
electrolyze
hydrolyse
hydrolyse
hydrolyze
paralyse
paralyse
paralyze


Remember, however, that British English, Oxford spelling and American English all spell certain words always with an s or with a z. In the case of s, this happens when the -ise part of the word is not a complete suffix but a fragment of a longer component like  -cise, -mise, -prise or -vise (often, historically, from French past participles that use s, like -mise from mettre/mis and -prise from prendre/pris):

advertise
compromise
enterprise
prise
advise
demise
excise
supervise
apprise
despise
exercise
surmise
chastise
devise
improvise
surprise
circumcise
disenfranchise
incise
televise
comprise
disguise
merchandise
revise


In the case of z, this happens with a small number of words including prize, size and capsize (possibly from the Spanish verb capuzar).

Finally, in most other respects, remember that Oxford spelling follows British English and contrasts with American English in the following ways.

British English with Oxford spelling
American English
-ce for nouns, -se for verbs (practice, practise; licence, license)
-se for both nouns and verbs (practise, practise; license, license)
-e before suffixes (ageing, judgement, knowledgeable)
no -e before suffixes (aging, judgment, knowledgable)
-ogue (analogue, catalogue, dialogue)
-og (analog, catalog, dialog)
-our (behaviour, colour, favour, neighbour)
-or (behavior, color, favor, neighbor)
-re (centre, fibre, litre, metre*, theatre)
-er (center, fiber, liter, meter, theater)
-wards (backwards, forwards, towards)
-ward (backward, forward, toward)


*British English with Oxford spelling uses this -re spelling to refer to units of measurement (so also centimetre and kilometre) but uses the -er spelling to refer to unit-measuring devices (barometer, thermometer).

A last note: remember that British usage has the form programme (as opposed to the American program) except when referring to computer code, in which case program is preferred.

Diacritics

Diacritics are marks added above or below a letter (or sometimes within or between letters). In the Roman alphabet, they are basically used to indicate a modification in the pronunciation of the letter in question.

Although some languages make use of a large number of such marks, in those often used within our contexts, the most common diacritics are the so-called grave (`) or acute (´) accents, the cedilla (¸), the umlaut/diaeresis (¨), the tilde (˜) and the circumflex (ˆ).

Unlike some other European languages, which make use of a large number of diacritics, modern English does not have any. However, some borrowed words may be written in English with their original non-English diacritic. The most common are the grave (`) or acute (´) accents, the cedilla (¸), the umlaut/diaeresis (¨), the tilde (˜) and the circumflex (ˆ), but they rarely affect pronunciation (for exceptional cases, see Ambiguity below). Overall, borrowed words tend to lose their diacritics over time because of processes of simplification and assimilation, and the fact that diacritics are not easily typed on an English keyboard.

  • Ambiguity

    Use diacritics when their absence could result in ambiguity. For example, exposé, resumé and rosé, when unaccented, look like different words (in this case, expose, resume and rose, respectively). In many cases, when there is no possible ambiguity, you do not need to use the original diacritic (for example, facade, deja-vu or doppelganger). In other cases, however, assimilated foreign words, including some borrowed from French (for example, attaché, communiqué, soufflé or papier-mâché) and, increasingly, from Spanish (jalapeño and piñata), often keep their original diacritics.

  • Names

    With names in other languages, respect people’s uses of diacritics.

    Exemple adequatPlease contact Dr González Martí, assistant rector for Communication, for further information.

    Exemple adequatThe plenary talk was given by Professor Johan Lübeck, a specialist in medieval German manuscripts.



  • Other words

    When an English text uses foreign words or phrases that are not names but that have a diacritic in the original language, you should either keep all such marks or else use none at all. Be consistent. If you decide to use them, remember that they should also be used on capital letters.

    Exemple adequatThe Concept of Égalité in the Recognition of Non-EU Degrees in France: A Critical Analysis

Italics

Italics are often used to emphasise words or phrases.

Exemple adequatRemember that you will only have five minutes to present your conclusion.


Exemple adequatAll assignments must be handed in by Friday 11 May.


Generally speaking, however, restrict their use to the following cases.

  • Titles of books, journals and other publications

    Unless following specific editorial guides, write the titles of books, journals and other published materials such as theses, end-of-degree projects, dictionaries and reference works in italics, to distinguish the titles from the rest of the sentence.

    Exemple adequatRecent research into the applications of microbial cyanobacteria in treating oil pollution has been published in the latest edition of the prestigious journal Science Today.


    Be aware, however, that conventions for indicating the title of a book or journal may vary depending on the publication or academic field. You will therefore have to bear these factors in mind, depending on the purpose of your text and where it will be published. For additional comment, see Titles.

  • Words and expressions in other languages

    Italicize words or expressions from other languages that are not common in English (that is, words not included in a reliable English dictionary) and that may therefore not be readily understood.

    Exemple adequatThe ceiling of the Faculty’s Aula Magna offers visitors a beautiful example of Catalan Modernisme.


    Other expressions of this kind are the Latin terms for academic distinction, cum laude, magna cum laude and summa cum laude (meaning “with honour”, “with great honour” and “with highest honour”, respectively), which should be italicized.

    But note that foreign words that have now become common in English do not require italics.

    addendum
    cognoscenti
    entente cordiale
    papier maché
    ad hoc
    communiqué
    ex-ante
    schadenfreude
    alma mater
    croissant
    fest
    status quo
    attaché
    deja-vu
    genre
    terra firma
    avant-garde
    doppelganger
    hors d’oeuvre
    vice versa
    barista
    éminence gris
    kefir
    zeitgeist



    Note also that, in the event of using a non-English form for the official name of an organization (universities, companies, governmental bodies, etc.) these names are not written in italics.

    Exemple adequatThe University is currently involved in discussions with the Red Española de Supercomputación (Spanish Supercomputing Network).

Ligatures

Although still in use in British English for more technical words (such as œstrogen or cæsium), the æ/œ spelling (known as a ligature, in which two or more letters are graphically combined) is now not universally used for most other words that were traditionally written with a ligature. These words now have a single written vowel that substitutes the older æ form (medieval and encyclopedia being well-known examples). Opt for the simplified spelling for all such non-technical words.

Double consonants before suffixes

Where consonants are doubled for monosyllabic words (basically, after a short vowel and immediately before a suffix beginning with a vowel such as -ing, -er, -est or -ed), British and American English spelling is the same.

flat
flattest
stop
stoppable
shop
shopping


For words of more than one syllable, however, see The letter l and Other consonants.

The letter l

As an indication for when to double this final consonant in British English, we replicate the explanation given in Section 1.5 of the English Style Guide of the European Commission’s Directorate-General for Translation: “In British usage, a final l is doubled after a short vowel on adding -ing or -ed to verbs (sole exception: parallel, paralleled) and adding -er to make nouns from verbs”.

Examples would include the following:

Exemple adequatAlumni membership growth will probably level off by the end of the year.

Exemple adequatStudent interest in the new programmes has levelled off since January.



Exemple adequatAll those wishing to travel on the new grant should contact the International Office.

Exemple adequatThis regulation applies to administrative staff who travelled during the first semester.



Exemple adequatModel your task on one of the following diagrams.

Exemple adequatProject modellers will need a minimum of five years’ experience.


In American English, except for multi-syllabic words ending in al (final/finally; minimal/minimally), the letter l is usually not doubled before a suffix.
Finally, there are certain words ending in the letter l in British English which double this consonant in American English:

Exemple adequatenrol–enroll; fulfil–fulfill; appal–appall


Note that the letter l is accordingly doubled or not in derivatives ending in ment:

Exemple adequatenrolment–enrollment; fulfilment–fulfillment

Other consonants

Usage may vary considerably between British and American English in the doubling of a consonant at the end of a word other than l. If in doubt, consult a reliable English dictionary. However, the following observations generally hold for both variants. The consonants t and r double before the endings ed and ing if the last syllable of the root word is stressed.

Exemple adequatThe Department will admit students who meet the following requirements.

Exemple adequatThe Dean admitted that faculty disruptions were inevitable.



Exemple adequatStudents must submit their assignments in the agreed format.

Exemple adequatApplicants who are submitting their papers in June should fill in the following form.



Exemple adequatThe Rector will confer an honorary doctorate on two renowned sociologists.

Exemple adequatThe University has rarely conferred such degrees in this academic field.



Exemple adequatFaculty members will refer all complaints to the Dean.

Exemple adequatReliable international research should be referred to for clarification.


In contrast, for two-syllable words whose first syllable is stressed, the final consonant is not doubled.

open ['əʊpən]
opening
opened
focus [f'əʊkəs]
focusing
focused
target [t'ɑ:gɪt]
targeting
targeted


In British English the exception to this are two-syllable words ending in p, where the final consonant is doubled even when the principal stress is on the first syllable.

Exemple adequatThe new dean plans to equip laboratories with the latest technology.

Exemple adequatThe science labs are equipped with state-of-the-art instruments.

Hyphens

The use or non-use of hyphens is a complex issue. The same words may sometimes be considered correct with or without hyphens, such as is the case with email and e-mail. The general tendency, however, is to use them less, especially due to the influence of electronic and social media, where hyphens are often considered superfluous or untidy. To avoid unnecessary difficulties, we will give only certain basic guidelines.

Fractions

Unless they belong to a figure (), always spell out and hyphenate fractions.

Exemple adequatThe report shows that one-third of all undergraduates use campus parking facilities.

Prefixes

Many words beginning with a prefix are written with a hyphen (co-payment); many are not (overproduction). Confusingly, there are also cases where both forms are considered acceptable (British: pre-school / American: preschool). As can be seen from this last example, the tendency in American English is to hyphenate less than in British English. In any event, if in doubt about whether a prefix should be followed by a hyphen, consult a reliable dictionary. However, the following observations generally hold.

Words beginning with a common prefix (such as un-, dis- or re-) are often written without a hyphen.

Exemple adequatCurrent levels of absenteeism in many subjects are unacceptably high.

Exemple adequatStudent representatives have disregarded criticism from the Rector, calling it uninformed and unfair.

Exemple adequatThis initiative reaffirms the strong ties between the two universities.


Nevertheless, make sure to hyphenate when the prefix re- precedes a word beginning with e, such as re-evaluate, or when the hyphen can help avoid confusion, such as re-sent vs resent or re-sign vs resign.

Hyphenate all words formed by a prefix and a word beginning with a capital letter.

Exemple adequatThis movement is a pan-European response to failures in education.

Exemple adequatThe research confirms a growing anti-British sentiment in commercial relations.

Exemple adequatThe trans-Siberian railway attracts many students seeking adventure.


But note that words like transatlantic, transpacific or subarctic are normally written as single words with no capitalization.

Compound adjectives

Hyphenate compound adjectives before a noun to indicate that the adjectives should be read as a unit, thereby avoiding ambiguity.

Exemple adequatsmall-city mayors [as opposed to city mayors who are small]

 
Exemple adequata popular-music producer [as opposed to a music producer who is popular]



Although hyphens are only sometimes needed to avoid misunderstanding, hyphenate compound adjectives even when confusion is unlikely.

Exemple adequata little-discussed problem

Exemple adequata low-prevalence phenomenon

Exemple adequata well-meaning intervention


However, do not hyphenate compound adjectives in which the first element is an adverb ending in either ly or in y.

Exemple adequata compellingly argued paper

Exemple adequata highly detailed research proposal

Exemple adequata very engaging argument


Similarly, do not hyphenate compound adjectives in which the first element is a comparative (such as less) or a superlative (such as most).

Exemple adequata less complicated suggestion

Exemple adequatthe most cited research paper

Phrasal verbs

  • Nouns formed from phrasal verbs

    Nouns formed from phrasal verbs are often written as a single word and may or may not be hyphenated. If in doubt, consult a dictionary.

    Exemple adequatThe dropouts from this course are unusually high.

    Exemple adequatFunding problems have meant that these projects have been put on standby.

    Exemple adequatA major follow-up to this study has already been planned.

    Exemple adequatLast year’s buy-in allowed our faculty to open three new laboratories.


  • Adjectives formed from phrasal verbs

    When a phrasal verb is used as an adjective, it is usually hyphenated.

    Exemple adequatStudents participating in this initiative were given additional information during the signing-on phase.

    Exemple adequatDuring the warm-up period, there will be no assessment.

Word breaks

Hyphens can be used to break up words into their component parts to facilitate reading by avoiding doubled letters.

Exemple adequatPart-time teaching staff play an increasingly important role in the MA programme.

Exemple adequatStudents who do not comply with the regulations may lose the right to re-examination.

Exemple adequatThe Office of Health and Safety’s harm-minimization strategy reduced the spread of Covid among the staff.


But note that certain high-frequency terms are no longer hyphenated.

Exemple adequatCooperation among participating universities is gradually increasing.

Exemple adequatMacroeconomic factors have led to considerable modifications in research funding.


Words that are part of a name may be exceptions to this rule.

Exemple adequatThe Organization for Security and Co-operation in Europe

Compounds with the same root and different prefixes

When a noun is preceded by more than one hyphenated prefix, write the prefixes as follows.

Exemple adequatIn a pioneering study, the Department of Psychology is currently researching the pre- and post-natal effects of carbon monoxide.


Exemple adequatPuig Peralta is an authority on fifteenth- and sixteenth-century arithmetic texts.

Punctuation

Punctuation is an important aspect of any written text. Good punctuation organizes or divides the text to make meaning clearer; poor punctuation will make it difficult to understand.

General guidelines

Use common sense. Punctuation should help make written language clear to readers; but if it does not, it should not be there. In other words, make light use of punctuation: as much as is necessary, but no more.

  • Precedence

    Be careful of using two or more punctuation marks in succession. Generally speaking, use the stronger or more necessary one. For example, question and exclamation marks are stronger than commas and full stops. However, quotation marks, brackets and ellipsis points are often used next to other punctuation marks. In the first of the two examples below, the question mark is used instead of the habitual comma and precedes the closing quotation marks; and in the second, a full stop is not needed because the exclamation mark already ends the sentence.

    Exemple adequat“Have all the results been reported?” asked the researcher.

    Exemple adequat“Fees must be paid by 20 December!


  • Punctuation and spacing

    Punctuation marks in English – apart from dashes, ellipsis points, slashes and opening brackets – are always next to the preceding word, without a space.

    Slashes are closed up to the preceding word and to the next word when they separate two single words.

    Exemple adequatand/or
    Exemple adequatmale/female


    When a slash separates two groups of words or a group of words from a single word, insert a space before and after the slash.

    Exemple adequatThis proposal has been approved / requires further consideration.

    Exemple adequatSuch documents shall be signed by the rector / rector’s delegate, as applicable.


    Full stops, question marks, exclamation marks, commas, colons and semicolons are always followed by a single space.

Full stops

Full stops or points present few problems. Use them for three main purposes: ending sentences that are not questions or exclamations, punctuating the numbers or letters used to list the elements of a summary, and separating the letters in some, but not all, abbreviations.

Indirect questions

Use a full stop, not a question mark, after an indirect question.

Exemple adequatHe asked what the requirements were.

Items in lists

Use full stops after the numbers or letters that list the elements of a summary.

Exemple adequat1. Prepare the report.
2. Send copies to all members.


Exemple adequatA. Punctuate properly.
B. Write simply.


The individual items in vertical lists should only be followed by full stops when they form complete sentences (as above), not when they are simply nouns or noun phrases (as below).

Exemple adequatBachelor’s degrees
1. Law
2. Chemistry
3. History of Art


Punctuate information contained in a list written in sentence form with a comma after each item in the list and the conjunction and or or before the last item, which is punctuated with a full stop.

Exemple adequatTo qualify for the master’s programme
1. your undergraduate degree must be officially recognized,
2. you must have a CEFR B2-level command of English, and
3. you must submit official transcripts of your undergraduate studies.


If the list consists of sentences punctuated with a full stop, the phrase introducing the list must end in a colon (as in the example) or a full stop.

Exemple adequatRequirements for admission to the master’s programme:
1. Your undergraduate degree must be officially recognized.
2. You must have a CEFR B2-level command of English.
3. You must submit official transcripts of your undergraduate studies.

Headings

Do not use full stops at the end of headings. Use full stops (not colons) in run-in heads, which should be italicized or written in boldface to make them stand out.

Exemple adequatDoctoral degree requirements. Doctoral students are required to submit at least three progress reports during the first two months of the research period. The templates for these reports can be accessed online.

Sentences ending in abbreviations

If an abbreviation that takes a final point ends a sentence, this final point functions as the full stop.

Exemple adequatThe new faculty service provides updates on roundtables, forums, seminars, courses, etc.

Exemple adequatThis research is the initiative of a number of companies, including Apple Inc.

Exemple adequatThe tour of the Aula Magna will end at 2.30 p.m.


In the case of questions and exclamations, however, finish the sentence with the final point of the abbreviation followed by a question mark or exclamation mark.

Exemple adequatCan this department really base its future decisions on the findings of Brown et al.?

Exemple adequatThis was hardly the position adopted by Washington D.C.!

Footnotes and endnotes

End all footnotes and endnotes with a full stop.

Exemple adequat1Smith, R.G. In “How to Write a Good Essay”, pp. 45–48.

Exemple adequat4Mack, 111–112.

Colons

Use colons to introduce examples, explanations and specifications. In running text, a colon is preceded by a complete sentence; what follows it may or may not be a complete sentence, and may be a list or even a single word.

Exemple adequatUniversity orientation provides a range of activities for new students: tours, workshops and social events.

Exemple adequatResearch centres are facing a troubling situation: budgets are shrinking.

Exemple adequatThey proposed the creation of a new post: unit coordinator.

Common mistakes

Be careful with colons in the following situations.

  • Instead of a comma

    Do not use a colon to substitute a comma. Therefore, not

    Exemple no admissibleTo complete your admission application: send the required documents by the end of the month.


    but

    Exemple adequatTo complete your admission application, send the required documents by the end of the month.


  • After a preposition

    Do not use colons between a preposition and its complement. Therefore, not

    Exemple no admissibleThe Council announced cutbacks in: research funding, international cooperation and staff development.


    but

    Exemple adequatThe Council announced cutbacks in research funding, international cooperation and staff development.


  • Two or more colons in a sentence

    Never use more than one colon in a sentence. Therefore, not

    Exemple no admissibleThe Council’s priorities are controversial: they have been praised and criticized by all groups: PDI, PTGAS and students.


    but

    Exemple adequatThe Council’s priorities are controversial. They have been praised and criticized by all groups: PDI, PTGAS and students.



    Note, however, that you can use a semicolon and a colon in the same sentence.

    Exemple adequatThe Government cutbacks have been devastating; protests are planned by many people working in the most affected areas: education, healthcare and social services.

Other uses

  • Separating a title from a subtitle

    When you cite the name of a book which has both a title and a subtitle, separate the two with a colon. Do this even though no colon may appear on the cover or the title page of the book itself.

    Exemple adequatHuman Towers: A Catalan Tradition


  • Ratios

    Ratios can be written with words (two to one) or with numbers and a colon (2:1).

    Exemple adequatWomen outnumbered men by two to one.


    Exemple adequatThe ratio of women to men was 2:1.


Main functions

The semicolon is mainly used to join two complete sentences in a single sentence when (a) the two sentences are thought to be too closely related to be separated by a full stop and (b) there is no connecting word which would require a comma, such as and or but.

Exemple adequatThe Governing Council agreed to the measure; the Student Council rejected it.

Alternatives to the semicolon

  • Full stop

    A semicolon can generally be replaced by a full stop.

    Exemple adequatThe Governing Council agreed to the measure. The Student Council rejected it.


    However, the semicolon suggests that the two shorter sentences are more closely related than two consecutive sentences usually are.

  • A connecting word

    A semicolon can also be replaced by a suitable connecting word (and, or, but, while, yet) with a joining comma.

    Exemple adequatThe Governing Council agreed to the measure, yet the Student Council rejected it.


    However, certain connecting words must be preceded by a semicolon or full stop. The most common are consequently, hence, however, meanwhile, nevertheless, therefore and thus.

    Exemple adequatThe two sides have refused to negotiate; consequently, the measure has been suspended.

Lists

Use semicolons to separate items in long or complex lists, or to make these items more conspicuous than they would be with commas.

Exemple adequatThe membership of the committee was as follows: PDI, 4; PTGAS, 5; students, 3.

Commas

As a general rule, commas can be used to list items in a series, to join sentences and to set off parenthetical or introductory phrases (for commas in lists in sentence form, see Items in lists).

Listing items in a series

In a list containing a series of items, separate the items with commas. However, a comma should not precede the conjunction before the final item (in other words, write a, b and c and not a, b, and c). But if a comma would make the meaning clearer, use it – especially where one of the items in the list is already joined by and.

Exemple adequatSpecialist subjects include teaching, research and development, and business applications.

Joining sentences

When you join two complete sentences into a single sentence, you can use commas followed by a suitable connecting word: and, or, but, while or yet.

Exemple adequatThe group members had to hand in their reports last week, but some were only submitted this week.


The comma is not required if the subject of the second part of the sentence is omitted or if the conjunction used is and or or.

Exemple adequatThe student had to hand in the work by Friday but didn’t make the deadline.

Exemple adequatThe student had to hand in the work by Friday or the work would receive a failing mark.

Setting off phrases

If a phrase is meant to complement or introduce the main information in a sentence, it can be set off by a comma or pair of commas.

Exemple adequatKnowing that some students put things off, the lecturer decided assignments should be submitted a week before the exam.

The students in the third group, despite their best efforts, did not submit the assignment on time.


  • Defining relative clauses

    In relative clauses do not use commas if the clause defines the antecedent and if omitting it would radically change the meaning of the sentence.

    Exemple adequatStudents who study here are very intelligent.

    Students who use the library are likely to be better prepared.


    The above clauses define the type of students referred to.

    In defining clauses that do not refer to people use either which or that.

    Exemple adequatThe research was completed with materials which were easily obtained.

    The research was completed with materials that were easily obtained.


    The above clauses define the type of materials referred to.


  • Non-defining relative clauses

    Sentences with non-defining relative clauses need commas because the clause adds information to an otherwise complete sentence.

    Exemple adequatStudents at that university, who were all admitted with academic scholarships, have to work very hard.


    In non-defining clauses, only use which or who.

    Exemple adequatThe research, which was done over a period of three years, was conducted with easily obtained materials.


    In the following two sentences, which are both correct, the comma makes a difference. In the first, Dr Smith researches only those additives that pose a risk; in the second, the implication is that all food additives pose a risk.

    Exemple adequatDr Smith researches food additives which pose a risk to human health.

    Dr Smith researches food additives, which pose a risk to human health.

Misuse of the comma

Do not put the comma between the subject and the verb even if the subject is very long. Therefore, in the sentence below there is no comma between the words own (the end of the long subject) and are (the first word of the verb phrase).

Exemple adequatStudents who are attracted by the idea of spending a few months studying at a university in a country other than their own are often put off when they realize they will have to attend lectures in a foreign language.

Other uses of the comma

Separate a city from a state, province, region or country with a comma.

Exemple adequatChicago, Illinois
Exemple adequatLisbon, Portugal


Do not use a comma between the month and the year.

Exemple no admissibleOctober, 2001
Exemple adequatOctober 2001


In most numbers of one thousand or more, use commas between groups of three digits.

Exemple adequat62,242
Exemple adequat1,723
Exemple adequat1,000,000


Exceptions are degree temperatures, years, addresses, page numbers and other uses of numbers for a non-quantifying purpose (see Numbers and punctuation).

Dashes

Dashes are longer than hyphens and are used differently. There are two kinds: en dashes (–), which are the width of the letter n, and em dashes (—), which are the width of the letter m.

Use the en dash without spaces to express a connection or to indicate a date, time or number range.

Exemple adequatGironaBarcelona bus
Exemple adequatstaffstudent relationship


Exemple adequat20192022
Exemple adequat3.157.30 p.m.
Exemple adequat4050 students


Remember that ranges can be expressed by an en dash or by the words from and to (or between and and) but never by a combination of from (or between) and an en dash. Therefore, not

Exemple no admissibleThe Arabic discussion group will meet from 3 p.m.–6.30 p.m. on Thursdays.


but

Exemple adequatThe Arabic discussion group will meet from 3 p.m. to 6.30 p.m. on Thursdays.


Use the em dash (—) with spaces to make a parenthetical reference.

Exemple adequatThis morning’s lecture rescheduled from last week was given by Professor Mulligan.


Round brackets

Round brackets are primarily used in four situations.

  • Secondary or marginal information

    Use round brackets to indicate information that is secondary or marginal to the main idea of the sentence.

    Exemple adequatThe documentary was produced by Spotlight Films (a production company connected to the University’s film school).


  • Explanations or abbreviations of preceding information

    Use round brackets to expand on or explain preceding information.

    Exemple adequatEU-OSH (the European workplace safety and health agency) works to ensure that these regulations are respected.

    Exemple adequatThe project was funded by the World Health Organization (WHO).


    When a passage within round brackets is at the end of a sentence, of which it is only a part, place the full stop after the closing bracket. However, when the bracketed passage is a complete sentence, place the full stop before the opening bracket and then add a second full stop before the closing bracket.

    Exemple adequatThe number of students entering arts degrees is declining (according to recent reports).

    Exemple adequatThe number of students entering arts degrees is declining. (According to recent reports, it has dropped by over 25% in the last nine years.)


  • Options

    Use round brackets to represent options.

    Exemple adequatPlease write your surname(s) in block capitals.

    Exemple adequatThe opinions of the author(s) are not shared by the publisher(s).


  • Enumerations in a body of text

    Use round brackets to enclose numerals or letters in an enumeration in the body of a text. Italicize the numerals and letters.

    Exemple adequatA project proposal should include (1) a description of the project, (2) an identification of the target audience, (3) an explanation of why the project deserves funding and (4) a comparison with similar projects implemented in recent years.

    Exemple adequatThe preview of your class paper should include (a) an abstract, (b) a sample of each chapter, (c) a selected bibliography and (d) details on funding.

Square brackets

Square brackets are less common than round brackets. They are primarily used in three situations.

  • Clarifications within quoted text

    Use square brackets to set off a clarification within quoted text.

    Exemple adequatThe Rector said of the coming budget debate: “Never in all my years as rector have I had to make such a difficult decision about such a useful programme [grants for young researchers] affecting so many”.


  • Optional or tentative text

    Use square brackets to indicate text that is optional or still open to discussion. In the following example, the School of Education is responsible for implementing the project. What is optional or uncertain is whether the Office of External Relations will share that responsibility.

    Exemple adequatThe implementation of the project will be the [joint] responsibility of the School of Education [and the Office of External Relations].


  • Brackets within brackets

    Use square brackets to indicate parenthetical elements that are already in round brackets.

    Exemple adequatA large multilateral organization (e.g., the World Bank [WB]) has the following characteristics…

Question marks

  • Direct questions

    Place a question mark at the end of any sentence that is a direct question.

    Exemple adequatWho wrote that report?


    If the question is a direct quotation repeating the speaker’s exact words, a question mark is still used.

    Exemple adequat“Who wrote that report?” she asked.


  • Other types of questions

    • Indirect questions

      Do not use a question mark in an indirect question, in which the speaker’s exact words are not repeated. Use only a full stop, since the whole sentence is now a statement.

      Exemple adequatShe asked who had written that report.


    • Courtesy questions

      If a request or instruction is put as a question for reasons of courtesy, do not use a question mark.

      Exemple adequatWould you please fill in and sign the attached application and submit it before the end of the month.

Quotation marks

Use quotation marks, also called inverted commas, to indicate direct quotations and definitions.

Exemple adequatBefore bestowing the award, the Rector said, Dr Robinson’s efforts to oppose discrimination place him among the few who actually deserve such an honour.


Exemple adequatAccording to this dictionary, a methodology is a body of methods, rules and postulates employed by a discipline.


As in the examples above, punctuation should be placed according to the meaning: if it belongs to the quotation, it is quoted; otherwise, it is not.

Exemple adequatAccording to the Dean, The need for structural change is paramount.”

Exemple adequatThe Dean declared that the need for structural change was paramount.


We recommend using double marks for a quotation and single marks for a quotation within a quotation.

Exemple adequatHis office door is very unusual; it has Welcome written all over it in over thirty different languages.


Quotations of over four lines in length should be set off from the text as a block quotation, not enclosed in quotation marks, and single-spaced. Quoted matter within the block quotation is set off with double quotation marks; quotations within these quotations, with single quotation marks.

Single quotation marks can also help show the reader that a word or term is used in an unusual, colloquial or ironic way.

Exemple adequatNature somehow ‘knows’ the best environmental course to take.


Exemple adequatThe students felt ‘ripped off’ by the lecturer’s decision to hold the exam a week earlier than scheduled.


Exemple adequatThat lecturer is famous for sharing her ‘wisdom’ with her students.


Also, use quotation marks for titles of chapters in books, articles in periodicals, and TV and radio programmes.

Exclamation marks

An exclamation mark is used at the end of a short phrase or a sentence that expresses very strong feeling. It is one way of adding emphasis and in our institutional context it may be used in public announcements of certain kinds, university relations and advertising.

Exemple adequatSign up now!
Exemple adequatMore funding for research and development!


However, exclamation marks are very rare in formal English, so use them sparingly. Finally, never use more than one exclamation mark in a row.

Exemple no admissibleJoin us at the presentation!!!

Apostrophes

In general, we use apostrophes to indicate possession or contracted forms.

  • Possessive forms of nouns

    The possessive form of a singular noun is marked by an apostrophe followed by s.

    Exemple adequatthe manager’s report
    Exemple adequatthe lecturer’s hypothesis


    This rule applies in most cases even with a name ending in s.

    Exemple adequatthe PTGAS’s response
    Exemple adequatErasmus’s success


    If a plural noun already ends in s, the apostrophe is used alone.

    Exemple adequatthe students work (several students)
    Exemple adequatthe teachers room (all the teachers)


    Note that the apostrophe is also used in expressions of time.

    Exemple adequateight weeks time
    Exemple adequatyesterdays meeting


    Degree types should be written with an apostrophe followed by s.

    Exemple adequatbachelor’s degree
    Exemple adequatmaster’s degree


    But note the exception doctoral degree (not doctor’s degree).

    Do not use apostrophes to indicate a decade, a plural acronym or the plurals of figures.

    Exemple no admissiblethe 1990’s
    Exemple adequatthe 1990s
    Exemple no admissibleURL’s
    Exemple adequatURLs
    Exemple no admissible747’s
    Exemple adequat747s


  • Contractions

    Use apostrophes for contractions (you’re for you are, don’t for do not, it’s for it is or it has) but note that contractions are far less common in formal texts than they are in informal writing.

Ellipsis points

Use ellipsis points with a space on either side to denote pauses. Use them at the end of a sentence without a space to indicate that the sentence has been left unfinished.

Exemple adequat“This morning’s lecture ... was very interesting.”


Exemple adequatThe lecturer warned her students: “The reports are due next Friday. If I don’t get them...


Use ellipsis points with square brackets to denote words missing from a direct quotation.

Exemple adequatThe Rector said, “Preston [...] transmitted values through his books [...] and enabled us to understand the present and look to the future.”


Do not use ellipsis points to indicate an incomplete list. Use etc. Therefore, not

Exemple no admissibleThis unit deals with promotion, advertising, outreach...


but

Exemple adequatThis unit deals with promotion, advertising, outreach, etc.

Capitalization

Capital letters essentially have three functions: to mark the beginning of a sentence, to indicate titles and to distinguish proper nouns from other words. It is impossible to establish absolute rules for all aspects of capitalization because it often depends on the role of a word in a sentence, the writer’s personal taste or the house style being followed. It is largely the second and third functions mentioned above – titles, and the distinction between proper nouns and other words – that lead to discrepancies in practice: authors can apply traditional or more modern approaches to title capitalization (that is to say, maximal and minimal capitalization, respectively), and sometimes there are differences of opinion over exactly what constitutes a proper noun and how words derived from proper nouns should be dealt with. Whatever decisions are taken, however, writers should strive to maintain consistency.


Beginning of a sentence

The first letter of a word that begins a sentence, or a set of words that function as a sentence, should be capitalized.

Exemple adequatOn behalf of the URV, I would like to welcome you. All of you. Each and every one of you.


Also capitalize the first letter of a syntactically complete quoted sentence.

Exemple adequatAccording to university regulations, “All thefts of library books must be reported to the general manager.”

After a colon

After a colon it is standard practice not to capitalize the first letter of the following text.

Exemple adequatThe academic year is divided into two quite distinct periods: the first and the second semesters.


However, if the statement introducing a vertical list is a complete sentence, close it with a colon and then capitalize the first letter of each item of the list. If the items are complete sentences, close each with a full stop; if they are not, leave them without final punctuation.

Exemple adequatStudents can pass the course only in the following circumstances:
a) They attend 80% of all the classes.
b) They hand in all the course work on time.
c) They get at least 50% in the final exam in June.

Exemple adequatStudents must present the following documents:
a) The official application form
b) A motivation letter
c) A photocopy of their passport


If the statement introducing a vertical list is a sentence fragment, not a complete sentence, do not close it with a colon and lowercase the first letter of each item. Finish each item with a comma or a semicolon, except for the second-to-last item, which should finish with the word and and no final punctuation, and the last item, which should finish with a full stop.

Exemple adequatStudents will have more chance of successfully completing the course if
a) they are given clear instructions,
b) they are regularly reminded of their obligations, and
c) they are closely supervised.


For the use of a capital letter after a colon in some administrative documents, see Application.

With round brackets

When the parenthetical material is a complete sentence, capitalize the first word.

Exemple adequatAll aspects of the projects submitted will be analysed in detail by the department. (Please bear in mind, however, that the final decision will be in the hands of the research committee.)


If the parenthetical material is enclosed within another sentence, it should not begin with a capital or end with a full stop, whether it is a full sentence or not.

Exemple adequatThe debate continued (we all knew that this was inevitable) in the bar after the lecture had finished.

Exemple adequatStudents should take their application forms to the Language Service (opposite the lift on the third floor).

Titles

Documents

Traditionally, the titles of documents in English are given maximal capitalization. That is to say, capitalize the first word and all nouns, pronouns, adjectives, verbs and adverbs. Do not capitalize articles, conjunctions or prepositions.

Exemple adequatThe Strategic Plan for Teaching and Learning


However, the first word of a subtitle after a colon is generally capitalized, whatever part of speech it may be (see also Other uses in the section on punctuation).

Exemple adequatStrategic Planning: An Approach to the Future


Remember, too, that when writing individual titles, you can often exercise a certain amount of personal judgement. A short title, for example, may look better if words that are often lowercased are capitalized.

Exemple adequatAll About Erasmus


In the headings of document sections, however, use sentence-style capitalization (first word and proper nouns) instead of title-style capitalization (first word and all nouns, pronouns, verbs, adjectives and adverbs), although the exact style will also depend on the number of levels of hierarchy. Capitalize the first word, but lowercase the rest, including the first word after a colon (except for those words that would normally be capitalized in running text).

Exemple adequatTeaching vision

Exemple adequatStrategic goals: a necessary evil

Exemple adequatCore teaching values and the Dublin Declaration


The first element of a compound word is always capitalized in a title; the second element is also capitalized unless it is an article, a preposition or a coordinating conjunction.

Exemple adequatThe Role of Computer-Assisted Translation in the Internationalization of European Universities

Exemple adequatGreater European Integration Gets the Thumbs-up from Catalan-Speaking University Students


Second elements that are hyphenated to prefixes are capitalized only if they are proper nouns.

Exemple adequatCompetences: A Comparison between Pre- and Post-Erasmus Students

Exemple adequatPost-examination Opening Times for University Libraries


Publications

Capitalize and set in italics the titles of all sorts of published works (books, theses, audiovisual material, journals, paintings, etc.).

Exemple adequatthe book Landscapes: A Guide to University Architecture

Exemple adequatthe thesis Fabrication of Bulk and Interdigitated Solar Cells

Exemple adequatthe film American Beauty

Exemple adequatthe Pink Floyd album The Dark Side of the Moon

Exemple adequatthe journal Analytical Chemistry

Exemple adequatSalvador Dalí’s painting The Persistence of Memory

Exemple adequatHarold Pinter’s play The Birthday Party


However, only capitalize the first word of the titles of articles, chapters and other sections of a publication, and enclose them in inverted commas.

Exemple adequatThe research group wrote the article entitled “The dynamics of charge carriers.


Exemple adequatBefore the next class, please read the chapter “Revising prose structure and style.


For other issues of use of italics, see the explanation about the titles of books, journals and other publications in Italics.


Titles and ranks

Words for the titles and ranks of people are lowercased when they are used in a general sense or refer to the position held rather than the person.

Exemple adequatThe principal academic and administrative officer of a university in this country is the rector.


They are capitalized when they are used directly before a name, as a form of address or as a substitute for the name of the holder of the title.

Exemple adequatIn 2022, Rector Alabart was re-elected for a second four-year term of office.

Exemple adequatOnly last week, Rector, you stated that there would be no further cuts in the departmental budget.

Exemple adequatLast week the Rector gave a speech to the Barcelona Chamber of Commerce.


When titles are used in apposition to a name, they do not form part of the name and are, therefore, lowercased.

Exemple adequatDr Alabart, rector of the University, was first elected in 2018.


The general guideline, then, is that if the title or rank is a reference to a specific person and the person’s name could be used instead without affecting factual or grammatical accuracy, then a capital letter should be used.

In titles that are hyphenated compounds it used to be standard practice to capitalize only the first part of the compound. Nowadays, however, the tendency is to capitalize both parts if the compound refers to a specific person.

Exemple adequatThe Vice-Rector for Academic Policy described the new reforms to the Governing Council.


But note that when the reference is to the position of vice-rector, not to a particular person, the title should be lowercased.

Exemple adequatThe vice-rector for academic policy is responsible for making large-scale changes to degree programmes.

Personal names

Capitalize the names and initials of all real or fictitious people.

Exemple adequatDavid Bohm
Exemple adequatJoanot Martorell
Exemple adequatSilence Dogood


Many names contain articles, prepositions, conjunctions or other particles (for example, de, d’, de la, the, lo, el, la, i, y, von, van, etc.). English, Catalan and Spanish names tend to lowercase these elements. Therefore:


Exemple adequatXavier de Bofarull
Exemple adequatWalter de la Mare
Exemple adequatAlexander the Great


Exemple adequatTirant lo Blanc
Exemple adequatAntoni Rovira i Virgili
Exemple adequatSantiago Ramón y Cajal


However, capitalize the particle when a person is referred to by the surname and the particle is in initial position.

Exemple adequatThe writer D’Ors often used the pseudonym Xènius.

Places

Capitalize the names of all countries, towns and other places commonly accepted to be the proper names of cultural, historic, tourist, geographical or economic entities.

Exemple adequatCatalonia
Exemple adequatBarcelona
Exemple adequatthe Iberian Peninsula

Exemple adequatthe Golden Coast
Exemple adequatthe Third World
Exemple adequatthe Wild West


The names of geographical features are also capitalized. The generic term (lake, sea, river, channel, etc.) is also capitalized when it is used as part of the name.

Exemple adequatthe Mediterranean Sea
Exemple adequatthe River Francolí
Exemple adequatLake Banyoles

Otherwise, no capital letter is used (see Reference).

Exemple adequatthe Mediterranean and the Baltic seas


Capitalize the initial article in place names, even though it is lowercased in Catalan.

Exemple adequatEl Morell
Exemple adequatLa Floresta
Exemple adequatL’Anoia


When you are referring to parts of cities, capitalize terms such as avinguda, carrer, carretera, passeig and plaça, even though these are lowercased in Catalan (see also Place names in the section on translation).

Exemple adequatAll Erasmus Week participants should be at the station in Plaça de Catalunya at 9 a.m.


Compass directions should only be capitalized when they are part of the name of a recognized geographical or political region.

Exemple adequatThe URV has established an agreement with Queen’s University, the leading university in Northern Ireland.

Exemple adequatThe URV is the university of southern Catalonia.

Reference

When a reference is made to a previous mention of a capitalized proper name, the usual practice is to revert to lower case.

Exemple adequatThe Erasmus students were taken to Lake Sils. When they arrived, the lake was calm and serene.

Exemple adequatThe Spanish Civil War was fought between 17 July 1936 and 1 April 1939. The war began after a group of right-wing generals rose up against the Government of the Second Spanish Republic.


However, when the reference is simply a short form of the specific person, organization, institution or event previously mentioned, capitals are used.

Exemple adequatThe University of Girona is placing great emphasis on internationalization. The University is fully aware of the importance of this policy.

Exemple adequatThe Spanish Civil War was fought between 17 July 1936 and 1 April 1939. The Civil War became notable for the passion and political division it inspired.


Plural forms that apply one generic term to multiple names should be lowercased because the generic term is merely a descriptor and not part of the proper name.

Exemple adequatthe universities of Barcelona and Lleida


In order not to repeat the name of a place, writers sometimes use synonyms (or coreferents), which should always be capitalized.

Exemple adequatthe New World [America]
Exemple adequatthe Big Apple [New York]
Exemple adequatthe Pond [the Atlantic Ocean]

Dates, periods and events

Capitalize all days, months, festivals, holidays, historical periods and historical events (Wednesday, August, Easter, Saint John’s Eve, the Middle Ages, the Tragic Week), but lowercase the seasons (the autumn semester, spring enrolment, winter, summer).

Movements and ideologies

Capitalize the names of all cultural, artistic, social, political and religious movements and ideologies.

Exemple adequatRomanticism
Exemple adequatSurrealism
Exemple adequatthe Slow Movement

Exemple adequatthe Tea Party
Exemple adequatCatholicism

Languages and nationalities

The names of languages and nationalities are always written with a capital letter.

Exemple adequatThe working languages of the research group are Catalan, Spanish and English.

Exemple adequatThe Basque universities have signed numerous agreements with their Catalan counterparts.

Official documents

Capitalize the titles of laws and official documents.

Exemple adequatthe Single European Act

Exemple adequatthe Statute of Autonomy of Catalonia

Exemple adequatSpanish Royal Decree 1359 of 21 October 2003 on the Governance of TATT Activities

Exemple adequatFramework Agreement of Cooperation between the University of Lleida and Queen’s University


Descriptive titles and titles used in the plural should be lowercased.

Exemple adequatThe regulation governing the administration of examinations was debated by the Senate yesterday.

Exemple adequatThe statutes of the autonomous communities were first established in the early 1980s.


Subjects, courses, degrees and disciplines

When referring to subjects, courses and degrees in general terms, use lower case.

Exemple adequatThree students failed their mathematics exam.

Exemple adequatMy mother has just enrolled on a course in computer programming for senior citizens.

Exemple adequatBernard is studying a bachelor’s degree in biochemistry.


When referring to the official names of subjects, courses and degrees, use title-style capitalization.

Exemple adequatThree students failed Advanced Mathematics I.

Exemple adequatThe enrolment for the course Computer Programming for Beginners ends on 27 March.

Exemple adequatThe Master’s Degree in Biochemistry teaches students how to use chromatographic techniques.


The names of disciplines should be lowercased.

Exemple adequatAlthough anthropology is easy to define, it is difficult to describe.

Exemple adequatThe course provides students with training in research into oenology and biotechnology.

Chairs and knowledge areas

The official names of all chairs and knowledge areas are capitalized. The generic term is only capitalized when it is part of the official name.

Exemple adequatThe UOC’s UNESCO Chair in Education and Technology for Social Change is pleased to announce that its 10th international seminar will be held next November.

Exemple adequatThe knowledge area of Scope Management ensures that the projects include only the work required to complete them successfully.

Grades

Grades are capitalized.

Exemple adequatFail
Exemple adequatPass
Exemple adequatExcellent
Exemple adequatGood
Exemple adequatA
Exemple adequatB

Academic periods

Academic periods are lowercased.

Exemple adequatthe academic year
Exemple adequatcompulsory secondary education (ESO)
Exemple adequatthe first semester
Exemple adequatthe second term

Public institutions and organizations

Capitalize all the words, including the generic terms, that are part of the official name of public institutions, organizations, societies, associations and movements.

Exemple adequatthe Faculty of Chemistry

Exemple adequatthe Department of Business Management

Exemple adequatthe Language Service

Exemple adequatthe Board of Trustees

Exemple adequatthe General Directorate of Universities


When the names of organizations are in the plural or have a more general meaning, the generic terms should be lowercased.

Exemple adequatThe departments of History and Psychology are piloting a new teaching methodology.

Exemple adequatOne of the aims of a university language service is to prepare students to compete in a globalized society.


When the full name of the organization is abbreviated by deleting a word or words, the capitals should be maintained (see Reference).

Exemple adequatThe Department [of History] is piloting a new teaching methodology.

Exemple adequatThe University [of Barcelona] is engaged in a far-reaching process of internationalization.

Congresses, events and competitions

Capitalize the names of congresses, conferences, symposiums, meetings, seminars, forums, festivals and competitions.

Exemple adequatthe Third Symposium of Sports Medicine

Exemple adequatScience Week

Exemple adequatthe Seventh Competition in Creative Writing


If the generic term is not part of the name of the activity, use lowercase.

Exemple adequatthe conference Euroanaesthesia 2015


Any specific title that is placed after the general title should also be capitalized.

Exemple adequatThe Second MAUMIS Research Symposium: “Conflict, Discrimination and Religious Plurality”

Brand names

Write all words that are part of brand names, models and commercial products with an initial capital.

Exemple adequatThe Samsung Galaxy Tab is a line of upper mid-range Android-based tablet computers.

Exemple adequatAn Excel worksheet can be embedded in a Word document.

Exemple adequatThe laboratory purchased various PerkinElmer analytical instruments and a Hewlett Packard printer.

CamelCase

CamelCase is the term used to refer to the convention of joining several words together to form a single name. Medial capitals (capital letters in the middle of a word) are used so that each word can be clearly distinguished and the name easily read. There are two types of CamelCase: in UpperCamelCase the first letter of the name is capitalized; in lowerCamelCase it is lowercased. It has been used for centuries in the spelling of certain names.

Exemple adequatDon MacLean
Exemple adequatPaul McCartney
Exemple adequatMeindert DeJong


In the 19th century, it was used for the purpose of chemical notation.

Exemple adequatCaBr2
Exemple adequatAc2O3
Exemple adequatLi2O


Subsequently, in the 20th century, it was used by computer programmers who needed to create terms without leaving spaces between words.

Exemple adequatEndOfFile
Exemple adequatErrorLevel


At the end of the 20th century, it spread from the world of computer programming and it is now in general use, particularly for corporate trade names.

Exemple adequatMicrosoft Word
Exemple adequatHarperCollins
Exemple adequateBay

Exemple adequatiPad
Exemple adequatgLinux
Exemple adequatWhatsApp


In the world of academia, CamelCase is often used in the abbreviations of academic qualifications.

Exemple adequatBSc
Exemple adequatMSc
Exemple adequatPhD

Abbreviations and symbols

Abbreviations and symbols provide a short reference for a longer word or a series of words. In general terms, abbreviations fall into two groups: those which are frequently used to refer to specific words or terms (Thurs., e.g., Dr) and those which accompany their longer form at least once to show us there is a shorter alternative (EHEA for European Higher Education Area, or LERU for League of European Research Universities). In this second group there are short forms for proper nouns, like EHEA or LERU above, but there are also abbreviations for common nouns (such as CPD for continuing professional development or IT for information technology), which we use when we want those common nouns to describe a generalized group, practice or field. Abbreviations are particularly important in our university context, where a large number of texts record the names of institutions and systems of different kinds; and the correct use of certain symbols in institutional texts such as informative web pages and annual reports makes those texts easier to read.


Forming acronyms and initialisms

Most acronyms are formed from the first letter or first few letters of a series of words and are usually pronounced as words. If an acronym contains six or more letters, capitalize the initial letter and lowercase the others.

Exemple adequatErasmus (European Community Action Scheme for the Mobility of University Students)

Exemple adequatEuropol (European Police Office)

Exemple adequatNATO (North Atlantic Treaty Organization)


Initialisms are usually formed from just the first letters of a series of words. Generally speaking, write them following the upper- or lower-case pattern of the full term. When the full term is in lower case, they are usually separated by points.

Exemple adequatMBA (Master of Business Administration)

Exemple adequate.g. (exempli gratia)

Exemple adequati.e. (id est)


Note, however, that the abbreviation plc (public limited company) is always written in lower case but without points.

In higher education, some initialisms representing degree studies combine upper and lower case and do not take points.

Exemple adequatBSc (Bachelor of Science)
Exemple adequatPhD (philosophiae doctor)


Note, too, that an initialism may take capital letters even when the full term does not.

Exemple adequatNGO (non-governmental organization)
Exemple adequatPC (personal computer)

Forming contractions and truncations

Contractions are formed by omitting the middle of a word. In line with British English, do not put a point after the last letter of the contraction.

Exemple adequatAttn (Attention)
Exemple adequatDr (Doctor)
Exemple adequatMr (Mister)


Truncations are formed by omitting the end of a word and sometimes other letters as well. They are always followed by a point.

Exemple adequatFeb. (February)
Exemple adequatTues. (Tuesday)
Exemple adequatcol. (column)


Using acronyms and initialisms

Terms in the title of a text should not be accompanied by their abbreviation.

If a term occurs frequently in a text, accompany it by its abbreviation on first mention and just use the abbreviation in all further references.

Exemple adequatOur faculty’s internal quality assurance system (IQAS) is modelled on the document European Standards and Guidelines for Quality Assurance in the European Higher Education Area (ESGs) and each academic year all IQAS results are subject to an external review which considers those ESGs on an individual basis.


If the term only occurs once in the text, there is usually no need to give the abbreviation at all. Also note that some very well-known acronyms do not need to be explained (e.g., UK, EU, NATO), and those abbreviations that appear as nouns in an authoritative English dictionary do not need to be spelt out on first use.

Exemple adequatWe recommend standard UK English.

Exemple adequatIQ is now being questioned as a reliable measure of intelligence.


However, there are texts in which you should add an abbreviation after a term even though the term only occurs once. One case is legal or administrative texts, where for the sake of precision and clarity the abbreviation is as important to include as the full term.

Exemple adequatThe University of Barcelona Virtual Museum (MVUB) declines any liability resulting from the incorrect use of this website.


Another case is a text in which the full term is not as useful to the reader as the abbreviation. In some institutions, for example, writers often translate the full names of organizations to help non-native readers, but those translations are not used by other institutions. In such cases, the original-language abbreviation becomes particularly important for the reader as an identifier, as in the example of the Centre de Recerca d’Alta Muntanya (CRAM) below.

Exemple adequatThe Centre for Mountain Research (CRAM) is a leading institute that promotes practical and theoretical research into the natural environment of the Pyrenees in aquatic systems and in records of environmental fluctuation and biodiversity.


A further case is a text in which the full term is not as reliable as the abbreviation. On the web, for example, a research organization called the Centre de Recursos de Biodiversitat Animal is variously rendered as the Animal Biodiversity Resource Centre, the Resource Centre for Animal Biodiversity and the Centre for Resources in Animal Biodiversity. In such cases, add the full term’s official abbreviation (in this case, CRBA) even after an isolated reference.

Finally, however, do not use abbreviations simply because they make a text look more official and without considering whether the reader really benefits by them.

Exemple no admissibleI would like to express my gratitude to you and your colleagues for having invited our institution to the Third International Exhibition and Conference on Higher Education (IECHE 2012).

Using contractions and truncations

  • Truncated forms as codes or symbols

    Truncated forms used as codes or symbols do not take points.

    Exemple adequatEN (English)
    Exemple adequatkg (kilogram)


  • Contractions and truncations in Latin

    Latin forms that are full words do not take a point; Latin forms that are not full words do take a point.

    Exemple adequatsic (meaning as was written in the original)


    Exemple adequatet al. (short for et alii meaning and others)


    Exemple adequatno. (short for numero meaning number, with a point in this case to avoid confusion with the word no)


  • Abbreviating people’s names

    Abbreviate people’s first names with a single letter only, followed by a point and a space.

    Philippe Junot
    P. Junot
    Theodore Roosevelt
    T. Roosevelt


    Write multiple initials with points and spaces.

    Elwyn Brooks White
    E. B. White


    Represent compound first names by both initials.

    Joan Manuel Serrat
    J. M. Serrat
    Jean-Paul Sartre
    J.-P. Sartre


    Note, however, that in formal institutional texts like contracts or certificates you should avoid abbreviating people’s first names. For example, M. or M.a should be written out as Maria or María, while J. Ramon should be written out as Joan Ramon or Josep Ramon (for further details, see People in the section on translation).

  • Lower-case abbreviations

    Some common abbreviations are never written in upper case, even at the beginning of a footnote.

    Exemple adequatc. (circa)
    Exemple adequate.g. (for example)
    Exemple adequati.e. (that is)

    Exemple adequatl., ll. (line, lines)
    Exemple adequatp., pp. (page, pages)


    When possible, however, avoid beginning a note with an abbreviation. For example, not

    Exemple inadequat²¹pp. 125–132.


    but

    Exemple adequat²¹See pp.125–132.


  • Use of Article

    Note that the word Article may be abbreviated to Art. in footnotes or tables but should not be abbreviated in running text.

  • Use of etc.

    Only use etc. at the end of a series of examples and never at the end of a series introduced by the words like, for example or such as.


Abbreviations and articles

Acronyms that abbreviate the names (proper nouns) of organizations and systems do not take the definite article the even if their full forms do.

Exemple adequatOPEC (the Organization of the Petroleum Exporting Countries)

Exemple adequatUNTERM (the United Nations Multilingual Terminology Database)


But when they abbreviate common nouns, they take the or a(n) as necessary.

Exemple adequatthe MD (managing director)

Exemple adequata CMS (content management system)


Initialisms generally take the definite article if the full form does.

Exemple adequatthe ERA (the European Research Area)

Exemple adequatthe OECD (the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development)


This rule can be applied to the abbreviations of the names of Catalan-speaking universities because the full forms always begin with the definite article la (la Universitat Politècnica de Catalunya, la Universitat Rovira i Virgili, la Universitat de València).

Exemple adequatthe UPC
Exemple adequatthe URV
Exemple adequatthe UV


Universities may establish other norms, however. For example, the University of Vic – Central University of Catalonia is known as UVic–UCC (without the) in its English abbreviated form. In English, many universities prefer this usage.

Exemple adequatUSC is the University of Southern California.


Finally, remember that the article is not necessary when the full term is hardly ever used (HIV, for human immunodeficiency virus), when it describes a general notion (VET, for vocational education and training) or when we consider the abbreviation to be a name in its own right (IBM, for International Business Machines Corporation).

To choose between a or an, apply the rule “a before a consonant sound, an before a vowel sound” (as if the abbreviation following the article were being spoken).

Exemple adequata LERU decision
Exemple adequata PTGAS representative
Exemple adequata UJI student
Exemple adequatan Erasmus grant
Exemple adequatan EHEA guideline
Exemple adequatan NBA player

Abbreviations and plurals

Plurals of abbreviations are formed in the same way as the regular plurals of common nouns: simply by adding the letter s. Note that there is no apostrophe before s, which is written in lower case.

Exemple adequatFAQs (frequently asked questions)

Exemple adequatSMEs (small and medium-sized enterprises)

Exemple adequatVLEs (virtual learning environments)


When the singular form of the abbreviation ends in s, that form can also be used to refer to a plural group. This avoids the uncomfortable effect of seeing an s repeated.

Exemple adequatSDS (safety data sheet)

Exemple adequatSDS (safety data sheets)

Abbreviations as adjectives

As indicated in the examples in Abbreviations and articles, abbreviations can also be used as adjectives, in either a simple or compound form.

Exemple adequatPDI salaries

Exemple adequatR&D contracts

Exemple adequatUB-specific degree courses

Exemple adequatEHEA-recognized qualifications

Abbreviations in a multilingual context

Criteria for translating into English is the subject of the subsection Translation, but there are two important points to be made about using abbreviations in our multilingual institutional context.

First, if you need to provide English versions of the full names of university offices or government institutions, do not translate their abbreviations. For example, the English name of a university office called the Oficina de Programes Internacionals (OPI) would be the Office for International Programmes (OPI). And the English names of the Diari Oficial de la Generalitat de Catalunya, the Diari Oficial de la Generalitat Valenciana and the Boletín Oficial del Estado would be the Official Journal of the Government of Catalonia (DOGC), the Official Journal of the Government of Valencia (DOGV) and the Official Gazette of the Government of Spain (BOE), respectively.

Second, a number of very frequent abbreviations in Catalan-speaking universities come from common noun phrases that have no official English equivalent (PTGAS from personal tècnic, de gestió i d’administració i serveis, PDI from personal docent i investigador, SED from secretaria d’estudiants i docència and PAT from pla d’acció tutorial). In these cases, explain or paraphrase the full term the first time it occurs in a text and then use only the Catalan abbreviation for the rest of the text. This way, English-language readers can be more effectively helped to understand their non-English institutional environment.

Exemple adequatLast year, our university’s technical, management, administrative and service staff (personal tècnic, de gestió i d’administració i serveis, or PTGAS) took advantage of the Erasmus+ programme to travel to over 20 different European destinations. A number of PTGAS members also completed courses in the US and in Canada.

Symbols

This section provides guidelines for the symbols that commonly appear in institutional writing. It also considers the use of abbreviations for units of measurement. For details on symbols expressing sequences, ranges and yearly periods, see Numbers.

Ampersands

In our university context, the ampersand is mainly found in the formal names of institutions (e.g., Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation, Overton & Meyer Award), where it should not be replaced with the word and. The ampersand, and not the plus sign, should be used to abbreviate the phrase research and development.

Exemple adequatIs today’s R&D model failing to meet the needs of developing countries?


Do not use the ampersand as a substitute for the word and, as this use is generally a feature of informal writing.

Asterisks

The asterisk (*) is used quite frequently in English, primarily to refer to additional information such as special terms or conditions.

Exemple adequatStudents will be refunded their payment in full in the case of loss during transit*. [...]

*Losses should be reported using the University's web page.


However, if you are writing a longer text that requires numerous footnotes or end notes (such as a contract), use numbers or letters instead of asterisks.

Capitalization and lowercasing

Use capital letters for the first letter of symbols that come from people’s names.

Exemple adequatBq (becquerel)
 
Exemple adequatHz (hertz)
 
Exemple adequatK (kelvin)
 
Exemple adequatN (newton)


Symbols that come from common nouns are generally written in lower case and are the same for singular and plural.

Exemple adequatcd (candela)
Exemple adequatg (gram)
Exemple adequatkb (kilobit)
Exemple adequatkg (kilogram)
Exemple adequatlm (lumen)
Exemple adequatlx (lux)

Multiplication signs

The multiplication sign (×) is similar to the lower case x but should not be confused with it. To type a multiplication sign in a Word document, hold down the Alt key and type 0215 on the numeric keypad.

In our institutional context, its main uses are to represent the multiplication of numbers, where it is read as “times”, and the geometric dimensions of objects, where it is read as “by”.


Exemple adequatParagraph 3 of the report describes our initial investment with details on the basic formula (25 × 4,500).


Exemple adequatOur oldest Puig Torrents manuscript measures 32 × 46 cm.

Percent signs

Use per cent where the number is also spelt out; when it is not, always close up the percent sign to the value.

Exemple adequatForty-nine per cent

Exemple adequat49%


Finally, note the difference between per cent and percentage point: the phrase an increase from 5% to 7% would refer to an increase of two percentage points (or an increase of 40%), not an increase of two per cent.

Abbreviating units of measurement

Units of measurement are often abbreviated. The abridged forms are normally written without points and do not have plurals.

Exemple adequat4 ha (hectares)
Exemple adequat9 m (metres)
Exemple adequat60 km (kilometres)
Exemple adequat
200 g (grams)
Exemple adequat5 kg (kilograms)
 


Note that proper nouns that form part of units of measurement retain their initial capital.

Exemple adequat10 degrees Celsius

Spacing

With most abbreviated units of measurement, insert a non-breaking space between the number and the unit so that these never become separated at line breaks. To do this in a Word document, first write the number and the unit all together (e.g., 5cm, 47km) and then position your cursor between the number and the unit (5|cm and 47|km) and press Control+Shift+Space. To do this in an HTML document, insert the entity   in that same position.    

Exemple adequat5 cm
Exemple adequat20 kg
Exemple adequat960 Hz
Exemple adequat
214 km
Exemple adequat5.5 g
 


However, with percentages and temperatures, close up the space between the number and the symbol.

Exemple adequat55%
 
Exemple adequat4.6%
 
Exemple adequat33°C
 
Exemple adequat91.4°F

Currencies

The symbol for the euro and other currencies comes immediately before the number.

Exemple adequat250
Exemple adequat£900


Place the abbreviation for a currency before the amount and insert a non-breaking space between them so that the abbreviation and the number representing the amount never become separated at line breaks. To do this in a Word document, first write the currency abbreviation and the amount all together (e.g., EUR3,600, GBP571) and then position your cursor between the abbreviation and the amount (EUR|3,600 and GBP|571) and press Control+Shift+Space. To do this in an HTML document, insert the entity   in that same position.

Exemple adequatEUR 3,600

Exemple adequatGBP 571


The cent or pence symbol comes directly after the number (e.g., 50¢ or 50p). However, there is no official cent symbol for the euro, so write €0.50.

If you need to abbreviate large amounts such as million (m) or billion (bn), place the symbol or abbreviation for the currency before the amount and insert a non-breaking space before m or bn.

Exemple adequat€389 m

Exemple adequatEUR 389 m

Exemple adequat£425 bn

Exemple adequatGBP 425 bn

Numbers

This part of the Llibre d’estil covers numbers, particularly the question of when they should be written out and what to do if they appear in combination with units of measurement, other numbers and punctuation marks. Although approaches to these issues differ depending on the type of document, these guidelines are intended for institutional rather than technical texts. They also give precedence to British usage, in line with the UB’s preferred spelling system (see Spelling at the UB), although explanations on American usage are given when necessary. For details of using numbers with currencies, see Currencies.

Writing out numbers

  • Cardinal numbers

    Spell out cardinal numbers from zero to nine and use numerals from 10 upwards, but maintain consistency in the immediate context.

    Exemple adequatEvery three sessions, the students will be organized in new groups of five.

    Exemple adequatThe Board will be reviewing a total of 10 new master’s degrees and 12 new doctoral degrees.

    Exemple adequatThe presentations should last between five and ten minutes.


    Note that apart from its use in calculations, dates, lists, etc., the concept of zero is usually expressed with the word no, instead of the numeral 0.

    Exemple adequatThere were no students in the classroom.


  • Ordinal numbers

    Spell out ordinal numbers from zero to nine and use numerals from 10 upwards, but maintain consistency in the immediate context. Avoid superscript type.

    Exemple adequatThe Second International Conference on Fluid Dynamics was held in Vic.

    Exemple adequatThe oldest European university was founded in the 12th century.

    Exemple adequatIn this year’s ranking table, the research groups Pattern Analysis and Sonar Imaging occupied third and eleventh position, respectively.


  • Roman numerals

    Use Roman numerals for course names.

    Exemple adequatMathematics II


  • Fractions

    Spell out fractions and hyphenate them when you use them as adjectives.

    Exemple adequatA two-thirds majority vote is required to approve the proposal.


    However, avoid hyphens when the fraction is used as a noun.

    Exemple adequatTwo thirds of the students were in agreement.

    Exemple adequatThe lecturer has covered three quarters of the course so far.


  • Numbers at the beginning of a sentence

    Spell out numbers (including years) at the beginning of a sentence, although it is better to rewrite the sentence so that it does not start with a numeral.

    Exemple adequatNineteen forty-five was the year the UN was founded.

    Exemple adequatThe UN was founded in 1945.


  • Plural numbers

    Add an s to form the plural of a numeral. Do not add an apostrophe.

    Exemple adequatAmong the scores were four 94s and two 99s.

Numbers and punctuation

  • Decimal points

    Use a point, not a comma, before a decimal.

    Exemple adequat0.25
    Exemple adequat5.5


  • Commas

    In numbers of one thousand or more, use commas between groups of three digits.

    Exemple adequat2,436
    Exemple adequat32,548
    Exemple adequat83,200,000


    Do not use commas in serial numbers such as page numbers, street numbers and years.

    Exemple adequatThis idea receives further comment on page 1056 of the report.


    Exemple adequatAll further enquiries should be made at our office at 1558 Brunswick Avenue, New York City.


    Exemple adequatThe University of Bologna is the world’s oldest university; it was founded in 1088.


  • Hyphens

    Hyphenate compound numbers from twenty-one to ninety-nine.

    Exemple adequatThree hundred and forty-six students are enrolled in the School of Fine Art.


    Spell out numbers that are joined to a word by a hyphen, except in the case of set phrases such as 24-hour clock and 24-7 service.

    Exemple adequatA five-year period

    Exemple adequatA one-week holiday


    When two numbers appear side by side, spell one of them out. If one of them occurs alongside a unit of measurement, make that one a numeral.

    Exemple adequatfour 6-week periods

    Exemple adequatthirty-six 20-cent coins

Numbers and units of measurement

Spell out the number if the unit of measurement is written out and use a numeral when the unit of measurement is abbreviated.

Exemple adequatThe surface area of the School’s premises is five hundred square metres.

Exemple adequatThe conference hall is 2 km from here.


Do not use points or plurals with abbreviated units of measurement. Also, insert a non-breaking space between the numeral and the unit so that these never become separated at line breaks. To do this in a Word document, first write the number and the unit all together (e.g., 2m, 6km) and then position your cursor between the number and the unit (2|m and 6|km) and press Control+Shift+Space. To do this in an HTML document, insert the entity   in that same position.  

Exemple adequat2 m
Exemple adequat6 km
Exemple adequat10 min

Numbers and ranges

Use numerals for ranges.

  • Full numbers

    In ranges, always write numbers in full to avoid ambiguity.

    Exemple no admissiblebetween 18 and 20,000 people

    Exemple adequatbetween 18,000 and 20,000 people

    Exemple no admissiblepages 123–5

    Exemple adequatpages 123–125


  • En dashes

    Use a closed-up en dash (–) to indicate a range. Do not use a hyphen (-). Therefore, not

    Exemple no admissiblegroups of 5-10 students


    but

    Exemple adequatgroups of 510 students


    To type an en dash, press Alt+0150 using the numbers on your numeric keypad. (To activate this function, make sure to turn on the numeric lock key, which is called Bloq Núm or Num Lock on most keyboards.)  

  • Symbols

    In ranges, repeat those symbols and units that are joined to a numeral.

    100°C–150°C
    between 100°C and 150°C
    20–30 cm
    from 20 to 30 cm


For advice on spacing, see Spacing.

Time of day

Use numerals for times of day, but spell out the number with the expression o’clock, which is used to designate exact hours only.

If you use the 12-hour clock, write a.m. and p.m. with points and insert a non-breaking space between the time and the abbreviation so that these never become separated at line breaks. To do this in a Word document, first write the time and the abbreviation all together (e.g., 8p.m., 9.45a.m.) and then position your cursor between the time and the abbreviation (8|p.m. and 9.45|a.m.) and press the key combination Control+Shift+Space. To do this in an HTML document, insert the entity   in that same position. Also, use a point to separate hours from minutes.

Exemple adequatThe library closes at 8 p.m.

Exemple adequatThe lecture starts at 9.45 a.m.

Exemple adequatThe secretary’s office hours are from 8.30 a.m. till 2 p.m.

Exemple adequatThe Rector’s speech will begin at four o’clock.


Use noon (or 12 noon) and midnight, rather than 12 p.m. or 12 a.m.

Exemple adequatThe tutorial, which was due to begin at noon, began at 1.15 p.m.

Exemple adequatThe campus copy shop closes at 12 noon.

Exemple adequatThe faculty bar will serve coffee until midnight.


If you use the 24-hour clock, use a point to separate hours from minutes. Do not use the symbol h.

Exemple adequatThe meeting is at 18.00.


When using a.m. or p.m., avoid a leading zero.

Exemple no admissible08.30 a.m.

Exemple adequat8.30 a.m.

Dates

Do not use the endings -st, -nd, -rd or -th with a figure in a date. Note that, in British English, dates are written in the order day–month–year, without internal punctuation.

Exemple adequat16 July 2020


In British English, the numeric form of the date above is, therefore:

Exemple adequat16/07/20


Note that, in American English, dates are written in the order month–day–year, with a comma between the day and the year.

Exemple adequatJuly 16, 2020


In American English, the numeric form of the date above is, therefore:

Exemple adequat07/16/20


  • Days of the week

    Do not use a comma after the day of the week when it precedes a date.

    Exemple adequatMonday 23 November 2021


  • Years

    In running text, use all four digits when referring to a year.

    Exemple no admissible’98

    Exemple adequat1998


  • Academic years

    Write academic years in one of the following two ways, but be consistent. Use a hyphen (-), not an en dash (–).

    Exemple adequatthe academic year 2022-2023

    Exemple adequatthe 2022-2023 academic year


  • Decades

    Use numbers to refer to decades rather than writing them out. Do not add an apostrophe before the plural  s.

    Exemple adequatThey were all born in the mid-1920s.

    Exemple adequatOur department changed its name twice during the 2010s.


    To refer to the decade in the period from 2000 to 2010, use a circumlocution such as the first decade of the 21st century.

  • Centuries

    Do not use Roman numerals for centuries. Instead, either spell out the century or use the ordinal number.

    Exemple no admissiblethe XX century

    Exemple adequatthe twentieth century

    Exemple no admissiblethe XIX century

    Exemple adequatthe 19th century


  • Festivals and historic events

    If a date refers to a festival or historical event, spell out the number.

    Exemple adequatthe Fourth of July celebrations

    Exemple adequatthe Hundred Years’ War

    Exemple adequatthe First of May demonstration


  • Laws

    In citing pieces of legislation, arrange the dates as shown in the examples below.

    Exemple adequatSpanish Personal Data Protection Law 15 of 13 December 1999

    Exemple adequatSpanish Royal Decree 778 of 30 April 1998

    Exemple adequatOrganic Law 4 of 12 April 2007 amended by Organic Law 6 of 21 December 2001 on Universities

Use of billion

The term billion is now used to indicate 1,000,000,000 or 109 in most, if not all, English-speaking contexts, following standard American usage. So, a billion is “a thousand million” rather than “a million million”.

Telephone numbers

Telephone numbers are typically composed of an international call prefix, a country calling code and the local telephone number. To aid legibility, they are split into groups, using non-breaking spaces between the groups so that these never become separated at line breaks. To do this in a Word document, first write the number all together (e.g., 0034934016186) and then position your cursor between the first two groups of digits you want to separate (00|34) and press Control+Shift+Space. Then do the same with the next groups (34|934) and repeat the process until you have created all the non-breaking spaces you need. (To do this in an HTML document, insert the entity   in that same position.) In the Catalan-speaking territories, group the digits after the country calling code in threes.

Exemple adequat00 34 934 016 186


Note that the international call prefix (00) used to dial out of a country is generally replaced by a plus sign. This is joined to the country calling code, which is used to dial into a country.

Exemple adequat+34 934 016 186


Telephone extensions are written at the end of the number, also after a non-breaking space, in brackets.

Exemple adequat+34 934 016 186 (182)


Avoid using hyphens, dashes or points to join groups of digits.

Singular and plural

Because English is a language with very heterogeneous origins, many English words derived from French, Greek or Latin have irregular plurals or even two different plurals. Some words which may appear plural are in fact singular, as in the various names of areas of knowledge. Furthermore, the use of words denoting groups and partitive expressions often affects whether the related verb is singular or plural. Finally, some nouns, called attributive nouns, are used in singular or plural form in front of other nouns to modify these.

Words with unusual plural forms

Some frequent examples in our institutional context are campus, curriculum, practicum and thesis, which take the plural forms campuses, curricula, practicums and theses, respectively. Because the standard English plural -s is becoming increasingly widespread, in those cases where you can choose between two plural forms use the -s form (for example, syllabuses rather than syllabi). For a list of unusual plural forms, see Appendix II: Unusual plural forms.

Common problems with singular and plural

  • The word data

    The word data can be singular or plural. Be consistent across contexts.

    Exemple adequatThe data is useless because the file has been corrupted.

    Exemple adequatThe data were collected in December. They show a 15% increase in student intake.


    In science, data tends to be plural.

  • Areas of knowledge

    Some names of academic and scientific disciplines end with an s and appear to be plural but take a singular verb when they are treated as an area of knowledge or subject of study. These include economics, electronics, physics, statistics and telecommunications, which are usually singular in Catalan (economia, electrònica, física, estadística and telecomunicació, respectively).

    Exemple adequatEconomics is commonly regarded as a soft science.

    Exemple adequatThe mathematics of computational chemistry methods is of significance to chemists.


    When they are not, use the plural.

    Exemple adequatThe economics of university services are complex.

    Exemple adequatThe mathematics of our everyday calculations are of no significance to us.


    Note that a common but informal version of the term mathematics is maths (British English) or math (American English). In most documents, only the full version of the word is appropriate.

    Also note that when the discipline economics is used as an adjective, it maintains its form with a final s. The adjective economic, without the s, has a different meaning.

    Exemple adequatThe Department is beginning a series of CPD courses for its economics lecturers.

    Exemple adequatAttaining sufficient economic support is a vital aspect of university governance.


Collective nouns and the number of the verb

  • Words denoting groups

    With groups of people, you can use either singular or plural verbs. If you wish to imply unanimity or unity, use a singular verb; if you want to talk about varied opinions or only one part of the group, use the plural.

    Exemple adequatThe University’s Governing Council is considering the matter.

    Exemple adequatThe Committee were divided over tuition fees.


  • Geographical areas and organizations

    Countries, regions and organizations take a singular verb even when they have a plural name.

    Exemple adequatThe Balearic Islands is a self-governing region of Spain.

    Exemple adequatThe United Nations is charged with the maintenance of international peace.


    However, if there is some reason to stress the individual parts, use a plural verb.

    Exemple adequatThe Balearic Islands are made up of four main islands.


  • Percentages

    In a similar way to words denoting groups, treat percentages as plural or singular depending on whether the emphasis is on a collection of parts acting individually or a quantity.

    Exemple adequatThis year 27% of students have left home.

    Exemple adequatTwenty-seven per cent of students is not many.

Partitive expressions

The expressions half of and none of may take either a singular or a plural verb when the noun they modify is countable.

Exemple adequatHalf of the class has signed up for Qualitative Analysis II.


Exemple adequatHalf of the class have signed up for Qualitative Analysis II.


Exemple adequatNone of our graduates has had problems getting a grant.


Exemple adequatNone of our graduates have had problems getting a grant.


When the noun is uncountable, use the singular verb.

Exemple adequatHalf of their funding was spent on software.


Exemple adequatNone of this energy is renewable.


The expression the majority of takes a plural verb if the following noun is a collection of individuals.

Exemple adequatThe majority of our graduates have had no problem getting a grant for further studies.


The expression a number of means several, it takes a plural verb.

Exemple adequatA number of applications are still to come.


Remember, however, that the number of, because it refers to a specific number, always takes a singular verb.

Exemple adequatAt a total of just six, the number of applications this year is small compared to last year’s twenty-five.

Verbs with compound subjects

  • Two or more nouns joined by and

    Generally speaking, two or more nouns joined by and form a plural compound subject and take a plural verb.

    Exemple adequatThe faculties of Physics and Mathematics are planning to share the laboratory.

    Exemple adequatDr Puig and Dr Davis have made another proposal.


    However, when the nouns describe a single person, thing or concept, use a singular verb.

    Exemple adequatHis first teacher and lifelong mentor is reading the opening address.

    Exemple adequatThe canteen reported that fish and chips was more popular than paella.

    Exemple adequatToday’s research and development is facing many new challenges.


  • Two or more nouns joined by or or nor

    When the compound subject contains or or nor, make the verb agree with the part of the subject closest to it.

    Exemple adequatIn filter media testing, either one PFE or three VFE are generally recommended.

    Exemple adequatIn filter media testing, three VFE or one PFE is generally recommended.

    Exemple adequatNeither the teachers nor the Erasmus office is under any obligation to reschedule your class.

    Exemple adequatNeither your tutor nor your co-supervisors need to be notified until the third week.


  • The expressions together with and as well as

    When expressions like together with and as well as (and the nouns they are attached to) are written between commas, they do not make singular subjects plural.

    Exemple adequatThe Mathematics Library, together with the other faculty libraries, is hoping to extend its opening hours.

    Exemple adequatThe Boix i Rovira building, as well as the private chapel and park, has now opened its doors to the public.

Gender

English does not have grammatical gender in the way some other languages do and most nouns (e.g., lecture, timetable, desk, whiteboard) have no gender and are referred to with the pronoun it. However, some of the nouns that describe or name humans and animals (mother, father, wife, husband, duchess, duke, drake, duck, doe, buck, hind, stag) are often referred to with gender-specific pronouns and, in this section, we encourage writers to use language that is respectful of human gender, whether it is binary or non-binary. In other words, we recommend adopting gender-inclusive language and using vocabulary that is unmarked for gender when gender is unknown or not relevant. In this regard, we follow the guidelines of the European Institute for Gender Equality and the American Psychological Association.

Third-person pronouns

English pronouns are only gender-specific in the third person singular. When a person's gender is binary, use she, her and her(s) for female gender and he, him and his for male gender.
When someone’s gender is non-binary, use that person’s self-identified pronouns, meaning the pronouns with which the person wants to be referred. In English, some people self-identify with the pronouns they, them and their(s), while others use sets of pronouns that have been introduced into the language to make it more gender-inclusive, like ze, hir and hir(s), or like hen, henom and hen(s). In the example below, the writer respects two people’s use of self-identified pronouns.

Exemple adequatMy colleague James Rollins will be waiting for you in the main terminal when you clear customs; James is tall with a beard and they will be carrying a sign with your name on it, so it should be easy to recognize them.


Exemple adequatDr Sara Shields explains why ze believes hir formula would help hir and other scientists to simplify the procedure in an article published last week in a leading journal.


When the person’s gender is not known or not relevant, as is usually the case for institutional texts at the UB, use they, them and their(s).

Exemple adequatOnly one student submitted their assignment on time.


Exemple adequatBefore 15 October, each tutor must speak to the students that they have been assigned.


Alternatively, rephrase the sentence so that the pronoun is unnecessary or pluralize the subject.

Exemple adequatOnly one student submitted the assignment on time.


Exemple adequatBefore 15 October, all tutors must speak to the students that they have been assigned.

Jobs and roles

Most job titles are not gender-specific. For example, architect, barista, doctor, electrician, engineer, lecturer, plumber or teacher can be used to refer to anybody. Replace those terms that do specify gender with a gender-neutral term.

Gender-specific term
Gender-neutral term
barman, barmaid
bartender
businessman, businesswoman
business executive
cameraman
camera operator
chairman, chairwoman
chair
congressman
congressional representative
delivery man
courier, messenger
draftsman
drafter
fireman
firefighter
foreman
supervisor
freshman
fresher, first-year student
ombudsman
ombuds officer
policeman, policewoman
police officer
salesman, saleswoman
sales representative
sportsman, sportswoman
athlete
steward, stewardess
flight attendant
weatherman
weather forecaster
workman
worker


When referring to a particular person, then, try to avoid binary options if there is no need to be gender-specific. Therefore, not

Exemple inadequatChairwoman Vázquez apologized for her absence.


but

Exemple adequatChair Vázquez apologized for her absence.


When referring to the position rather than the person occupying it, always use the gender-neutral version(s).

Exemple adequatA new chair must be elected before the Senate’s inaugural session.

Man as a reference to people in general

The word man has traditionally been used to refer not only to an adult male but to the whole human race. It has also been used as a suffix and a prefix in a generic sense (e.g., foreman and manpower, respectively). Nevertheless, it is now accepted that this generic use is sexist, excludes women and non-binary people and reinforces gender stereotypes. For these reasons, substitute generic terms containing the word man with a gender-neutral alternative in the manner shown below.

Generic term using the word man
Gender-neutral alternative
man, mankind
people, humanity, humankind
man’s achievements
human achievements
the man in the street
the average person
the working man
the average worker
primitive man
primitive humans


Alternatives to words containing man as a prefix.

Terms using man as a prefix
Alternative term
manhole
maintenance hole
man hours
work hours
man-made
synthetic, manufactured
manpower
work force, human resources


Other words containing man do not need to be changed because they are not compounds incorporating the modern gender-specific word man but derivations of the Latin word manus (hand). For example, manage, manipulate, manual, manufacture and manuscript. Likewise, there is no need to find an alternative for the word human because it does not finish with the suffix -man but derives from the Latin word humanus.

Honorifics

Men have traditionally been addressed as Mr and women as Mrs and Miss. The honorifics for women refer to their marital status: Mrs for married women and Miss for single women. If you have no reason to talk about a woman’s marital status, use the honorific Ms.

Generally speaking, however, most other honorifics (Doctor, Professor, Rector, etc.) are gender-neutral.

Translation

On many occasions translators face difficult decisions as to what requires translation or further explanation. Many cultural aspects are specific to a given setting and this part of the Llibre d’estil aims to provide support with the issues this can lead to. The intention is not to lay down the law but to provide a point of reference to help you make decisions when you are faced with these complex questions. If your particular issue is not answered here, we recommend that you use a good dictionary like the Collins Dictionary, the Encyclopædia Britannica or one of our university community’s online resources to guide your decision. These include our own university’s resource Omnia Nomina, the Vives Network of Universities’ Nomenclatura de gestió universitària and other documents published by TERMCAT, and the glossaries published by other universities in the Network.


People

Maintain the diacritics people use in their names (for example, Jürgen, Sílvia or Stanisław). Write out the abbreviations M. and M.a in full as Maria or María. Also, respect the way people write their names by preserving their use of capital and small letters and their treatment of articles, prepositions and conjunctions.

Exemple adequatMaria De La Rosa
Exemple adequatGemma Puig Davies
Exemple adequatJana Puig i Salas


Exemple adequatOscar Hernández-Ferrero
Exemple adequatSander van Veen
Exemple adequatAodhán Ó Ríordáin

Public figures

Generally speaking, do not translate the names of public figures. For example, royalty should be referred to in the original language.

Exemple no admissibleKing Philip VI
Exemple adequatKing Felipe VI


Exemple no admissibleKing Harold V
Exemple adequatKing Harald V


However, there are some exceptions. Popes should be referred to by the English equivalent of their papal names. Likewise, transliteration of names in non-Latin scripts can lead to multiple spellings of a single name (notable examples being Gaddafi and Zelenskyy).  In this case, choose one variant and maintain it throughout the text.

Historical figures

Only translate the names of famous figures from history when there is a well-established English translation.

Exemple adequatAlexander the Great
Exemple adequatCatherine of Aragon
Exemple adequatWilfred the Hairy

Place names

When there is a well-established English version of a place name, use it.

Exemple adequatAntwerp
Exemple adequatthe Balearic Islands
Exemple adequatCatalonia

Exemple adequatGenoa
Exemple adequatMoscow
Exemple adequatMunich


When there is no well-established English translation, use the name in the local language.

Exemple adequatArezzo
Exemple adequatCastelló de la Plana
Exemple adequatGirona


When a Catalan place name may not be as familiar to the reader as the Spanish, French or Italian equivalent, you may decide to add this version in brackets after the Catalan name.

Exemple adequatAlacant (Alicante)
Exemple adequatL’Alguer (Alghero)
Exemple adequatEivissa (Ibiza)

Exemple adequatElx (Elche)
Exemple adequatPerpinyà (Perpignan)


Avoid the use of demonyms (words used to describe inhabitants) for towns and cities. Use the inhabitants of Barcelona or the people of Barcelona, rather than Barcelonans. Note that the demonym for Catalonia is Catalan (not Catalonian).

Do not translate addresses, but if they can be made more understandable or easier to read for an English-speaking audience, then do this. For example, transcribe the first letter of lower-case Catalan terms such as avinguda, carrer, carretera, passeig and plaça in upper case for English-speaking audiences (so Carrer de Sant Pau, Avinguda Diagonal, etc.).

Write out the full address rather than using abbreviations (so for pl. de Catalunya, write Plaça de Catalunya).

Floor and door numbers should be expressed in cardinal rather than ordinal numbers (for example, Carrer de Provença, 66, 1, 2).

  • Rivers and lakes

    Do not translate the names of rivers and lakes (River Sec and Lake Sant Maurici, not the Dry River or Saint Maurice Lake) unless there is a well-established English version (Danube River, Shatsky Lakes).

  • Seas

    Translate the names of seas when there is a well-established English translation. For example, use the Bay of Biscay rather than the Cantabrian Sea (unless you are referring strictly to the southern part of the bay).

  • Islands

    Translate the names of islands when there is a well-established English translation.

    Exemple adequatCorsica
    Exemple adequatSardinia
    Exemple adequatSicily


  • Mountain ranges

    Translate the names of mountain ranges when there is a well-established English translation.

    Exemple adequatthe Alps
    Exemple adequatthe Pyrenees


    Do not translate them when there is not.

    Exemple adequatthe Picos de Europa
    Exemple adequatthe Serra de Tramuntana


  • Landmarks and public buildings

    Generally speaking, do not translate the names of landmarks and public buildings. However, there are some exceptions such as the Catalan Parliament building, the Eiffel Tower or the Great Wall of China. Likewise, descriptive translations may be used to make references clearer: for example, the Les Àligues building at the University of Girona or the Camp Nou stadium.

  • Buildings, rooms and halls at the UB

    At the UB, some institutional buildings, rooms and halls have English translations while others do not.

    Catalan
    English
    Atri Solar
    Solar Atrium
    Aula Magna
    Aula Magna
    Aula Ramón y Cajal
    Aula Ramón y Cajal
    Capella (Edifici Històric)
    Chapel
    Col·legi Major Universitari Penyafort-Montserrat
    Penyafort-Montserrat Hall of Residence
    Edifici de Llevant
    Llevant Building
    Edifici de Ponent
    Ponent Building
    Edifici Històric
    Historic Building
    Edifici Margalef
    Margalef Building
    Edifici Migdia
    Migdia Building
    Escala d’Honor (Edifici Històric)
    Stairway of Honour
    Finca Pedro i Pons
    Pedro i Pons Estate
    Galeria de retrats dels rectors
    Rector’s Portrait Gallery
    Galeria del Paranimf
    Paranymph Gallery
    Jardí Ferran Soldevila
    Ferran Soldevila Garden
    Palau de les Heures
    Palau de les Heures
    Paranimf
    Paranymph Hall
    Pati de Ciències
    Sciences Courtyard
    Pati de Lletres
    Arts Courtyard
    Pavellons Güell
    Güell Pavilions
    Replà superior del Rectorat
    Upper Landing
    Sala de Graus Margarida Comas
    Sala de Graus Margarida Comas
    Sala de Graus Rosa Roig
    Sala de Graus Rosa Roig
    Sala de Juntes (Edifici Històric)
    Rector’s Boardroom
    Vestíbul Principal (Edifici Històric)
    Main Vestibule

Public institutions

Generally speaking, translate the names of public institutions. If the original is required, use it on first mention with a descriptive translation in brackets. Use the translation on subsequent mention. Examples include Generalitat Valenciana (Valencian government) and Mossos d’Esquadra (Catalan police force). Organisations which have an official abbreviated form should be translated but the abbreviated form should be maintained and used on subsequent mention. So, for example, the Real Academia Española (RAE) and the Deutsche Nationalbibliothek (DNB) should be translated as the Spanish Royal Academy (RAE) and the German National Library (DNB), respectively. As can be seen above, use lower case for descriptive translations into English, but maintain capitals when you are translating proper names word for word or using established English versions.

For the official English translations of some of the offices and agencies in the Government of Catalonia, see the online glossaries offered by the Government's Visual Identification Programme.

Universities

Generally speaking, translate the full names of all universities but not their official abbreviated forms. Also note that not all universities have an official abbreviated form.

Original name
Translation
Abbreviated form
Universitat de Barcelona
University of Barcelona
UB
Universitat Ramon Llull
Ramon Llull University
URL
Universidad Autónoma de Madrid
Autonomous University of Madrid
UAM
Technische Universität Dortmund
Technical University of Dortmund
TU Dortmund
Universiti Teknologi MARA
MARA Technological University
UiTM
Université Paris-Panthéon-Assas
Paris-Panthéon-Assas University
Tōkyō Jōhō Daigaku
Tokyo University of Information Sciences


However, in certain types of text, like agreements or contracts, you may need to leave a university's name in its original language.

Exemple adequatThe signatory universities the Universitat de Barcelona (hereinafter, UB) the Universitat Rovira i Virgili (hereinafter, URV) and the Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona (hereinafter, UAB) hereby state that this Agreement shall not constitute any relationship of subordination among them.

Exemple adequatThe parties the Universitat de Barcelona, the Universitat Politècnica de Catalunya - BarcelonaTech and the Technische Universität Dortmund submit to the contentious administrative courts to resolve any dispute arising from the interpretation of the provisions established in this Contract.


When toponyms in universities’ names have a well-established English version, use it.

Exemple adequatUniversity of Cologne

Exemple adequatUniversity of Crete

Exemple adequatUniversity of Gothenburg


When they do not, maintain the form used in the institutional name. Therefore, not

Exemple no admissibleUniversity of Lérida

Exemple no admissibleUniversity of Alicante

Exemple no admissibleUniversity of La Coruña

but
Exemple adequatUniversity of Lleida

Exemple adequatUniversity of Alacant

Exemple adequatUniversity of A Coruña


University names that incorporate a proper noun should include the definite article in running text whether they are translated or not.

Exemple adequatThe Miguel Hernández University of Elche is a public university.

Exemple adequatThe Paul Valéry University of Montpellier 3 announced yesterday that it would sign a new set of agreements with the UB.


While the UB translates its name and the names of all other universities into English in its English-language texts, this policy may not be adopted by all the institutions. For example, within the group of universities comprising the Vives Network of Universities, the network in which the UB participates, a number of institutions use their original name in English-language texts.

Original name
Name in English-language texts
Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona
Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona
Universitat Internacional de Catalunya
Universitat Internacional de Catalunya
Universitat Oberta de Catalunya
Universitat Oberta de Catalunya
Universitat Politècnica de Catalunya
Universitat Politècnica de Catalunya
Universitat Rovira i Virgili
Universitat Rovira i Virgili

Courses and subjects

Translate the names of courses and subjects.

Exemple adequatEnglish Studies
Exemple adequatRoman Law II

Talks and public lectures

The titles of talks and public lectures should be left in the original language. However, they may be accompanied by a descriptive translation in brackets where deemed appropriate. Do not italicize this descriptive title.

Exemple adequat“Educació, aprenentatge i tecnologia a la societat del coneixement” (Education, learning and technology in the knowledge society)

Books, music and art

Translate the names of books, musical works, art works and exhibitions when there is a well-established or official English version. When there is not, leave the name in the original language. If you provide a translation, make sure you avoid any possible confusion about which version of the work is being referred to.

Exemple adequatMiguel de Cervantes’s novel Don Quixote

Exemple adequatHolst’s orchestral suite The Planets

Exemple adequatGéricault’s painting The Raft of the Medusa

Exemple adequatthe exhibition Human Bodies

Exemple adequatMaruja Mallo’s painting Muller con cabra

Exemple adequatMiró’s mosaic Pla de l’Os

Exemple adequatVerdaguer’s poem A Barcelona (To Barcelona)

Exemple adequatthe exhibition Dones medievals: realitat i ficció (Medieval women: reality and fiction)

Awards

Translate the names of awards. Examples include the Max Theatre Awards and the Catalan government’s Saint George’s Cross. In our institutional context, awards like the Menció de doctorat internacional, the Menció cap a l'Excel·lència and the Premi Extraordinari can be translated as International doctoral certification, Pathway to Excellence Award and Special Prize or Extraordinary Prize, respectively

Museums

Generally speaking, translate the names of museums, but refer to them on subsequent mention by their abbreviation if they have one: for example, the National Art Museum of Catalonia (MNAC).

Political parties and unions

Translate the names of political parties and unions in brackets on first mention. If the original name has an abbreviation, use this on subsequent mention; if it does not, use the original name.

Exemple adequatthe Candidatura d’Unitat Popular (Popular Unity Candidacy, CUP)

Exemple adequatJunts per Catalunya (Together for Catalonia, Junts)

Exemple adequatthe Partit dels Socialistes de Catalunya (Socialist Party of Catalonia, PSC)

Exemple adequatthe Unión General de Trabajadores (General Workers’ Union, UGT)

Exemple adequatPodemos (We Can)

Official journals and gazettes

Translate the names of the governmental journals and gazettes, accompanied by their original abbreviation.

Exemple adequatOfficial Journal of the Government of Catalonia (DOGC)

Exemple adequatOfficial Gazette of the Government of Spain (BOE)

Exemple adequatOfficial Journal of the Government of Valencia (DOGV)

Companies

Do not translate company names, although a descriptive translation in brackets may be deemed useful.

Exemple adequatSom Energia (a renewable energies cooperative)

Exemple adequatConstrucciones y Auxiliar de Ferrocarriles (a railway vehicle manufacturing company)

Trade fairs and meetings

Translate the names of trade fairs and meetings. That said, if the trade fair or meeting is referred to by its original abbreviation, this should be maintained in the translation. For example, CONSTRUMAT (International Construction Exhibition) and simply CONSTRUMAT on subsequent mention.

Forms of address

Translate common forms of address such as senyor, professora or doctora. Omit any other forms of address used with high-ranking officials such as politicians or the heads of universities. Thus, for example, do not include or translate Excel·lentíssima i Magnífica in Excel·lentíssima i Magnífica Rectora unless specifically requested to do so.

For the official English translations of some forms of address in the Government of Catalonia, see the online glossaries offered by the Government's Visual Identification Programme.

Currencies and measures

Do not translate figures in euros into sterling or US dollars. Likewise, do not translate measures given in metric units into imperial units.

The word web versus the word internet

The words web and internet are not synonymous. The internet is the infrastructure of connections, whereas the web is the information stored on and transmitted over this network. The web cannot exist without the internet. With this in mind, translate xarxa as web, unless you are sure that it refers to the internet infrastructure.

Latin

Avoid the use of Latin terms where there is a perfectly acceptable English equivalent. Examples include a posteriori (acceptable equivalents would be subsequently or in hindsight), a priori (beforehand or in theory), in situ (in the original place, on site) and viva voce (oral examination). For a more complete list, see Appendix III: Latin terms with English equivalents.

Varieties of English

While the UB uses British English with Oxford spelling (see Spelling at the UB), bear in mind that your texts may often need to refer to the names of programmes, institutions or other concepts that use American English, British English without Oxford spelling or some other spelling system. When they do, conserve these different spellings. Thus, the words program in White House Internship Program and organisation in Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development should not be changed to programme or organization, respectively.

Remember, however, that this convention of conserving spellings may not be universally adopted, even when the name of an institution is well known. (The Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development is a case in point, referred to at the website of the United States Department of State as the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development.)

Terms that have no established translation

Terms that have no established translation may be left in the original Catalan accompanied by a descriptive translation on first mention.

Exemple adequatThis year's conference will conclude with a visit to Montblanc, the historical centre of one of Catalonia’s eight vergueries (territorial divisions established in medieval times) and still a thriving market town, even though its administrative importance as a vergueria has declined.


Exemple adequatOur exchange students attended a traditional parade featuring processional giants and capgrossos — big-headed figures smaller than giants whose faces are fashioned to recall local dignitaries or popular characters. After the parade, there was also a capgrossos workshop, in which the students learned to repair the dents and holes in the material the heads are made out, a kind of industrial-grade papier-mâché called cartró pedra. Finally, each student was invited to take home a small piece of the leftover cartró pedra as a souvenir!



Even if you translate the term, it is still advisable to provide an explanation for it.

Exemple adequatA new feature of this year's programme was that our nursing students could complete a placement in one of Barcelona’s Basic Healthcare Areas. (Basic Healthcare Areas are regional demarcations used by the Catalan Health Service to organize primary healthcare services.) Given the success of the placements, our intention for the coming year is to establish agreements with other Areas across the province.


Writing in English

Writing well in English — or any other language for that matter — involves somewhat more than avoiding errors in grammar, punctuation and spelling. Good writing is not just correct; it responds to the interests or needs of the intended readers. It must be planned, structured and designed with a particular audience and a particular purpose in mind. For maximum effectiveness, writers need to take decisions at a variety of levels, ranging from the overall structure of the document, through the organization of sentences within paragraphs, to the placing of certain words at certain points in sentences. They should be aware that the writing process is full of challenges. Unlike speech, writing cannot rely on intonation or gesture, or exploit immediate feedback to put communication back on track. Likewise, unlike speakers, writers have to make certain assumptions about their intendedand often anonymous — audience, and they have to understand that communication is primarily their responsibility: they know full well what they want to say; but this may not always be what their audience understands, and it is up to them to bridge that gap.

This part of the Llibre d’estil aims to make you aware of the issues to be considered if you are to rise to these challenges, convey your message efficiently and produce readily understandable texts.

Structure

The main point of writing institutional texts is to convey information to readers. If texts are not well structured, readers will struggle to follow what you are trying to say. The first step towards an effective, coherent document, then, is proper structuring. Ensure that your texts have clearly defined sections preceded by short headings which typographically stand out from the surrounding text. Use a numbering system to highlight the hierarchy of sections (1) and subsections (1.1). Organize your texts in paragraphs that are not too long (readers welcome white space).

Sentences

  • Types of sentence

    There are four main types of sentence in English: simple, compound, complex and compound-complex.

    Simple

    Exemple adequatRegistration begins on 14 September.


    Compound

    Exemple adequatRegistration begins on 14 September, but courses do not start until 1 October.


    Complex

    Exemple adequatAlthough registration starts on 14 September, courses do not start until 1 October.


    Compound-complex

    Exemple adequatAlthough registration starts on 14 September, courses do not start until 1 October and payment is not due until the middle of November.


  • Sentence variety

    For texts to be interesting, readable and easily understandable, they must do the following:

    Combine sentences of the four types mentioned above. In other words, they should contain a variety of simple, compound, complex and compound-complex sentences.

    Have sentences of different lengths. In other words, although short sentences may be more understandable than long ones, avoid a telegraphic style by writing short, medium and (sometimes) long sentences. Aim for an average length of between 15 and 20 words and beware of excessively long sentences with more than one subordination and too many parenthetical elements.

    Contain sentences that begin in different ways. In other words, combine subject + verb sentences (Professor Puig will speak in the main lecture theatre.) with sentences that use prepositional phrases (During the meeting this morning, we discussed the new procedure.), infinitive phrases (To register correctly, you must first log into the official website.) and participle phrases (On arriving at their host university, mobility students should get an appointment with their tutor.).

  • End weight

    The principle of end weight states that shorter structures tend to come before longer structures in sentences. That is to say, a typical English sentence has a short subject immediately followed by the verb and then a long complement/object. If sentences are structured this way, they can be understood more easily. Therefore, not

    Exemple no admissibleThe fact that many mobility students arrived in September and had to return home almost immediately because their papers were not in order is unfortunate.


    but

    Exemple adequatIt is unfortunate that many mobility students arrived in September and had to return home almost immediately because their papers were not in order.


    In the first of the two sentences above, the subject is long and complex and the verb is the second-to-last word in the sentence. This requires readers to keep a lot of information in their short-term memory before they reach the verb, which makes the sentence more difficult to read. The second sentence changes the structure so that the subject is short, and the verb is positioned towards the beginning of the sentence followed by the longer, more complex sequence.  

  • End focus

    The principle of end focus states that the new information — that is, the information that the writer is giving readers for the first time and wants them to focus on — should be placed at the end of clauses and sentences. Therefore, not

    Exemple no admissibleThe ability to communicate ideas to others is the single most important skill that undergraduate students must acquire.


    but

    Exemple adequatThe single most important skill that undergraduate students must acquire is the ability to communicate ideas to others.

Subjects and characters

In an affirmative or negative sentence the grammatical subject is the noun (or nouns) before the verb, and the characters are the nouns that express the concepts, people or things that you are writing about. Readers will understand a text more easily if its grammatical subjects are also frequently characters. For example, consider the following title and first sentence of an institutional text.

Exemple inadequatFirst-year students and the registration process

Complaints about the clarity of information on the website are frequently made by first-year students.


The title identifies two main characters (the things the text is going to discuss), but the subject of the first sentence is complaints, which is neither of them. It would be more appropriate to put one of the characters in subject position. The following is an improvement.

Exemple adequatFirst-year students and the registration process

First-year students frequently complain about the clarity of information on the website.


Readers will find your texts easier to follow if the subjects of your verbs refer to the main characters.

Verbs and actions

Readers understand sentences more easily if the verb expresses the action. Compare the verbs in bold in the two sentences below.

Exemple inadequatFull payment of all outstanding fees must be carried out before issuance of degree certificates to students.

Exemple adequatAll outstanding fees must be paid before degree certificates can be issued.


In sentence a), the actions of paying and issuing are expressed in the form of two nouns (payment and issuance), not in the verb (carried out), which is empty. The technical term for expressing actions in the form of nouns is nominalization. When you nominalize your texts, they will often sound abstract and dense because you use more abstractions and you require more words to express an idea. Note that the nominalized sentence above (a) is 17 words long while the verb-style sentence (b) is only 13.

For this reason, use verbs to express actions. Do not conceal them in nominalizations.

Placement of verbs

In general terms, English traditionally places the verb towards the beginning of the sentence immediately after the subject. The sentence below begins with a long introductory phrase, contains non-essential information, has a long subject and places information between the subject and the verb. The result is that the verb appears in an unnatural position towards the end of the sentence.

Exemple inadequatAccording to recent research carried out by members of the Communication and News research group from Oxford University, led by the well-known expert in the subject, Dr James White, many administrative workers from all sorts of public and private institutions, because they have never studied communication in any of its forms, have great difficulty in writing clear texts.


The sentence below shortens the introductory phrase and the subject, removes unnecessary information and keeps the subject and the verb together, thus moving the verb towards the beginning.

Exemple adequatAccording to recent research from Oxford University, many administrative workers have great difficulty in writing clear texts because they have never studied communication in any of its forms.

Cohesion

Readers should be able to perceive that paragraphs are not just sets of individual sentences but units in which ideas progress logically and flow from sentence to sentence. Writing in such a way is said to be cohesive. You can make your texts cohesive in two ways:

a) Use subjects that refer back to information introduced in previous sentences.
b)Use characters regularly in subject position.

The two-sentence example below uses option a) to create cohesion. The information presented at the end of the first sentence is immediately repeated and used as the subject of the second.

Exemple adequatDr James Watson will give a seminar on the Human Genome Project. The project began in 1990 and is considered to be of such importance that funding has just been approved for the next 15 years.


The paragraph below uses option b), a consistent string of characters in subject position.

Exemple adequatThe module of the Jean Monnet programme on European integration will be taught in February. Registration is now open to university members and professionals working in the field. The module will be taught in Room 3 and is organized by lecturers from the Department of Public Law. It analyses recent legislation and the transformation of European law over the last 15 years.


Three of the four sentences in this paragraph have the same subject: in the first sentence the subject is used in its full form (the module of the Jean Monnet programme on European integration), in the third it is used in a reduced form (the module) and in the fourth it is used in its pronominal form (it).

Finally, the paragraph below uses a combination of the two options.

Exemple adequatReaders understand what a passage is generally about when they see consistent ideas toward the beginnings of sentences, especially in their subjects. They feel a passage is coherent when they read a sequence of topics that focuses on a narrow set of related ideas. But when topics seem to shift randomly, readers lose their context of each sentence. When that happens, they feel they are reading paragraphs that are unfocused and even disorganized.
Extract taken from Joseph Williams's Style: Lessons in Clarity and Grace


In this text, there are eleven subjects (in bold), of which seven are the same (readers or its pronominal form they). So the general principle governing the organization of this paragraph is the regular use of characters in subject position. However, the third and fourth sentences begin with a subordinate clause with different subjects (topics and that) which refer back to the information introduced at the end of the previous sentences.

Parallelism

Parallelism refers to giving each element in a list the same grammatical category (noun phrases, verb clauses, infinitives, etc.). The similarity of the grammatical form makes it easier for readers to perceive a similarity in content and function. The sentence below is not parallel.

Exemple no admissibleThe students’ objections were the injustice of the measures and that they were unconstitutional.


The first element of the list (the injustice of the measures) is a noun phrase while the second (they were unconstitutional) is a verb clause. The sentence would be clearer if it were rewritten. The sentence below contains a verb instead of the nominalization objections and then has a verb clause that contains a list of two elements, both of which are adjectives.

Exemple adequatThe students objected that the measures were unjust and unconstitutional.


In any series of items, then, make sure that each element of the series is in exactly the same form as all of the others. In other words, don't follow the example below, where the writer tries to combine two noun phrases (the personality and the contacts) with a verb clause (have the knowledge).

Exemple no admissibleThe students taking this master’s degree will acquire the personality, the contacts and have the knowledge to succeed in almost any business venture.


Instead, rephrase the sentence like this:

Exemple adequatThe students taking this master’s degree will acquire the personality, the contacts and the knowledge to succeed in almost any business venture.


This general guideline can affect even the smallest, and seemingly trivial, of words. Therefore, not

Exemple no admissibleThe Erasmus students will talk of their experiences in Paris, in Athens and Moscow.


but

Exemple adequatThe Erasmus students will talk of their experiences in Paris, Athens and Moscow.


The principle of parallelism should also be respected in vertical lists. Therefore, not

Exemple no admissibleStudents must
a) present the official application form,
b) their personal academic certificate, and
c) proof of payment.


but

Exemple adequatStudents must present
a) the official application form,
b) their personal academic certificate, and
c) proof of payment.


Take particular care when you use such structures as not only ... but also. Therefore, not

Exemple no admissibleMaster’s degrees not only prepare professionals but also researchers.


but

Exemple adequatMaster’s degrees prepare not only professionals but also researchers.

The unofficial style

In his book Revising Prose (Longman, 2006), Richard Lanham coined the term the official style to refer to the obscure, dense prose so characteristic of many textbooks, business reports, academic papers and institutional documents. According to Lanham, this style is characterized by sentences full of nouns cluttered up by long strings of prepositional phrases and typically linked by some form of the verb be, such as in the sentence below.

Exemple inadequatIn the light of the constant lack of places on the courses provided by the Language Service, employing another teacher would be a big advantage for the students and lecturers of the university community.


This sentence could be more economically and clearly expressed in the following way.

Exemple adequatThe understaffed Language Service needs to employ another teacher.


The official style is often unclear because it consists of too many elements of the same grammatical type. Consider the following sentence.

Exemple inadequatThe aim of the project is to encourage relations between different universities in Europe in an attempt to foster new approaches to administrative procedures to improve efficiency and cut the costs of the production of academic courses by the organization of interuniversity programmes to be taught at several institutions at any one time.


The sentence is long and complex. It has 53 words but only one weak verb (is). It is full of prepositional phrases (in total, there are 11 of these) and infinitive clauses (there are four of these). Prepositional phrases are important because they provide necessary detail about time, manner and place but, in excess, they obstruct the reader’s progress by providing too much information. After the word procedures the sentence provides many diverse details. Likewise, the use of several infinitives of purpose clouds the issue. What is the real purpose of the project? The text could be improved by a shorter introductory sentence focusing on the purpose of the project and then clarification of how this purpose is to be achieved in subsequent sentences.

Exemple adequatThis European project aims to improve the efficiency of administrative procedures and cut the costs of academic courses. It plans to do this by organizing interuniversity courses that can be taught simultaneously at various universities.


So, if you want your texts to be clear and readily understandable, avoid the official style. Do not write long sentences full of nouns and strings of prepositional phrases linked only by the verb be. Be unofficial: write shorter, more dynamic, verb-centred sentences and do not use long strings of similar grammatical elements.

Concision

Texts are said to be concise if they communicate a message clearly using few words. Concise texts are generally effective because they make information easier to understand, but they are by no means easy to write. In fact, they often take considerably longer to write because they require lots of revision. Although it is impossible to identify all the ways in which authors inflate their texts, below you will find some strategies for reducing the length of your texts without removing necessary information.

Reduce clauses

Reduce clauses to simpler, shorter constructions. Therefore, not

Exemple inadequatThe URV, which was founded in 1994, is the university of southern Catalonia.


but

Exemple adequatFounded in 1994, the URV is the university of southern Catalonia.

Delete superfluous words and phrases

Delete all phrases and words that add nothing to the meaning or provide excessive detail. Therefore, not

Exemple inadequatThe effect of the application of the new economic measures can be seen in last month’s figures, and it goes without saying that the University is aware of the new policy on tax deduction and that it has every intention of complying with the regulations.


but

Exemple adequatThe effect of the new economic measures can be seen in last month’s figures, and the University intends to comply with the new regulations on tax deduction.

Avoid nominalizations

Use verbs to express actions, not nominalizations. Therefore, not

Exemple inadequatThis report is dedicated to the discussion of the new economic measures.


but

Exemple adequatThis report discusses the new economic measures.

Avoid overuse of it is and there is

Expressions that combine it or there with the verb be can be effectively used for emphasis at times, but overuse can create unnecessarily lengthy prose. Use them sparingly. Therefore, not

Exemple inadequatIt is the Rector who will have the last word on this issue.


but

Exemple adequatThe Rector will have the last word on this issue.

Do not make vague attributions

Authors often try to justify their statements by suggesting they have acquired the information from an authoritative source. If you wish to refer to a source, however, do not do so vaguely as in the following example. A straightforward statement is preferable to a vague attribution. Therefore, not

Exemple inadequatStudent registrations have been observed to be increasing in some subjects that were previously determined to be unfashionable.


but

Exemple adequatStudent registrations have been increasing in some previously unfashionable subjects.


and not

Exemple inadequatIt has been shown that visiting lecturers have been using this new resource.


but

Exemple adequatVisiting lecturers have been using this new resource.

Make direct statements

Do not feel obliged to provide a brief introduction to every statement you make. Often, no introduction is necessary. Therefore, not

Exemple inadequatWith regard to good students, their most important characteristic is the ability to work hard.


but

Exemple adequatThe most important characteristic of good students is the ability to work hard.

Do not hedge excessively

When you write, you are often not certain of the facts and are obliged to hedge (that is to say, introduce elements of doubt and uncertainty into your texts). If you need to hedge, though, do so just once. Therefore, not

Exemple inadequatIt could be possible that economic factors and the decline in immigration may be affecting student numbers.


but

Exemple adequatEconomic factors and the decline in immigration may be affecting student numbers.

Summary

One of the main problems of writing clearly and effectively is that there will always be a gap between what you want to say and what your readers may understand. The principles outlined below will help you overcome this. Remember that they are only guidelines, not inflexible rules, but they will give you a general idea about how most university texts should be written. In a nutshell, the principles of clear writing are the following.

  1. Give your documents a clearly defined structure. The sections and subsections and their corresponding headings should guide readers towards meaning.

  2. Write sentences of different types and lengths. This will give your texts variety. But beware of excessively long sentences!

  3. Make the important characters of your text the subjects of your sentences.

  4. Express actions not as abstract nouns (nominalizations) but as verbs.

  5. Make sure that the main verb is towards the beginning of the sentence by avoiding long introductory phrases, keeping your subjects short and not separating the subject from the verb.

  6. Begin sentences with information that you believe is familiar to readers and end sentences with what you believe is new or unfamiliar. Make sure that your most important characters occupy the subject position as often as possible.

  7. Ensure that all the elements of a list are expressed in the same grammatical form.

  8. Avoid long strings of prepositional phrases and sentences that only have weak verbs.

  9. Once you have completed your text, revise it for concision (among other things).

Tools for text production

In today’s world, most administrative texts are produced on a word processor. Within this context, those who work with text need to be able to exploit the full potential of digital text processing, a field that goes far beyond the textual and linguistic issues that are dealt with in this resource. Much of what could be said is applicable to all languages, but the discussion here will be restricted to aspects that affect texts in English.

Popular word processors, such as the broadly equivalent Microsoft Word (commercial software that is a registered trademark of Microsoft), and LibreOffice (open-source software), are sophisticated configurable programs with many tools to improve productivity, that is, to work faster and achieve higher quality. These programs are installed with a series of default settings and while some affect the creation of texts in all languages, certain settings can specifically affect English. An example is the language setting for the text, which establishes the spellcheck dictionary to be used, among other things. If you are typing in English but the spellchecker is checking for words in Catalan, productivity goes down rather than up. Default settings for new documents can be established by creating a template document and saving your preferred settings into it. Precisely how to do that will depend on the program and the version you are using.

There are various kinds of language tools. Not all of these are installed with the word processor itself, but usually the relevant files for English will be. In general, different varieties of English are available, so you need to check that the variety chosen is the one you want to use. Language tools not distributed with the original versions can usually be downloaded from the web.

Spellcheckers

Spellcheckers are perhaps the most useful of the language tools on offer. Incorrect spellings are automatically detected. You can set up the checker so that it detects spelling mistakes as you type or you can turn it off and activate it later.

It is easy enough to use the wrong word, however, typing for example sight instead of site. In such cases, your spellchecker will not detect any error, so you still need to check your work carefully after typing it.

Another potential problem is that you may disagree with the established criteria of the spellchecker. For example, does your institution prefer cooperate or co-operate? This is largely a matter of taste. In such cases, you can add what you consider to be exceptions to a local dictionary so these spellings will be accepted in the future but only for documents edited on the same computer.

Word processors offer users grammar checkers and thesauruses, but non-native speakers should bear in mind that these are not always as useful as other similar tools available online. For example, while grammar checkers can detect a lack of verb concord or suggest the punctuation of long sentences to improve readability, they can also mark a sentence as unacceptable when there is really nothing wrong with it. And while thesauruses can suggest synonyms of selected words, they are not always very complete and do not include guidance on differences between suggestions. For this reason, if you are writing in English but it is not your first language, you will need to find other tools and resources to support your word processor’s grammar checker.

Grammar checkers, thesauruses and translation dictionaries

Word processors offer users grammar checkers and thesauruses, but non-native users should bear in mind that these are not always as useful as other similar tools available online. For example, while grammar checkers can detect a lack of verb concord or suggest the punctuation of long sentences to improve readability, they can also mark a sentence as unacceptable when there is really nothing wrong with it. And while thesauruses can suggest synonyms of selected words, they are not always very complete and do not include guidance on differences between matched words. For this reason, if you are writing in English but it is not your first language, you will need to find other tools and resources to support your word processor’s grammar checker and thesaurus.

Microsoft Word also includes a tool for translating selected words or text, but its usefulness in text creation is limited. It might help you understand an unknown word but it certainly would not help you write correct English. Since the appearance of Microsoft Word 2007, this tool uses online translation (through the Translate button on the Review ribbon), so it will only work if you have an internet connection. Like all generic automatic translation, it is rather unreliable.

While most authors have no need for this kind of tool, in our context the administrative texts that need to be created in English are often based on already existing texts in Catalan, if not on close translations of these. In such cases an automatic translation into English may be a viable first draft for rephrasing. This process for text production in English is discussed in Online word processors and other online tools.

Automatic correction tools

The most popular word processors, such as Microsoft Word, LibreOffice and Googlr Docs, all include correction tools (often called Autocorrect), which automatically replace certain typed sequences of characters with other characters. These tools are language specific so, if you use them, make sure they are correctly configured. Otherwise, you may find yourself unable to enter a correct sequence at all, because they will unhelpfully change what you type.

Automatic substitution of characters may be a useful option, if set up in accordance with the way you want to work. It can include the following:
  1. Correction of common typing errors (such as teh to the or abotu to about)

  2. Automatic suggested completion of long words

  3. Expansion of abbreviated forms

  4. Substitution of character sequences to access special characters, such as a double hyphen replaced by an em dash or 1/4 replaced by ¼

  5. Replacement of unlikely sequences, such as double capital letters at the beginning of a sentence replaced by a single capital letter

  6. Automatic formatting of lists

Configuring language tools in your word processor

Configuring language tools is important because, if you are using a local version of Microsoft Word, the default settings for your document may not be for English, even though your document is in that language. Follow the instructions below to configure the tools in your word processor and establish suitable default settings for an administrative document in British English. (Note that these guidelines focus on the use of the Catalan version of the desktop program Microsoft Word 2021.)

To create a template with suitable default settings, create a new Microsoft Word document and then follow the steps below.
  1. Maximize the Estils panel on the Inici ribbon to visualize it. Position the pointer over the Normal style and an arrow for a drop-down menu will appear. Right-click on the style to open this menu. Choose Modifica and a dialogue box will open.

  2. Click on the Format button and then on the first item, Tipus de lletra, in the drop-down menu. Here you can choose the default font and its size and colour, among other things. Confirm any changes you make with the Dacord button.

  3. Select Paràgraf from the same drop-down menu. Click the first tab, Sagnia i espaiat, to establish the line spacing, the paragraph spacing, the indentation, the justification and the tabulation positions. Click on the second tab, Salts de línia i pàgina, to avoid single final lines at the top or bottom of a page, and to insert a page break before each paragraph with this style. Confirm all the changes.

  4. Select Llengua, choose anglès (Regne Unit) from the list and make sure the box No revisis l’ortografia ni la gramàtica is unchecked. Confirm those changes. (The spellchecker will only work if it has been installed. If in doubt about this, contact the computer service responsible for your hardware and software maintenance.)

  5. Click on the Anomena i desa button in the Fitxer tab. A dialogue box will appear, in which you can give your document a name, such as admin-en-template1. Then open the drop-down menu for Tipus de fitxer and choose Plantilla de Word (*.dotx) and click on Desa.

Your document format preferences are now saved in your template. To create a new empty document based on these settings, double-click on the template file in a Windows Explorer window, or create a new document based on your template by clicking on Crea. (Templates for many kinds of documents are also available online. Such templates tend to focus on complicated formats, such as tri-fold brochures. For simpler documents with a single flow of text, it is preferable to create your own template, as we describe here.)

To view the spellchecker and grammar checker settings, click on the Fitxer tab at the top on the left and choose Opcions to open the corresponding dialogue box. Then choose Correcció from the menu on the left-hand side. On the right-hand side of the box you can establish settings for document proofing. To turn off as-you-write spell checking, uncheck Revisa l’ortografia a mesura que escric. To turn off grammar checking, uncheck Marca els errors gramaticals a mesura que escric. To choose what kinds of error the grammar checker will identify, open the Estil d’escriptura dialogue box by clicking on the Configuració button. Uncheck boxes for items that you do not want the program to automatically correct. Do not forget the Format automàtic a mesura que escric tab in Opcions de la correcció automàtica, where you can set up the automatic treatment of quotation marks, among other things. When you finish, save your changes and exit the dialogue box. These autocorrect settings are not saved into your template but are associated with your profile as a user on that specific computer.

You can establish various other general settings in the Visualització and Avançades tabs in Opcions del Word.

Special characters

Some characters are particularly problematic for electronic media. For example, the older type-setting tradition of curly apostrophes (’) and curly quotation marks (“ ”) corresponds to print media. They were not available on mechanical typewriters at all and are not immediately available on computer keyboards either. (They need to be looked up in character tables.) Like straight apostrophes (') and straight quotation marks (" ") they are available on word processors, but curly quotation marks are often misinterpreted by web servers and incorrectly displayed on web pages.

You may encounter problems with other special characters. Our recommendation is to save Microsoft Word documents in .docx format (which, by default, uses standard Unicode UTF-8 character encoding).

Word wrap and word division

The difference between print and web text editing traditions is not merely confined to character selection. Text justification may also be an issue. Texts for print media such as letters, books, magazines and newspapers are usually fully justified (left and right). Web media, in contrast, tend to be left-justified because they are viewed at different page widths on different screens, and large horizontal gaps may appear between words if a fully justified text is viewed in a narrow window. This problem can be solved in word processing documents if the right dictionaries are installed (if not, words may be divided in the wrong place) and automatic word division is activated. The program will then split long words at the end of lines to reduce the appearance of long spaces between words when full justification is used.

Word wrap is the feature that automatically carries down any word that does not fit at the end of a line. Although it is a fundamental feature of word processors, it can lead to problems when items that should be on the same line are split over two lines. To avoid this, use non-breaking spaces, for instance between an honorific and the following name, or between the different groups of digits in bank account and serial/lot numbers.

To do this in a Word document, first write the honorific and the following name all together, or else the number all together (e.g., MrJones or 20133476244700000418), and then position your cursor between the honorific and the name (Mr|Jones) or, in the case of the number, between the groups of digits you want to separate (2013|3476, then 3476|24 and finally 24|4700000418), and in each of these places press Control+Shift+Space. To do this in an HTML document, insert the entity   in that same position.

Exemple adequatMr Jones

Exemple adequat2013 3476 24 4700000418 (a bank account number)

Team projects and revision of texts

Generally speaking, texts for publication pass through various hands during the stages of creation, editing, proofreading, etc. This chain is fragile when using desktop software such as locally installed word processors because the most recent version of the project file is held by only one person at a time (and stored in only one place). Users must take turns working on the document and send the project file on to the next member of the team when they finish. This can slow work down and lead to problems of traceability, meaning that it is difficult (or impossible) to know which versions a document has gone through and who has introduced which changes.

This issue is addressed by the track changes tool in word processors, but as with all digital tools, it is vital to make best use of the instrument provided. (Hidden revisions can be inadvertently distributed in a final version, to the potential embarrassment of all concerned.)

The following guidelines focus on the use of Control de canvis in the Catalan version of Microsoft Word 2021.

To turn track changes on and off, go to Revisió > Seguiment > Control de canvis or use the key combination Control+Shift+E .

You can see if you are currently tracking changes by looking for Control de canvis on the status bar (the bottom border of the Microsoft Word window). If this control is not visible, activate it by right-clicking on the status bar itself and selecting the corresponding option on the menu that appears.

To control how tracked changes are displayed in your document, use the drop-down menu controls in Revisió > Seguiment. You can modify how changes appear by clicking on Canvia les opcions de seguiment.

You can accept or reject changes to make permanent changes, or just show and hide them. çTo accept or reject them, use the Revisió > Canvis controls.

If a document has passed through various reviewers with Control de canvis turned on, the proposed modifications will be marked with an identifier for each person. If you click on Revisió > Seguiment > Subfinestra de revisió, you will see this identifier beside each change. When you hold the pointer over a change, a pop-up text also shows this information. Each author’s suggestions can be colour-coded in the Canvia les opcions de seguiment dialogue; changes proposed by just one reviewer, for example, can be shown using the Mostra l’etiquetatge > Persones específiques dialogue.

Control de canvis can be combined with the insertion of comments (in the Revisió tab) to create an effective process for proofreading by teams of reviewers, but circulating a document can lead to delays when team members are held up by slower work from their colleagues.

When working with a group of document reviewers, there are a number of issues to bear in mind, most of which concern actions to be avoided. The most important of these are outlined below.

  • Base your document on a template that includes styles for all the paragraphs and headings you will need. Do not introduce any manual paragraph formatting into the document. Instead, use your template styles.

  • Do not use the Enter key to create extra vertical spacing. If necessary, adjust your template paragraph styles.

  • Do not use the font and font-size controls to change the appearance of text manually. Instead, incorporate font features into your style definitions.

  • Do not apply italic and bold styling to a whole paragraph to make it look like a heading. Instead, use a real heading style.

  • Do not use the space bar repeatedly to create horizontal space or to centre your text. Make sure your tabulation positions are defined in your template styles and use the tab key to position text. If text needs to be aligned, this should be part of the paragraph style definition.

  • Do not type a manual number or bullet to create the effect of a list or heading. Instead, incorporate automatic numbering or bullets into the paragraph style.

  • Do not create a page number, a table of contents, an index, a cross-reference, or other such items manually. These items should be created using automatic fields so that they are updated automatically when the document is modified.

  • Use inline images (instead of floating images) to prevent unpredictable movement of text. Do this by clicking on the images in your document and then selecting the Alineat al text option in Format > Ajusta el text.


Some of these problems, and many others, may be detected and corrected by skilful use of the Cerca i substitució command. For instance, double spaces between words: such extra spaces may be eliminated by searching for double spaces and replacing them with single spaces throughout the whole document. The same trick may be used to eliminate empty paragraphs by searching for “ˆpˆp” and replacing it with nothing.

The items listed above are guidelines to avoid frequent text-formatting errors. Once you start to use the built-in features of the word processor to create the desired effects in a reproducible and configurable way, you will find it much more effective than manual formatting.

Microsoft Word offers another method of working with a document that has been circulated among various editors: Compara, which is available in the Revisió tab. This function allows you to see all the differences between versions of a document and who has proposed each change. Nonetheless, circulating a document to different members of a team is a cumbersome process. This problem may be addressed by resorting to online tools, which is the subject of Online word processors and other online tools.

Online word processors and other online tools

Desktop word processors are powerful programs that can be adapted to users’ preferred ways of working, but they have their limitations, particularly when document editors are working as a team. Many of the tools available in desktop word processors are now available online and in some cases these tools are more powerful.

This is the case for online dictionaries such as Word Reference [<http://www.wordreference.com>], or grammar and spellchecking tools, such as LanguageTool [<http://www.languagetool.org>]. Automatic translation tools, such as Google Translate [<http://translate.google.com>], Microsoft Translator [<http://www.bing.com/translator>] or DeepL Translator [<http://www.deepl.com/translator>], also work best online.

Likewise, teamwork can be enhanced by synchronizing desktop files to a shared online copy, as with the services offered by DropBox [<http://www.dropbox.com>], Google Drive [<http://www.drive.google.com>] or Microsoft OneDrive [<http://onedrive.live.com>].

The most radical option is to do away with the desktop word processing environment altogether, at least in the initial stages of text creation. Online word processors are now a viable alternative to desktop software. Popular options are GoogleDocs [<http://www.docs.google.com>], Zoho Writer [<http://www.zoho.com/writer>] and Microsoft 365 [<http://www.microsoft.com/en/microsoft-365>].

The word processing environment in these online editors is more rudimentary, but they offer the following advantages over desktop word processors.

  • File storage is more secure online than on a local hard disk.

  • All previous versions are stored and the editing of each version can be traced.

  • Since all editors work on the same version, there is no chance of conflicts between versions from different sources.

  • There is enhanced integration with other online resources, such as automatic translation and dictionary look-up.

Conclusions

All too often, users are asked to create and edit texts without any thought to the issues raised in this subsection, as if the effective use of these programs were common knowledge or intuitive. To some extent, word processing programs themselves encourage this perception by making it so easy to edit and print your first texts and also by allowing users to manually format texts without regard to best practice. Given the variety and power of the tools available, it is vital that users configure these tools appropriately to exploit their full potential.


Administrative documents

This part of the Llibre d’estil provides practical advice on writing administrative documents at the UB, focusing on the application, resolution and notification, the certificate and internal certificate, the traditional letter and the email, and finally the agreement.

The advice for each document type is accompanied by model texts. These models may not cover all eventualities; but combined with the advice in the other sections, they should help you get started when you need to create your own institutional documents.

Letter

A letter is a hand-written, typed or printed communication which may require a response.

Structure
  • Sender’s address. Write the sender’s address in the top right-hand corner of the page.

  • Recipient’s name, position and address. If you include the recipient’s address, write this on the left-hand side of the page. The first line should be level with the last line of the sender’s address. Use any professional title the recipient has used in previous correspondence. Otherwise, write the recipient’s full name without Mr or Ms.

    Exemple adequatJanice Farrell
    The Organizing Committee
    Centre for Educational Research
    The Fairborn Exchange
    Manchester
    M13 4XL

  • Date. Write the date on the right-hand side of the page below the sender’s address. Do not write the name of the town or city from which the letter is sent.

    Exemple adequat17 November 2021

  • Salutation. Salutations most frequently begin with Dear and end with a comma.

    • When the letter is informal, follow Dear by a first name.

      Exemple adequatDear Mark,
      Dear Lucy,

    • When the letter is formal, follow Dear by Mr or Ms and the recipient’s family name.

      Exemple adequatDear Mr Jones,
      Dear Ms Benway,

      When you do not know the recipient’s name, use the phrase Dear Sir or Madam followed by a comma.

    • When the letter is addressed to a group of people, follow Dear by a common noun.

      Exemple adequatDear student,
      Dear colleague,

    • You can follow Dear by a capitalized noun to denote the recipient’s position.

      Exemple adequatDear Coordinator,
      Dear Head of Studies,

  • Body. The body of the letter should convey the information in a direct style and be paragraphed appropriately.

    The following phrases may be useful in both letters and e-mails.

    In reply to…
    With reference to…
    I am writing to enquire about…
    I am writing to inform you of…
    I was happy to learn that…
    I was sorry to hear that…
    I would be grateful if…
    I would appreciate it if…
    I am pleased to announce that…
    You will be happy to learn that…
    I regret to inform you that…
    I am sorry to say that…
    You are advised to…
    You are requested to…
    Please do not hesitate to…
    Please feel free to…
    I look forward to…
    I am looking forward to…

  • Close. The close is a formulaic way of ending a letter. Capitalize the first word and follow the last word with a comma. Leave some extra space above and below the close.

    Exemple adequatSincerely, [formal close]

    Exemple adequatKind regards, [informal close]


  • Signature line. The signature line consists of the signature followed by the sender’s printed name. If appropriate, write the sender’s position below the printed name.

    Exemple adequatImatge sense text alternatiu definit

    Laverne Forner
    Staff Week Coordinator

Model 1: giving information

Model 1Word

PDF














Model 2: asking for information

Model 2Word

PDF

Tutorials on writing letters

The following tutorials on writing letters were written and recorded by the English Section of the Language Quality Work Group of the Vives Network of Universities.

Writing formal letters (I)

Writing formal letters (II)

Non-text features of formal letters

Email

An email is a form of written communication sent by electronic means which may require a response.

Structure
  • Subject line. Keep the subject line short and provide specific information about the content of the message. Use sentence-style capitalization (first word and proper nouns).

  • Salutation. Tailor the salutation to the person you are writing to. The salutation generally starts with Dear followed by a name or position and ends with a comma.

    Exemple adequatDear Marina,
    Dear Mr Davies,

    Exemple adequatDear Head of Department,
    Dear Coordinator,

    Less formal emails can also start with Hi or Hello, followed by a comma.

  • Opening sentence. The opening sentence is commonly used to explain why you are writing.

    Exemple adequatI am writing to inform you that… [formal beginning]

    Exemple adequatI am writing to let you know that… [informal beginning]

  • Body. Formal emails are very similar to formal letters. Therefore, the body of a formal email should convey the information in a direct style and be paragraphed appropriately.

    The following phrases may be useful in both emails and letters.

    In reply to…
    With reference to…
    I am writing to enquire about…
    I am writing to inform you of…
    I was happy to learn that…
    I was sorry to hear that…
    I would be grateful if…
    I would appreciate it if…
    I am pleased to announce that…
    You will be happy to learn that…
    I regret to inform you that…
    I am sorry to say that…
    You are advised to…
    You are requested to…
    Please do not hesitate to…
    Please feel free to…
    I look forward to…
    I am looking forward to…


  • Closing sentence. The closing sentence is commonly used to offer thanks or to state what kind of response you expect.

    Exemple adequatI look forward to your response. [formal closing sentence]

    Exemple adequatI look forward to hearing from you. [informal closing sentence]

  • Close. To close, use the formal Sincerely or the informal Kind regards, followed by a comma.

  • Signature line. Write your first name or your full name, depending on the level of formality.

Model 1: giving information

Model 1Word

PDF














Model 2: asking information

Model 2Word

PDF

Tutorials on writing emails

The following tutorials on writing emails were written and recorded by the English Section of the Language Quality Work Group of the Vives Network of Universities.

How to write an email in English

How to write an email in English 2

Certificate

A certificate attests to a broad range of facts such as course attendance, the attainment of an academic level or qualification, or the exercising of a specific function. It is issued by a person or organization with the recognized authority to validate the facts attested to.

Structure

  • Date. Write the date in the top right-hand corner of the page rather than at the bottom. Omit the place name that typically appears on certificates in Catalan.

    Exemple adequat13 February 2021


  • Generic salutation. The final recipient of a certificate is not generally known, so the text begins with the generic salutation To whom it may concern, which should be left-justified and followed by a comma.

    Exemple adequatTo whom it may concern,


  • Body. Begin with This is to certify that. Then state the information that is being attested to. This section of the certificate is justified.

    Exemple adequatThis is to certify that


  • Signature. Include the signature of the person issuing the document and left-justify it.

  • Certifier’s name and position. Give this information on two lines, left-justified and without full stops.

    Exemple adequatMaria Josep Puig i Torres
    Director of the Department of Greek


  • Organization. The specific level of organization (service, school, faculty, area, university, etc.) indicated in the text may depend on the type of certificate. Indicate the highest level of organization as the final item. Where two or more levels are identified, place them on separate lines with no full stop. This information is left-justified.

    Exemple adequatFaculty of Philology and Communication
    University of Barcelona

Model

ModelWord

PDF

Tutorials on writing certificates

The following tutorials on writing certificates were written and recorded by the English Section of the Language Quality Work Group of the Vives Network of Universities.

About certificates

Examples of certificates

Discussing certificates

Internal certificate

An internal certificate attests to an ongoing or completed administrative procedure. It is equivalent to the Catalan diligència, informally known as a faig constar.

Structure

  • Date. Write the date in the top right-hand corner of the page rather than at the bottom. Omit the place name that typically appears in certificates in Catalan.

    Exemple adequat10 June 2021


  • Generic salutation. The final recipient of an internal certificate is not generally known, so the text begins with the generic salutation To whom it may concern, which should be left-justified and followed by a comma.

    Exemple adequatTo whom it may concern,


  • Body. In the body, state the information that is being attested to. This section is justified.

  • Signature. Include the signature of the person issuing the document and left-justify it.

  • Signatory’s position. Put the person’s name below the signature, followed by their position on the next line. Left-justify the text and do not use full stops.

    Exemple adequatDepartment Director

Model

ModelWord

PDF

Application

An application is a formal request to a competent body.

Structure

  • Applicant’s personal details. Provide your name, family name, identity document type and number, and postal address. If relevant, provide further information such as telephone number, email address, and date and place of birth, etc. If you are making the application on behalf of another person, include both your personal details and those of the person you are representing.

  • Declaration. In this section, give the reasons for the application. Introduce it with the expression I declare in bold, capital letters and followed by a colon, and write each statement on a new line beginning with a capital letter and ending with a full stop. If there are two statements or more, number them.

    Exemple adequatI DECLARE:

    1. I am a student on an Erasmus+ programme.

    2. I registered in a course and paid the full course fee.

    3. I was informed that I am entitled to free language tuition.



  • Request. This section states the object of the application. Begin with the expression I request in bold, capital letters and followed by a colon, and write any following statements on a new line beginning with a capital letter and ending with a full stop. If there are two statements or more, number them.

    Exemple adequatI REQUEST:

    1. The cancellation of my registration.

    2. A refund of the course fee.



  • Supporting documents. If any documentary evidence is required, or it is in your interests to include it, list the documents you attach.

    Exemple adequatSUPPORTING DOCUMENTS

    1. Photocopy of passport

    2. Photocopy of Erasmus+ learning agreement

    3. Photocopy of Language Service registration form



  • Signature. Sign the document. There is no need to print your name and surname because they have already been provided at the beginning.

  • Place and date. After the signature, write the name of the town or city in which the application has been made and the date.

    Exemple adequatBarcelona, 15 October 2021


  • Recipient. At the foot of the page, put the name of the unit and institution to which the application is addressed.

Model

ModelWord

PDF

Notification

A notification informs the interested party of a resolution that has been adopted by a competent authority.

Structure
  • Recipient’s details. Identify the person to whom the notification is to be sent in the top left-hand corner under the heading. Include their name and family name, address, post code, and town or city.

  • Introductory formula. State the date on which the resolution was adopted and by whom.

    Exemple adequatOn 29 October 2021 the coordinator of the Language Services of this university issued the following resolution.

  • Text of the resolution. Reproduce the full text of the resolution below the introductory formula. If it is particularly long, attach it to the notification as a separate document.

  • Appeals. State whether an appeal can be made, to whom and within what time frame.

    Exemple adequatAPPEALS

    This resolution does not exhaust the right of appeal through administrative channels. If you wish to appeal, present an application for further review by the rector within one month from the day after receiving this notification.


  • Signature. In this section, include the signature, the full name and position of the person issuing the notification.

    Exemple adequatImatge sense text alternatiu definit

    Jaume Serra i Alemany
    Head of the Secretary’s Office
    Language Services

  • Place and date. End the notification with the name of the town or city where the document will be signed and the date.

    Exemple adequatBarcelona, 1 November 2021


Model

ModelWord

PDF

Resolution

A resolution records a decision. It generally responds to an application and may end a particular administrative procedure.

Structure

  • Identification of the document. Identify the document with a reference number. If the resolution is especially long or complex, it may be appropriate to add a short title by way of summary.

  • Background. List the facts and the various steps that have been taken since the beginning of the process and any regulations that might affect the decision. Introduce them with the expression considering in bold, capital letters followed by a colon, and write each statement on a new line. If there are two statements or more, number them.

    Exemple adequatCONSIDERING:

    1. On 15 October, Anita Smith sent an application asking to be refunded the sum of €225.

    2. From the documents provided, it is clear that Ms Smith made the payment as stated.

    3. Mobility students are entitled to free tuition in Catalan, in accordance with the official list of fees.



  • Resolution. Introduce this section with the formula I resolve in bold, capital letters and followed by a colon, and briefly state the decision taken, in full sentences.

    Exemple adequatI RESOLVE:

    Ms Smith is to be refunded the sum of €225.



  • Signature. This section includes the signature, full name and position of the signatory, in this order.

    Exemple adequatImatge sense text alternatiu definit

    Maria Sales Llopis
    Coordinator of the Language Services


  • Place and date. End the resolution with the name of the town or city where the document will be signed and the date.

    Exemple adequatBarcelona, 29 October 2021

Model

ModelWord

PDF

Agreement

An agreement is a written document in which two or more parties establish mutual obligations for the conduct of a shared project.

Structure

  • Title. The title identifies the type of agreement and can also name the parties and state the main objective of the agreement.

  • Participants. This section identifies the parties signing the agreement by their full name, position and institution. It also makes reference to their power to represent their institution or act individually. Introduce it with the expression by and between, centred in bold, capital letters. Each party should be given a separate paragraph.

    Exemple adequat

    BY AND BETWEEN



    The first party, Joan Garcia Romaní, rector of the UB, acting for said university; and

    The second party, Sònia Capdevila Tena, rector of the UdG, acting for said university.


    Close this section with a sentence confirming that all the parties signing the agreement acknowledge the others’ ability to enter the agreement.

    Exemple adequatThe parties, acting in their aforementioned capacities, declare that they have sufficient legal capacity to enter into this Agreement, and


  • Recitals. This section sets out, in separate and numbered paragraphs, the precedents, the willingness of the signatories, the legal framework and everything that needs to be taken into consideration. Introduce it with the word state, centred in bold, capital letters, and start each of the following paragraphs with the word That.

    Exemple adequat

    STATE



    1. That the UB and the UdG signed an Agreement for…

    2. That Spanish Royal Decree 1393 of 29 October 2007…


    Close this section with a sentence confirming that all the parties agree to the clauses in the next section.

    Exemple adequatTherefore, the parties agree to the following


  • Clauses. This section includes the specific clauses agreed to by the parties. Use the word clauses, centred in bold, capital letters as the title of the section and a numbered heading for each clause.

    Exemple adequat

    CLAUSES



    1. Object

    The object of this Agreement is to…


    2. Liability

    The signatory universities hereby state that…


  • Close. Close the document with a sentence acknowledging where and when the agreement was signed.

    Exemple adequatIn witness whereof, the parties hereto sign two (2) identical and equally valid counterparts of this document in Barcelona on 30 April 2021.


  • Signatures. This section should include the signature, name, position and institution for each of the parties signing the agreement.

    Exemple adequat[signature]

    Joan Garcia Romaní
    Rector
    University of Barcelona


Model

ModelModelWord

PDF

Final projects

This part of the Llibre d’estil provides advice to students who are writing the final project of their bachelor’s or master’s degree in English (at the UB, the “treball final de grau” or “TFG”, and the “treball final de màster” or “TFM”, respectively). Final projects are basically academic papers and so the focus is on how to write the most typical parts of an academic paper in the humanities, the natural sciences and the social sciences. Specifically, the section refers to style, structure, references and bibliography, and it offers tips on editing. It also provides real examples of the recommended way to organize each section of an academic paper and suggests how to use a simpler writing style and adapt the tone to the subject matter.

Because many academic writing skills are equally important in all disciplines, the advice does not always distinguish between the three ambits. However, where writing practices do differ, we highlight the differences and describe appropriate structure and content for one ambit or another. To give just one example, the main body of an academic paper in the natural sciences generally consists of the three parts Methods, Results and Discussion, whereas the main body of a humanities paper consists of only one part, also called Discussion but very different to the part with that name in the sciences.

Of course, there are other differences between the three ambits and not all the parts examined here are indispensable in papers in all of them. It is also true that there is no set formula for writing some of the parts, as is the case with the discussion section in humanities papers. To sum up, academic writing is a complex process, but you can make your TFG or TFM more manageable if you are sure of two things: first, that the parts, structures and techniques you have chosen are serving your research objectives; and second, that your paper clearly considers the requirements of the specific academic community you are addressing.

InformacióIf you're writing your TFG, TFM or any other kind of academic paper in Catalan, you can consult the UB's Catalan language guidelines about academic writing at Treballs acadèmics.
Further reading
Alley, M. (1996). The craft of scientific writing . Springer.

Anderson, G. (2014). How to write a paper in scientific journal style and format. Bates College, Department of Biology, On-line Resources website. <https://www.bates.edu/biology/student-resources/resources>

Bhakar, S., & Nathani, N. (2015). A handbook on writing research papers in social sciences. Bharti Publications.
<https://www.researchgate.net/publication/282218102_A_Handbook_on_writing_Research_Paper_in_Social_Sciences>

Gibaldi, J. MLA Handbook . 9th ed. New York: Modern Language Association of America, 2021.

Haggan, M. (2004). Research paper titles in literature, linguistics and science: Dimensions of attraction. Journal of Pragmatics, 36(2), 293–317. <https://doi.org/10.1016/S0378-2166(03)00090-0>

Letchford, A., Moat, H. S., & Preis, T. (2015). The advantage of short paper titles. Royal Society Open Science, 2(8). <http://doi.org/10.1098/rsos.150266>

Modern Humanities Research Association. MHRA Style Guide . 3rd ed. London: Modern Humanities Research Association, 2013.

Millar, N., & Budgell, B. S. (2019). The passive voice and comprehensibility of biomedical texts: An experimental study with 2 cohorts of chiropractic students. Journal of Chiropractic Education, 33(1), 16–20. <https://doi.org/10.7899/JCE-17-22>

Mohammed, C., & Radix, C.-A. (2020). Creating rhetorical complexity: Using popular science articles to teach abstract writing. Proceedings of the 2020 IEEE International Professional Communication Conference (137–140). <https://doi.org/10.1109/ProComm48883.2020.00028>

Schimel, J. (2012). Writing science: How to write papers that get cited and proposals that get funded. Oxford University Press.

Scientific Style and Format: the CSE Manual for Authors, Editors, and Publishers. 7th ed. Reston, VA: Council of Science Editors in Cooperation with the Rockefeller UP, 2006. Print.

Shipman, J. T., Wilson, J. D., & Higgins, C. A. (2012). An introduction to physical science (13th ed.). Cengage Learning.  

Soler, V. (2007). Writing titles in science: An exploratory study. English for Specific Purposes, 26(1): 90–102. <https://doi.org/10.1016/j.esp.2006.08.001>

Sword, H. (2012). Stylish academic writing. Harvard University Press.  

Zeiger, M. (2000). Essentials of writing biomedical research papers (2nd ed.). McGraw-Hill.  
<https://ak.sbmu.ac.ir/uploads/Essentials_of_Writing_Biomedical_Research_Papers.pdf>

Articles cited

Mayhew, B. (2018, May 13). Scatter graphics: Premier League, 2017/18. Experimental 3-6-1.
<https://experimental361.com/2018/05/13/scatter-graphics-premier-league-2017-18/>

Poyato Sánchez, P. (2014). La transducción al cine de la novela Tristana: La forma cinematográfica buñueliana. Signa: Revista de la Asociación Española de Semiótica, 23, 731–752. <https://doi.org/10.5944/signa.vol23.2014.11755>

Reddy, J. I., Cooke, P. J., van Schalkwyk, J. M., Hannam, J. A., Fitzharris, P., & Mitchell, S. J. (2014). Anaphylaxis is more common with rocuronium and succinylcholine than with atracurium.  Anesthesiology, 59(3), 39–45. <https://doi.org/10.1097/ALN.0000000000000512>

Final projects cited

Ciberta, J. (2014). WebGraphEd, an open source graph drawing editor for the web [master’s thesis, Universitat Oberta de Catalunya]. O2.
<http://hdl.handle.net/10609/33801>

Cuadrat, C. (2012). Route optimization and customization using real geographical data in Android mobile devices [master’s thesis, Universitat Oberta de Catalunya]. O2. <http://hdl.handle.net/10609/11632>

Duval, D. (2016). The nature of food poverty: Literature review and qualitative study in Greenwich (UK) [master’s thesis, Universitat Oberta de Catalunya]. O2. <http://hdl.handle.net/10609/55244>

Terpugova, I. (2017). Protein classification from primary structures in the context of database biocuration [master’s thesis, Universitat Politècnica de Catalunya]. UPCommons. <https://upcommons.upc.edu/handle/2117/106701>

Academic style

This part of the English-language section of the University of Barcelona’s Llibre d’estil provides a series of principles that can help all those researchers who may feel unprepared to write in a language that is not their own. These principles, particularly those considered in Paragraphs, Active or passive, Parallel structure and Concision, are largely the result of the work done by Joseph Williams and published in his book Style: Lessons in Clarity and Grace. If followed, they will enable you to write clearly and comprehensibly. Here, the focus is on writing research in general, and the principles can be applied to all three ambits — the humanities, the social sciences and the natural sciences — and all levels — bachelor’s degree, master’s degree, doctorate or even professional research. They can also be applied to all forms of informative writing.

A word of warning, however. The principles are merely guidelines, not rigid rules, so apply them judiciously. Also, take care to apply them when you are revising, not when you are drafting. Otherwise, you may have great difficulty in writing anything at all. Inevitably, applying these principles will make the writing process slower because you will be thinking about what you are doing, but they will help you to write prose that is clearer and more readily understood by the reader, and that can only be good for the world of science in general and you as a researcher within it.

Sentence variety

Make your texts more interesting to read by varying the sentences you write. If sentences are constantly of the same type and length, and with the same openers, the text will be monotonous and either too simplistic or too complex, so aim to write different types of sentences that are of different lengths and have different openers.

  • Sentence types

    There are four types of sentences in English: simple, compound, complex and compound-complex.

    • Simple sentences consist of one independent clause (that is to say, at least a subject and a verb and, perhaps, an object, complement or adverbial).

      Exemple adequatSlavery was officially abolished in the United States in 1863.


    • Compound sentences consist of two independent clauses joined by a conjunction (and, or, so, but, etc.).

      Exemple adequatSlavery was officially abolished in the United States in 1863 but was still widely practised until the end of 1865.


    • Complex sentences consist of one independent clause and one dependent clause linked by a subordinating conjunction (when, if, because, since, before, although, etc.).

      Exemple adequatAlthough slavery was officially abolished in the United States in 1863, it was still widely practised until the end of 1865.


    • Compound-complex sentences contain more than one independent clause and at least one dependent clause.

      Exemple adequatAlthough slavery was officially abolished in the United States in 1863, it was still widely practised until the end of 1865 and racial bias still pervades American society today.


  • Sentence length

    Well-written texts are made up of sentences of different lengths: short, medium and long. If you write too many long sentences, readers may feel overwhelmed by the excess detail and be unable to identify the important points. If you write too many short sentences, readers again may be unable to identify the important points and your text will sound childish.

  • Sentence openers

    Sentence openers are any structures in the initial position of a sentence. They can give writing greater sophistication and help maintain readers’ interest. In his book The Craft of Scientific Writing, Michael Alley defined seven different types (Alley, 1996).
     
    • Subject-verb

      Exemple adequatSlavery was abolished in 1863.


    • Prepositional phrases

      Exemple adequatIn the Deep South, the Ku Klux Klan was set up as a vigilante justice system in 1865.


    • Transitional words

      Exemple adequatHowever, the organization was suppressed in 1872.


    • Introductory subordinate clauses

      Exemple adequatAlthough the Civil War led to the abolition of slavery, it did not change the basic power relations between African Americans and whites.


    • Infinitive phrases

      Exemple adequatTo fully understand the influence of racial bias on the 2016 election, we measured anti-immigrant sentiment and racial resentment separately.


    • Participle phrases

      Exemple adequatSummarizing the work of numerous political scientists, the author claims that the decisive factor in the electoral victory was racial resentment.


    • Verb

      Exemple adequatNote that the victorious candidate never distanced himself from the opinions of white supremacist leaders.

      To see the importance of sentence type, sentence length and sentence openers, take a look at the following text (from Alley, 1996), in which there is very little variety.

      Exemple inadequatMount St. Helens erupted on May 18, 1980. A cloud of hot rock and gas surged northward from its collapsing slope. The cloud devastated more than 500 square kilometers of forests and lakes. The effects of Mount St. Helens were well documented with geophysical instruments. The origin of the eruption is not well understood. Volcanic explosions are driven by a rapid expansion of steam. Some scientists believe that the steam comes from groundwater heated by magma. Other scientists believe the steam comes from water originally dissolved in the magma. We have to understand the source of steam in volcanic eruptions. We have to determine how much water the magma contains.


      All the sentences are of the same type (simple), all are of approximately the same length (short/medium) and all open in the same way (subject-verb). This means that readers pause at very regular intervals and the greater stress that is naturally given to the subject falls in exactly the same place, thus creating an extremely monotonous rhythm. Now compare it to the following revised version.

      Exemple adequatMount St. Helens erupted on May 18, 1980. Its slope collapsing, the mountain emitted a cloud of hot rock and gas and, within minutes, the cloud had devastated more than 500 square kilometers of forests and lakes. Although the effects of the eruption were well documented, the origin is not well understood. Volcanic explosions are driven by a rapid expansion of steam and, recently, there has been considerable debate over the source of this steam. Is it groundwater heated by the magma or water originally dissolved in the magma itself? To understand the source of steam in volcanic explosions, we have to determine how much water the magma contains.


      The revised text above has a much more varied rhythm because it exploits the variables of sentence type, length and opener. The first sentence is simple, short and has a subject-verb opener. The second sentence is compound, long and opens with a participle phrase. The third sentence is complex, medium length and opens with a subordinate conjunction. And so on.

Subjects and verbs

Sentences are easy for your readers to understand if it is clear who is doing what. You can write sentences that are easy to read if you follow a few basic principles.

  • Express characters in subjects and actions in verbs

    In an affirmative or negative sentence

    • the grammatical subject is the noun (or nouns) before the verb, and

    • the characters are the nouns that express the concepts, people or things you are writing about.


    Readers will understand a text more easily if its grammatical subjects are also frequently characters. For example, the following text feels dense for two reasons.

    Exemple no admissibleBetween 1980 and 2005, the evolution of the banking industry observed a significant growth of the savings bank sector but has since then witnessed the virtual disappearance of the savings bank.

    Firstly, the grammatical subject of the verb is not a character. The author is writing not about an evolution (the grammatical subject) but about the banking industry and the savings bank sector (the characters of the text). Secondly, the actions done by these characters are expressed in the form of nouns (evolution, growth, disappearance). Most readers will understand the sentence more easily if you make the characters the grammatical subjects of the actions they do.

    Exemple adequatBetween 1980 and 2005, the banking industry evolved in such a way that the savings bank sector grew significantly but since then this sector has virtually disappeared.

    This process of expressing the action of a sentence in the form of a noun and not in the form of a verb is known as nominalization and, although it can be used to good effect on occasion, it should be avoided when it forces an abstraction that is not a character into subject position.  

    Exemple no admissibleThe separation of the components of a mixture is made with chromatographic techniques and the identification of organic compounds is carried out with spectroscopic techniques.

    Exemple adequatThe components of a mixture are separated with chromatographic techniques and organic compounds are identified with spectroscopic techniques.


  • Keep the subject short

    Readers will understand a sentence more easily if the subject of the verb is short and concrete or a familiar abstraction and if the longer, more complex information comes after the verb.  

    Exemple no admissibleNovel nutritional technologies and innovative techniques for optimizing yield and increasing profit in a context of increasing production expenses is the subject of the section below.

    Exemple adequatThe section below discusses novel nutritional technologies and innovative techniques for optimizing yield and increasing profit in a context of increasing production expenses.


  • Keep the subject towards the beginning of the sentence

    Position the subject of the main verb towards the beginning of a sentence. Too much information before the subject will overload the reader.

    Exemple no admissibleCiting the example of a 17-year-old student who was working 35 hours a week in a well-known burger chain restaurant so that he could pay for a new car while simultaneously studying full-time for his university entrance examinations at the local secondary school, Dr Smith urged for greater communication between parents and educational institutions.

    Exemple adequatUrging for greater communication between parents and educational institutions, Dr Smith cited the example of a 17-year-old student who was working 35 hours a week in a well-known burger chain restaurant so that he could pay for a new car while simultaneously studying full-time for his university entrance examinations at the local secondary school.

    In the first text above, the subject of the main clause (in bold) is the forty-fifth word. In the second, it is the tenth. Readers find it much easier to understand long pieces of text if they appear after the subject and the verb rather than before them.

  • Maintain the subject-verb-object connection

    The essential elements of an English sentence are the subject, the verb and the object. Those sentences that keep these elements together tend to be clearer than those that separate them.  

    Exemple no admissibleDr Jan Wilkinson, despite criticism from both within her discipline and without, defended her thesis on notional groups in her next paper.

    Exemple adequatDespite criticism from both within her discipline and without, Dr Jan Wilkinson defended her thesis on notional groups in her next paper.


  • Respect end focus

    End focus is the principle that the new or most important information in a clause or sentence comes at the end. The following sentence is the last one from a thesis on juice concentration processes.

    Exemple no admissibleThe main conclusions are that low values of retention and permeate flux are the causes of the problems in juice concentration processes.

    The information is not in the correct order. Juice concentration is the topic of the research, it is announced in the title (Juice Concentration: Problems and Solutions) and is, therefore, a major character throughout the text, so the final sentence should position it, as a major character, in subject position and then go on to provide some information about it after the main verb. The aim of the sentence is to communicate what problems juice concentration involves, so this information should be placed in the focus position.

    Exemple adequatThe main conclusions are that the causes of problems in juice concentration processes are the low values of retention and permeate flux.

    Likewise, in the following text the author sets up an expectation in the first sentence – that the number of sensors is important – but then buries the information that responds to this expectation in the middle of the following sentence.

    Exemple no admissibleThe tests showed that not all of the sensors helped to monitor the ripening process. In fact, for purposes of classification, with two sensors best results were achieved.

    The principle of end focuses requires a second sentence such as the following.

    Exemple adequatThe tests showed that not all of the sensors helped to monitor the ripening process. In fact, for purposes of classification, results were best with just two.

Paragraphs

Texts are conventionally divided into paragraphs. One way of marking paragraphs is to indent the first line like this.

Indenting
Figure 1. Indenting

Another way is to leave a complete blank line between one paragraph and the next.

Black lines

Figure 2. Blank lines

The white space created by the paragraph break has a considerable impact on the visual appearance of text. A page with paragraph breaks can be visually attractive while a page with no breaks can be quite intimidating. There are no hard and fast rules about the length of individual paragraphs because much can depend on medium, topic, audience and purpose; but in academic texts aim for an average of two to three paragraph breaks per page.

More important than visual appearance, however, is the effect paragraphing can have on content. Paragraphs give you the opportunity to organize the information you wish to give your readers into manageable, logical units so that they can see how you develop your argument as you move from one topic to another.

Exactly what constitutes a well-written paragraph is not easy to define. Nevertheless, some features are worth mentioning: point sentences, cohesion and coherence.

Point sentences

Traditional advice on writing claims that every paragraph must state its topic in its first sentence (the topic sentence). Joseph Williams has refined this notion of the topic sentence and uses the term “point sentence” to refer to the sentence that states the main idea of a paragraph or discourse block. In some cases, the point sentence coincides exactly with the traditional concept of topic sentence.  

Exemple adequatAlthough most economists believe that business decisions are guided by a simple law of maximum profits, in fact they result from a vector of influences acting from many directions. When advertisers select a particular layout, for example, they think not only of sales expectations but also of current fashion. They may also be concerned with what colleagues and competitors will think, or whether some social groups will be offended. They might even be worried about whether their partner will approve.

In the example paragraph above (adapted from Williams, 2007), the first sentence best represents the paragraph as a whole. It states the idea that the author wants readers to accept, and the other sentences support this idea. However, what about the following paragraph?

Exemple adequatMany English-language teachers say that paragraphs must have an introductory topic sentence. But in many cases, this topic sentence is the second or third sentence. What teachers do not explain is that writers may use the first sentence (or sentences) as a transition from the previous paragraph or for general background information before they decide to state their point.

Most readers understand the point sentence of this paragraph to be the second one, the first one acting as a claim that the author goes on to refute and discuss.

The text below makes its point in the third sentence (adapted from Williams, 2007).  

Exemple adequatWriting well involves so many skills that it is hard to know where to begin describing what makes a good writer. Among other considerations, a writer must be sensitive to words, style, organization, subject matter, logic, emotion and audience. Perhaps the most crucial of these, though, is a sensibility to one’s audience, to how readers read.

In this case, the first two sentences are generalizations that are narrowed to the point that is made in the third. The author must now decide whether to go on to discuss this point in the rest of the paragraph or start a new paragraph that takes the final sentence as its point (and that, therefore, will not have a point sentence of its own). The decision to do one thing or another will probably depend not on content but on length.

Likewise, some paragraphs may not have a sentence that clearly states the point. Consider the following text (adapted from Shipman et al., 2012).

Exemple inadequatA lightning stroke’s sudden release of energy heats the air, producing the compressions we hear as thunder. At a distance of about 100 m or less from the discharge channel, thunder is heard as one loud bang or “clap”. At a distance of 1 km from the discharge channel, thunder is generally heard as a rumbling punctuated by several claps. In general, thunder cannot be heard at distances of more than 25 km from the discharge channel.

Because lightning strokes generally occur near the storm center, the resultant thunder provides a method of approximating the distance to the storm. Light travels at approximately 3000,000 km/s and the lightning flash is seen instantaneously. Sound, however, travels at approximately 1/3 km/s, so there is a gap between seeing the lightning flash and hearing the thunder. This phenomenon can also be observed by watching someone at a distance fire a gun. The report of the gun is heard after the smoke or flash from the gun is observed.

By counting the seconds between seeing the light and hearing the thunder, you can estimate your distance from the lightning stroke or the storm. For example, if 5 seconds elapse, then the distance would be approximately 1.6 km away.

These three paragraphs are from an article about thunderstorms. All three can be regarded as forming a block that focuses on the sound associated with thunder.

The first sentence of Paragraph 1 expresses the major idea – the point – that is developed throughout the three paragraphs: lightning produces thunder. Even though this main idea is discussed in all the paragraphs, Paragraph 2 also has a point sentence in initial position. It is more specific than the first sentence of Paragraph 1: it deals with how we can calculate the distance to the storm from the sound it produces. Therefore, Paragraph 1 has a major point sentence while Paragraph 2 has a minor one. Paragraph 3, on the other hand, has no point sentence. It clearly uses the point sentence from the preceding paragraph, of which it is a continuation.

To sum up, locate your point, your main idea, at the beginning or towards the beginning of paragraphs or blocks because this is where readers will naturally expect it to be and because by stating a general idea and then going into more specific detail you will make the reading process easier. After stating your point, write a longer segment that completes a paragraph or extends over several paragraphs. Paragraphs are not isolated units. They connect with adjoining paragraphs to form larger blocks.

Cohesion and coherence

Cohesion and coherence are similar concepts but not the same. Cohesion refers to the micro-level of the text, the logical connections between words and sentences that give a sense of flow. Coherence refers to the macro-level of the text, the sense that the paragraph or block clearly communicates an idea to the reader. You can use several techniques to ensure that your paragraphs are cohesive and coherent.
  • Exploit repetition

    One way to make text cohesive is to repeat words, to repeat ideas using different words (synonyms) or to refer back to previous ideas using pronouns or shell nouns (see example text below). Repetition, particularly of characters in subject position, and constant reference back to previous information gives text a sense of unity and focus.

  • Use transitions

    Transitions are words and phrases that signal relationships between ideas. They can be used to good effect at the beginning of sentences to make text flow but, be careful, they cannot replace good organization. One of the dangers of transitions is to use too many of them.  

    Addition
    Cause/effect
    Sequence
    Also
    Because
    First/In the first place
    Again
    Since
    Second/In the second place
    Then
    Thus
    Third
    In addition
    As a result
    Next
    Moreover
    Therefore
    Finally


    Contrast
    Example
    Summary
    In contrast
    For example
    To conclude
    However
    For instance
    To sum up
    Although
    By way of example
    In conclusion
    Despite
    In this case
    In brief
    On the other hand
    Namely
    In the final analysis


  • Move from old information to new

    Text is more readily understood if writers begin their sentences with old or familiar information and then go on to add something new or unfamiliar. The old/familiar information comes from two sources: (a) the sentences readers have just read, and (b) readers’ knowledge of the subject. This principle goes hand in hand with the principles of characters as subjects and end focus. As soon as writers have stated their main characters (normally towards the beginning of the text), readers will accept them as familiar information, so when characters are regularly placed at the beginning of sentences, the information naturally flows from old to new.

Example text with commentary

Exemple adequatIn recent decades, red wine has been associated with many health benefits. According to research, if drunk in moderation red wine can reduce the risk of cardiovascular disease, atherosclerosis and some cancers. This effect is largely due to its content of antioxidants, which reinforce the immune system. [However], antioxidants are also found in fruit, nuts and vegetables so, because of the health risks of drinking alcohol, getting antioxidants from food may be a healthier option. This study discusses the importance of antioxidants for human health and finds that, although red wine is healthier than other alcoholic beverages, antioxidant-rich foods are better sources because they do not have any associated risks.

This text has many of the features of a well-written paragraph discussed above.  

The words in bold are the main characters, which are introduced in the first sentence (the point sentence) and repeated throughout the paragraph. In some cases, the words are direct repetitions (red wine or health), while in others the author uses a pronoun or a hypernym (its and alcohol) or an adjectival form (healthier). Note that the author opts for direct repetition (red wine) in the first two sentences to reinforce the importance of the term in the text before introducing variation.

The word in square brackets ([ ]), the adverb however, is the only transition word in the text, but it signals a key point: the limitations of previous research. It is this word that tells readers that the text is about to take a new direction and the limitations described justify the need for the present study.

The author starts the text with a concept that is familiar to all readers (red wine) and then moves on to say something about it that they may or may not know (it has health benefits). The structure of the second sentence is similar to that of the first. It begins by repeating the familiar concept (red wine), which is now a character in our text, and then extends the idea introduced in the first sentence by specifying exactly what these health benefits are. The third sentence again begins with familiar information, this time because it refers back to the information given in the previous one (the reduction of risk) by using a shell noun (effect), an abstract noun that summarizes a previously stated, more complex idea. The fourth sentence starts with the contrastive adverb however and then uses the concept introduced at the end of the previous sentence (antioxidants) as the subject of the main verb. The subject of the final sentence (study) is neither a character nor a concept introduced previously, but in the context it is easily understandable and the information given in the rest of the sentence repeats the main concepts in the text so far: red wine and health (introduced in the very first sentence) and antioxidants, a concept that will also clearly become a main character.

Active or passive

The use of the active or passive voice in research writing is the subject of heated debate. Some claim that the passive voice is ideally suited to scientific communication because it gives texts an impersonal tone that is more objective and formal. Others believe that the active is more concise and makes texts more readable and easier to understand.

In the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, research was largely communicated in a highly personal letter format and authors played a more central role because individual skill was a fundamental part of the process (for example, they often had to make their instruments themselves). The general trend was to use an active, personal style. Consider the following text from Isaac Newton’s Opticks, published in 1730, the tone of which is quite unlike that of modern scientific writing.

Exemple inadequatIn a very dark chamber, at a round hole […] made in the shut of a window, I placed a glass prism, whereby the beam of the sun’s light […] might be refracted upwards toward the opposite wall of the chamber, and there form a colour’d image of the sun. The axis of the prism […] was in this and the following experiments perpendicular to the incident rays. About this axis I turned the prism slowly, and saw the refracted light on the wall. When the image seemed stationary, I stopp’d the prism, and fix’d it in that posture, that it should be moved no more.

The twentieth century saw the advent of the highly structured IMRaD format, and authors were instructed by scientific journals to favour the passive voice and avoid the active, particularly first-person pronouns such as I, we, my or our. Thus, the sentence from Isaac Newton’s text above

Exemple inadequatI turned the prism slowly, and saw the refracted light on the wall.

would become

Exemple adequatThe prism was turned slowly and the refracted light was seen on the wall.

More recently, many research journals have been reacting against the notion that the passive is more suited to academic writing and they now encourage authors to favour the active voice. In their instructions for authors, many journals advise authors to use the active because it makes texts easier to read. However, despite such explicit advice as “Please write in a clear, direct and active style” and “Use, direct, active-voice sentences” other advice is not so clear. The British Medical Journal tells authors to “Use the first person where necessary” but does not explain where it is necessary and where it is not. The Journal of Neuroscience states that “Overuse of the passive is a common problem” but does not define the difference between overuse and acceptable use. It also recognizes that “The passive has its place” but then only mentions that one of these places is the methods section.  

To add to the confusion, some recent research suggests that there is little basis to the claims that texts written in the active voice are easier to understand than texts that favour the passive (Millar & Budgell, 2019). The question thus remains: should research writers use the active or the passive voice? The answer is, of course, that you should use both. Whatever you do, however, respect your supervisor’s preferences. As a researcher, you will adapt your writing style not only to your individual preferences but also to the external requirements dictated by your field of study and your supervisor. If you are given instructions to favour either the active or the passive, follow them. If you are not, there are other principles you can follow.


Use the passive voice to focus on the action

In many cases readers do not need to know who or what did the action because the focus is on the object of the action or the action itself. The important thing is not that someone did something but that something was done.

Exemple adequatThe ferroelectric properties of polyvinylidene fluoride were first reported in 1971. These properties were exploited to take giant strides in the field of data storage and retrieval.

In this example, the focus is on a particular polymer and its properties. For the purposes of the text, the person who reported the properties is of no importance.

Favour the passive voice in the Methods and Results sections

If you favour the active voice in the Methods and Results sections, you will focus on the researchers. By using the passive you can change the focus to the materials and procedures used or the results obtained, and also avoid a long list of sentences all beginning with the pronouns I or We. What is more, in this central section of the research paper, readers know who is responsible for the actions. There is no need to specify the agent of every action because it is obvious.

Exemple no admissibleWe obtained intelligibility quotients by presenting 273 undergraduates in their final year with abstracts from five research articles. We presented the control group with the original texts, and the two experimental groups with texts containing a high prevalence of verbs in either the passive or the active voice. We determined the intelligibility of the three text types by dividing the time taken to read the texts by the number of correct answers given to a series of post-reading questions. We assessed the differences in intelligibility between the three texts with a dependent t test.

Exemple adequatIntelligibility quotients were obtained by presenting 273 undergraduates in their final year with abstracts from five research articles. The control group was presented with the original texts, and the two experimental groups were presented with texts containing a high prevalence of verbs in either the passive or the active voice. The intelligibility of the three text types was determined by dividing the time taken to read the texts by the number of correct answers given to a series of post-reading questions. Differences in intelligibility between the three texts were assessed with a dependent t test.

Use the verb form to organize the sentence content

Readers find sentences easier to understand if subjects are short and the longer, more complex information is located after the main verb, so your decision on how to express the verb does not depend on your preference for the active or the passive per se but on the position of the verb in the sentence.

Exemple no admissibleThe effect of the temperature lift between low and intermediate temperature levels on COP for the double lift cycles working with TFE-TEGDME is illustrated in Figure 8.

Exemple adequatFigure 8 illustrates the effect of the temperature lift between low and intermediate temperature levels on COP for the double lift cycles working with TFE-TEGDME.

Use verb forms that keep characters in subject position

More important than the decision to express the verb in the active or the passive is the decision about what to place in subject position. Readers understand text more easily if writers locate their main characters in the subjects of their verbs and if these subjects are regularly repeated. This principle works both within and between sentences. The sentence below begins with Digital competence as the subject of the main clause but then repeats the concept in the subordinate clause not as the subject but as the object (it) of an active verb.

Exemple no admissibleDigital competence is essential for 21st century students, which is why universities must integrate it into their curricula.

By changing the verb in the subordinate clause to the passive, we can keep digital competence in subject position and focus readers’ attention on one character.

Exemple adequatDigital competence is essential for 21st century students, which is why it must be integrated into university curricula.

The paragraph below introduces its main character, the psychoactive brew ayahuasca, as the subject of the first sentence.

Exemple no admissibleAyahuasca is a psychoactive substance from the Amazon, usually prepared with two main ingredients: the vine Banisteriopsis caapi, and the shrub Psychotria viridis. Both ingredients are necessary for ayahuasca’s psychoactive effect. In the traditional Amazon cultural environment, more than 70 tribes use it for religious, magic and medical purposes.

The subject of the second sentence (Both ingredients) is familiar because it is the information introduced at the end of the first. However, the subject of the third sentence (more than 70 tribes) has not been mentioned before and it shifts the focus away from the main character of the paragraph, which appears as a pronoun in object position (it). By rewriting the sentence using the passive, we return the main character to subject position and improve coherence.

Exemple adequatAyahuasca is a psychoactive substance from the Amazon, usually prepared with two main ingredients: the vine Banisteriopsis caapi, and the shrub Psychotria viridis. Both ingredients are necessary for ayahuasca’s psychoactive effect. In the traditional Amazon cultural environment, it is used by more than 70 tribes for religious, magic and medical purposes.

The two examples above use the passive not because it is intrinsically superior to the active but because it helps keep the focus on a particular character by placing it in subject position.

Use verb forms that facilitate movement from old information to new

Readers expect the information at the beginning of a sentence to provide a familiar context after which new information will be presented. They feel confused when a sentence begins with information that is new or unexpected. In the fragment below, the subject of the second sentence gives new information before the more familiar information already presented in the previous sentence.

Exemple no admissibleUniversities must decide whether they want to improve the quality of courses in the most popular disciplines alone or across the whole curriculum. The relative importance attached to commercial competitiveness or a well-balanced educational programme will determine the decision.

The sentence above would be easier to read if the active verb determine were passive because the information that refers back to the previous sentence (the decision), which also has the advantage of being short, would be in initial position.

Exemple adequatUniversities must decide whether they want to improve the quality of courses in the most popular disciplines alone or across the whole curriculum. The decision will be determined by the relative importance attached to commercial competitiveness or a well-balanced educational programme.

Again, if we followed the advice given by some journals and style guides to prefer the active to the passive, we would choose the first of the following two sentences (Williams, 2007).

Exemple adequatThe collapse of a dead star into a point perhaps no larger than a marble creates a black hole.

Exemple no admissibleA black hole is created by the collapse of a dead star into a point no larger than a marble.

However, which one would we choose if the context were the following?

Exemple inadequatSome astonishing questions have been raised about the nature of the universe by scientists studying black holes in space. [...] So much matter compressed into so little volume changes the fabric of space around it in puzzling ways.

Our sense of flow requires not the first, active sentence but the second, passive one because the last words of the first sentence introduce important information (black holes in space). If we follow it with the active sentence, the first information we encounter is collapsed stars and marbles, which does not refer to anything in the text we have just read. If we follow it with the passive sentence, however, the first words repeat the information that we have just read and the last words give information about size and volume, which connects with the beginning of the third sentence.

Use the active with the pronouns I or we

Some researchers claim that first-person pronouns should not be used in research writing because they are not objective. But consider the first sentence from Watson and Crick’s article announcing their discovery of the DNA double helix in the 1950s (Watson & Crick, 1953).

Exemple inadequatWe wish to suggest a structure for the salt of deoxyribose nucleic acid (D.N.A.). This structure has novel features which are of considerable biological interest.

And later in the paper they continue in the following way.

Exemple inadequatIt has not escaped our notice that the specific pairing we have postulated immediately suggests a possible copying mechanism for the genetic material.

It is not true, then, that I and we are not used in modern research writing. However, and by way of example, just as the passive is preferentially used in the Methods section to report research procedures and activities, so personal pronouns are also used in certain ways. In particular, they are used to refer to the authors’ own writing and thinking, and when the authors are main characters in contrast to other researchers. This means that I and we are generally found in the introduction, where authors state their intentions (I will show that …, We start by …, I claim that …, We argue that …, etc.) or in the discussion and conclusion where they compare or contrast their work with the work of others.

Exemple adequatAlthough Larsson and Eklund found moderate support for the theory, we found none. This may be because their population was from Scandinavia while ours was from Catalonia.

First-person pronouns are, then, quite acceptable in research writing as long as you use them in certain limited ways.

Parallelism

Parts of sentences are said to be parallel when they are connected by commas (in a list) or by conjunctions such as and, or, or but and have the same grammatical form (see Parallelism for a simple explanation). Parallelism repeats lexis or structure to make it easier for readers to understand new information because it is given in a familiar form. The first segment establishes a structure that is then repeated so that ideas are expressed through lexical and syntactic parallels. Carried to an extreme, it is a powerful device that is often used for rhetorical effect. Many famous quotes are remembered not only because they were uttered by important people at important times but because they have a distinct parallel structure.

Exemple adequatI would say to the House, as I said to those who have joined this government: “I have nothing to offer but blood, toil, tears and sweat.”

Exemple adequat[...] we shall fight on the beaches, we shall fight on the landing grounds, we shall fight in the fields and in the streets, we shall fight in the hills [...]

In the first example, Winston Churchill coordinates a series of four one-syllable nouns as the objects of the preposition to give an aesthetically pleasing and powerful message. The force of his argument would have been lost if he had used, for example, just the noun phrase hard work. In the second, he coordinates whole verb clauses, the subject and verb of which are repeated and combined with different prepositional phrases, to generate a clear rhythm and a strong emotional effect.

In the quote below, Abraham Lincoln coordinates three prepositional phrases, in which the preposition varies but the object remains the same, to highlight the nature of democracy.

Exemple adequat[...] we here highly resolve that these dead shall not have died in vain [...] and that government of the people, by the people, for the people, shall not perish from the earth.

But parallel structure is also a useful communicative tool for researchers because it clarifies meaning and makes ideas more comprehensible and memorable for readers. It is particularly important in lists and coordinated sentences. For example, in the sentence below, the subordinating conjunction because introduces a non-parallel list.

Exemple no admissibleTextile companies are now less competitive because their plants are old fashioned, foreign competition is greater than ever before and high labour costs.

The first and second items are verb clauses (subject + verb + complement), but the third item (high labour costs) is a noun phrase. Readers will probably have to read the sentence two or three times before they realize that it has no accompanying verb and that the list has three items, one of which is not parallel to the others. Changing the third item to a verb clause solves the problem.  

Exemple adequatTextile companies are now less competitive because their plants are old fashioned, foreign competition is greater than ever before and labour costs are high.

Likewise, in the sentence below, two very similar ideas are expressed with two different grammatical structures (infinitive phrase and verb clause).

Exemple inadequatPhysiological changes in haemostasis are necessary in the first phases of pregnancy to ensure appropriate placentation and in the last phases they have a protective function against possible haemorrhages during delivery.

The message can be more efficiently expressed if the grammatical form of the second idea mirrors that of the first.

Exemple adequatPhysiological changes in haemostasis are necessary in the first phases of pregnancy to ensure appropriate placentation and in the last phases to protect against possible haemorrhages during delivery.

Parallel structure can be particularly valuable in results and discussion sections where data, ideas and situations are contrasted, and differences and similarities are highlighted. Parallel structure makes these differences and similarities easier to see because the constant remains constant and only the variable varies. That is to say, when the words are different, the ideas are different; when the words are the same, the ideas are the same. By presenting your data in parallel sentences, you can point readers directly to your findings.

Exemple adequatIn the control group we observed no change in the infection rate or the survival of patients. In the experimental group, on the other hand, we observed a decrease in the infection rate and a corresponding increase in the survival of patients.

Exemple adequatWhen the divisor was greater than the absolute value of the peak of a wave, the wave was eliminated. When the divisor was less than the absolute value of the peak of a wave, the wave was amplified.

Finally, a word of warning. As mentioned above, in parallel structures be sure that every coordinated item has the same grammatical form.

Exemple no admissibleSequencing approaches are now widely used for the characterization of organisms and inferring their genealogical histories.

Exemple adequatSequencing approaches are now widely used for characterizing organisms and inferring their genealogical histories.

Ensure, however, that readers can clearly discern where parallel segments begin and end. In the following sentence, it is not clear where the parallelism begins.

Exemple inadequatInjury to endothelial cells increases sensitivity to vasopressor agents, intravascular coagulation and membrane permeability.

It seems to be saying that Injury to endothelial cells increases sensitivity to three coordinated segments. This is not the case. It increases three coordinated segments, one of which is sensitivity to vasopressor agents. The problem can be solved by repositioning the problematic segment.

Exemple adequatInjury to endothelial cells increases intravascular coagulation, membrane permeability and sensitivity to vasopressor agents.

Concision

Good academic writing is concise. Concise writing expresses its meaning clearly in few words and enables readers to quickly identify key points. It increases the impact of the message because it makes it more memorable. However, although concise texts are easy to understand, they are by no means easy to write because they require considerable revision. It is impossible to identify all the ways in which authors inflate their texts, but in the subsections below you will find some strategies for reducing length without removing necessary information.


Reduce relative clauses

Reduce relative clauses to simpler, shorter constructions.

Exemple no admissibleThe Last Supper, which was painted at the end of the 15th century, was commissioned by Ludovico Sforza for his family’s mausoleum.

Exemple adequatThe Last Supper, painted at the end of the 15th century, was commissioned by Ludovico Sforza for his family’s mausoleum.

Exemple adequatPainted at the end of the 15th century, The Last Supper was commissioned by Ludovico Sforza for his family’s mausoleum.

Delete superfluous words and phrases

Delete all words and phrases that add nothing to the meaning. In all the sentences below, the fragments in bold could be removed without affecting the meaning in any way.

Exemple inadequatThe effect of the application of infrasonic pulsing on flux can be seen in Figure 3.

The lesion was slightly pink in colour.

The results obtained are discussed below.

It has been shown that dibucaine inhibits plasma cholinesterase by 80%.

We can affirm that the paper contains no new theoretical information.

Use of a higher voltage increases Joule heat.

The mobilities were studied in the range between 10 and 30 mM.

This section reports the adsorption of three different proteins.

Exemple adequatThe effect of infrasonic pulsing on flux can be seen in Figure 3.

The lesion was slightly pink.

The results are discussed below.

Dibucaine inhibits plasma cholinesterase by 80%.

The paper contains no new theoretical information.

A higher voltage increases Joule heat.

The mobilities were studied between 10 and 30 mM.

This section reports the adsorption of three proteins.

Avoid nominalizations

Researchers often use a higher ratio of nouns to verbs than other writers. Consider the following two versions of the same sentence.

Exemple inadequatSpaceflight is now less risky and more economic because technology has improved.

Exemple adequatImprovements in technology have reduced the risk and cost of spaceflight.

The first sentence, which is a verb-style version, uses more verbs and adjectives and fewer nouns, so the emphasis is on actions and events. The second sentence, a noun-style version, uses more nouns and fewer adjectives and verbs, so the emphasis is on concepts and things. This emphasis makes the writing seem more abstract and formal, and, therefore, more academic.

But beware: if the nouns you use are not the concepts on which you wish to focus, or if you use too many concepts, your texts may become dense and difficult to read. Note that in the two examples, many of the concepts are the same but the focus is completely different: the first one is about spaceflight while the second is about improvements in technology.

Be careful not to express the action of a sentence in the form of a noun, a phenomenon known as nominalization. If you do, you may change the focus (because you remove a character from subject position), write sentences with long subjects, or need more words to express your ideas.

Exemple inadequatStabilization of the compound took place early in the experiment.

Exemple adequatThe compound stabilized early in the experiment.

In the nominalized sentence above (the first sentence), the focus is on stabilization, the subject is four words long and the whole sentence is 10 words long. In the verb-style sentence, the focus is on compound, the subject is two words long and the whole sentence is seven words long.

Exemple inadequatSuccessful separation of four of the five compounds was achieved with a 20 mM borate buffer.

Exemple adequatFour of the five compounds were successfully separated with a 20 mM borate buffer.

In the nominalized sentence above, the focus is on separation, the subject is eight words long and the whole sentence is 16 words long. In the verb-style sentence, the focus is on compounds, the subject is five words long and the whole sentence is 14 words long.

To sum up, express the actions of your sentences with verbs rather than with nominalizations to write more focused, more concise sentences.

Use expletive constructions sparingly

Expletive constructions combine it or there with the verb be.

Exemple adequatThere were 50 participants in the experimental group and 47 in the control group.

They can be useful sometimes because they allow you to emphasize information by positioning it after the verb in focus position. However, the verb be is often followed by a relative clause that increases the length of the sentence unnecessarily.

Exemple inadequatIt is this proposal that solves the problem most effectively.

Exemple inadequatThere are some natural polymers that have cationic properties.

In both examples above, the expletive construction and the relative clause can be removed and the idea expressed with a more concise subject-verb-object structure.

Exemple adequatThis proposal solves the problem most effectively.

Exemple adequatSome natural polymers have cationic properties.

Avoid vague attributions

In their texts, researchers often justify their statements by referring to authoritative sources. However, if you are writing about generally accepted scientific knowledge, there is no need to acknowledge a source and you should make a straightforward statement rather than a vague attribution.

Exemple no admissibleIt has been shown that Spirulina and Aphanizomenon flos-aquae can be used safely in food supplements.

Exemple adequatSpirulina and Aphanizomenon flos-aquae can be used safely in food supplements.

Exemple no admissiblePlasma homocysteine levels have been observed to increase with age.

Exemple adequatPlasma homocysteine levels increase with age.

Make direct statements

Avoid unnecessary introductions to sentences.

Exemple no admissibleAs far as plans for overcoming poverty are concerned, they must include cultural development.

Exemple no admissibleWith regard to personal data processing, it has been legislated for in Article 6.

The two constructions used above (as far as ... is concerned and with regard to) call attention to a topic that has probably been mentioned at least once in the preceding text and is repeated later in the same sentence in pronominal form (they and it, respectively). Your sentences will be more concise and more easily understood if you make direct statements by using the topic as the subject of the verb in the main clause.

Exemple adequatPlans for overcoming poverty must include cultural development.

Exemple adequatPersonal data processing has been legislated for in Article 6.

Do not hedge to excess

Researchers are often uncertain about the significance of their findings and need to use cautious language to make noncommittal statements. This is known as hedging. Common hedges include probably, possibly, perhaps, may, might, apparently, suggest, and indicate. It is quite legitimate for researchers to use language such as this because it protects them from the consequences of any errors of interpretation and reveals that they are aware of the limits of their findings.

However, despite being common practice in scientific writing, hedging should not be used to excess because it weakens the message.

Exemple no admissibleThere seems to be some evidence to suggest that some of the differences between Japanese and Western rhetoric may be due to historical influences possibly traceable to Japan’s cultural isolation and Europe’s history of cross-cultural contacts.

Exemple adequatThe evidence suggests that some of the differences between Japanese and Western rhetoric are due to Japan’s cultural isolation and Europe’s history of cross-cultural contacts.

In the first text, the number of hedges weakens the argument so much that it is probably not worth making. In the second text (adapted from Williams, 2007), the verb suggest and the quantifier some enable the author to make an argument about which they may not be fully certain but are confident enough to propose. It is also more reasoned and moderate than aggressively stating “The evidence proves that the differences between...”.

So, academic writing requires you to use hedges to moderate the forcefulness of your arguments. But do not use too many.

Humanities

This part of the Llibre d’estil offers practical advice about writing the most typical parts of a final project in the humanities. Our advice is organized into ten sections, each supported by practical examples. The sections Cover page, Acknowledgements, Table of contents, Title, Abstract and keywords, Introduction, Main body and Conclusion look at the different parts of the paper. The sections Referencing styles and Editing your text consider the paper as a whole.

Cover page

Your supervisor will provide you with guidelines about the layout of your cover page, specifying which parts should be in English or not. Remember that at the UB, the preferred full terms for the TFG and TFM are treball final de grau and treball final de màster, respectively. In English, those are translated as the “bachelor’s degree final project” and the “master’s degree final project”.

Unless you are instructed otherwise, italicize the title of your project and capitalize the first word and all nouns, pronouns, adjectives, verbs and adverbs. Do not capitalize articles, conjunctions or prepositions.

Exemple adequatThe Prodigal Son in Asturian Cinema
 

Capitalize the first word of a subtitle after a colon, whatever part of speech it is.

Exemple adequatThe Prodigal Son: A Recurrent Theme in Asturian Cinema
 

Use roman type rather than italics for any works mentioned in the title.

Exemple adequatThe Prodigal Son in Tomás Fernández’s La torre de Suso


Preserve all the diacritics in people’s names.

Exemple adequatTutor: Dr Núria González Sarrió
Supervisors: Dr Birgit Schröder and Dr Bela Vojtĕch


Also respect people’s preferences with their names by preserving their use of capital and small letters and their treatment of articles, prepositions and conjunctions.

Exemple adequatHelena De La Rosa

James H. Macdonald

Karel Van de Weyde

Sander van Veen

Gemma Puig Davies

Jana Puig i Salas

Oscar Padilla-Ferrero
 
Finally, when two or more people appear in a single phrase or list, order them alphabetically by family name.

Exemple adequatSupervisors: Dr Juli Caubet-Puigverd and Dr Laura Ciminelli

Acknowledgements

The acknowledgements page names the individuals and organizations who helped you write the final project. Including this page is therefore regarded as good academic practice in all the ambits because it establishes your integrity as a researcher. Like the cover page, your institution may have guidelines about how to present the acknowledgements page and where it should go in the overall paper; whatever the case, it should be brief and contain the full names of all the individuals and organizations you thank, listed in the order that best represents the nature and importance of their contribution.  

Because the text is short, aim for variety in the way you express your thanks to avoid sounding repetitive, and distinguish between more formal acknowledgements (teachers, other professionals) and informal ones (family members, friends).

Exemple adequatThis final project and the research behind it would have been impossible without the support of my tutor and supervisor, Dr Sandra Puig Martín. I am indebted to her for the patience and painstaking care with which she guided me through the writing. Next, I wish to thank James Eberhart Jnr. and Natalia Lucchetti of the Fundació Antoni Tàpies Library, who offered me practical advice during the last two months of writing, and express my gratitude to Iñigo Montoya at Readymade Books, whose insightful observations helped put the finishing touches to the paper. Finally, I also want to say thank you to my brother Jaume Armengol, whose moral support helped me get the project finished. In short, the generosity of all of these people improved my paper in many ways and saved me from many errors; those that inevitably remain are entirely my own responsibility.

Table of contents

In all the ambits, the table of contents lists the different sections of the paper together with the page numbers, which you can create automatically in Word using the Titles styles for your section titles. Use sentence-style capitalization for the section titles, meaning only capitalize the first word and all the proper nouns.  

Here is the table of contents of a humanities paper called Rauschenberg’s Bed as an Examination of Portraiture.

Table of Contents

1 Abstract
3
2 Introduction
4
3 Discussion
7
3.1 The first ‘combines’
12
3.2 Talisman in William C. Seitz’s The Art of Assemblage
22
3.3 “Writes well, cuts ragged, sleeps five”: the inanimate made animate
34
3.4 Redefining the self-portrait
45
4 Conclusion
53
5 Works cited
57
Digital appendix
Robert Rauschenberg by Louwrien Wijers for Art & Design Profile No. 21, Art meets Science and Spirituality, 1990 (interview, .mp4)


Finally, if you need to include an index of figures (information organized in charts, graphs, plots or drawings) and tables (information organized in columns and rows), put this on the page following the table of contents. Generally speaking, there is no need for you to include an index for any illustrations in the paper.

InformacióNote that this is just an example of what a table of contents might look like in a publication in the humanities.
For the purposes of your Final Project, your faculty will tell you what format you need to follow.

Title

In all the ambits, the title summarizes the main ideas of your study. A good title contains the fewest possible words that adequately describe the contents and purpose of your research. The title is the part of a paper that is read the most, and usually the part that is read first.

  • General considerations

    In miniature, the title of your humanities paper should reflect four aspects of your academic writing skills that will continue to be important in the rest of the paper: your summary skills, your ability to write for a specific community, your authorial voice and your intention to make an original contribution to the field.

    The title shows your summary skills by describing the subject of the paper clearly and concisely. When your paper is an analysis, you may be able to do this in just a few words.

    Exemple adequatCycles of Neglect in Hideo Tanaka’s Dark Water

    But when it reports on a procedure or describes a specific project, the title may need to be longer.

    Exemple adequatSubtitling Flamenco for Netflix: Creating the Subtitles and Pivot Language Dialogue List for the Documentary Flamencas: mujeres, fuerza y duende

    Whatever its length, aim for a title that avoids unnecessary words. For example, the following titles describe the main ideas in the paper but are rather long.

    Exemple inadequatRobert Rauschenberg’s use of the painting Bed to examine the concept and practice of portraiture

    The relationship between moments of sadness and pleasure in the novels of J. P. Donleavy

    You can shorten the phrases by removing any unnecessary words to get better titles.

    Exemple adequatRauschenberg’s Bed as an Examination of Portraiture
    Sadness and Pleasure in J. P. Donleavy

    After summary skills, your title should reflect your ability to address your particular academic community, also called your discourse community. This means showing you are familiar with the concepts customarily discussed by members of the community and successfully including the academic terms they use. To indicate this knowledge and ability, the second title above might be slightly revised.

    Exemple adequatSadness and the Notion of Jouissance in J. P. Donleavy

    Second, show you know what is expected of you by the community in more general terms. For example, because research indicates that papers with shorter titles can get more citations and are easier to understand (Letchford et al, 2015), short titles are valued by academics in general. You may only be planning to publish this paper as a final project in your university repository, but the reader will value your short title as attention to good academic practices.

    After summary skills and familiarity with your discourse community, the title should reflect your authorial voice: the style and features of your writing that distinguish it from other people’s. This may sound daunting if you are just beginning your academic career, but in practice you can start simply by adding a detail that is originally yours but also fits with what your discourse community would expect. For example, you could give authorial voice to the title above by rewording it to remind the reader of something that was typical of Donleavy, namely his habit of giving novels alliterative titles (The Beastly Beatitudes of Balthazar B, The Destinies of Darcy Dancer, Gentleman, etc.).

    Exemple adequatThe Joyless Jouissance of J. P. Donleavy

    Speaking directly to your discourse community and working on your authorial voice are also closely connected to the fourth and last aspect that your title should reflect: your intention to make an original contribution to research. In fact, the three often go together.

    Exemple adequatFrom Charlie to Evan and Bach Again: Improvisation as a Constant in Musical Practice

    The title above comes from a paper defending the musical genre known as free jazz. In it, the writer proposes that free jazz musicians today use the same techniques that classical musicians used in other periods of history and that, for this reason, their music deserves similar critical attention. The paper therefore clearly addresses a discourse community (scholars of musicology) and sets itself a task (to convince the sceptics). But to argue the case, the writer will quickly need to assert their knowledge of the subject and find an authorial voice, and this is where the title is important. In the example above, the writer asserts their knowledge by choosing as examples of free players two well-known musicians who happen to have the same family name (Charlie Parker, who will be known by specialists and non-specialists alike, and Evan Parker, who only specialists or enthusiasts will recognize) so that they can omit the name and make the reader call it up from their own specialist knowledge – or to be more precise, make the reader appreciate that they, the writer, know enough to engineer the coincidence in the first place. And second, as in the J. P. Donleavy title earlier in this page, they create a sense of voice by engaging in wordplay (where “Bach” refers to both Johann Sebastian Bach and the word “back” in the common phrase “and back again”).

Title styles

When you start to think about the title of your paper or final project, there are three title styles to choose from: nominal, compound and full-sentence. Some universities recommend their humanities students to use the compound style. Some guides recommend not using the full-sentence title, which may be more suited to research papers in science (see below). If your institution lets you choose, select the style that best suits your purposes.  

Nominal titles generally consist of noun or verb phrases and are probably the easiest to write well because their aim is simply to describe the main theme of the study.

Exemple adequatWhite Temporality and the Underground Railroad in African-American Poetry of the 1950s

Homo Mensura in Plato’s Theaetetus to Examine the Relativity of Literary Criticism

Following Hamish Fulton’s Solo Walking Works in Valencia and Portugal

Compound titles comprise two phrases joined by a colon. Never use a full stop to join them. The first phrase can contain a general description of the subject, which the second phrase explains in more detail.

Exemple adequatThe Filmscore in John Zorn’s Filmworks: A Musician’s Attempt to Work outside the Jazz-Frame

Or you can reverse the order so that the first phrase ‘drops’ the reader in the middle of the subject while the second phrase pulls back and contextualizes.

Exemple adequatAttempting to Work outside the Jazz-Frame: The Filmscore in John Zorn’s Filmworks

This alternative order can help you develop a sense of authorial voice. In it, the first phrase can name an important concept in the paper.

Exemple adequatThe Space Love Fills: An Examination of Beauty in Agnes Martin’s Life and Works

It can give special emphasis to quoted material, which is then tied to but perhaps not entirely explained by the second phrase.

Exemple adequat“I am leaving because I am bored”: George Sanders and the Aesthetics of Hollywood Suicide

“I could not love thee (Dear) so much, Lov’d I not Honour more”: The Literate Gumshoe in Robert B. Parker’s Crime Fiction

Or it can combine with the second phrase to comment on your overall proposal.

Exemple adequatWhy We Cannot Negate Marjorie Perloff’s Postmodernism and the impasse of lyric: A Critical Reading of Poetry Criticism

Whichever order you choose, make sure the two phrases are each doing something different. If they are not, the effect is strange.

Exemple no admissibleJordi Savall’s Adaptation of The Song of the Sibyl for a Solo Female Voice: The Arrangement of the Song for Montserrat Figueras

To solve this, decide where your priorities lie and edit accordingly, possibly changing style.

Exemple adequatJordi Savall’s Adaptation of The Song of the Sibyl for Montserrat Figueras

Jordi Savall’s Adaptation of The Song of the Sibyl for a Solo Female Voice

Alternatively, keep all the details but make it shorter.

Exemple adequatJordi Savall’s Adaptation of The Song of the Sibyl for a Solo Female Voice Featuring Montserrat Figueras

Finally, after nominal and compound titles, there are full-sentence titles. As explained above, these are more common in science papers, for example when a writer wants the title to contain a mention of results.

Exemple adequatAnaphylaxis is More Common with Rocuronium and Succinylcholine than with Atracurium
(Reddy et al., Anesthesiology, January 2015, Vol. 122, 39–45 )

Full-sentence titles are less common in humanities papers, which generally deal with questions for which there are no definitive answers, let alone results, and where the evidence as such is textual (written documents, films, paintings, scores, etc.). But if your title makes it clear that you know this convention and you are using it consciously for a particular effect, it may offer possibilities. The following are titles of a study on the works of musician-actor John Lurie, a commentary on a book by art historian Patricia Emison and an analysis of the uses of violence in the theatre and in popular culture, respectively.

Exemple adequatFishing with John Is Not as Exciting as Watching His Movies

The Old-Style Art Historians are the Smug Frat Brothers of the Academy

My Brother Dave Saw Calixto Bieito’s Macbeth at the Teatre Romea but All I Got Was this Bloody T-Shirt

Abstract and keywords

In all the ambits, the abstract should summarize the main aspects of your final project in an order that will generally include: the purpose of your paper and the research problems you address; your research or methods; your findings as a result of an analysis; and a brief summary of your interpretations and conclusions.

As for the keywords section that follows the abstract, remember two things. First, a keyword can actually comprise a phrase of two to four words, and a phrase can sometimes be more effective in pointing a reader to your paper than a single word. Second, because the function of keywords is to supplement the information given in the title, try not to repeat any of the words from the title in the keywords section.


Abstract

Like your paper title, in a humanities paper your abstract should reflect your summary skills, your ability to write for a discourse community, your authorial voice and your intention to make an original contribution; also, it needs to bring all these elements together in a brief text that indicates the structure of your paper.

Generally speaking, the IMRaD structure suited to natural science papers (introduction, methods, results and discussion) is less useful in the humanities, where the main objective is not to establish scientific facts but to ask and answer interpretive questions about how humans express meaning, and where the raw material for research is not populations or experiments but ‘texts’; (written documents, films, paintings, musical scores, etc.). Because humanities papers analyse the meaning of people’s thoughts, actions and creations, humanities writers’ first concern is their own representation of meaning: the way they write and use language and the way others will interpret this.

Therefore, the best structure for a humanities paper is one that keeps your representation of meaning on track for your reader; and generally speaking, the humanities reader is someone who wants to be persuaded by a claim or premise you assert about meaning – about the meaning of your particular text in your academic field – so the structure you choose needs to provide the space and opportunity to strengthen your claim by calling up and commenting on texts that support it.

This ‘text and claim’ structure, in miniature, is also what your abstract does. Sometimes it becomes clear to the reader that the claim or premise is a modest one that you should be able to support fairly easily if you maintain your analysis and demonstrate adequate knowledge of the subject area. In this type of paper, you might assert the claim at the end of the abstract.

Exemple adequatThis paper examines the role of North American journalists in the years before and after the October Revolution in Russia in 1917. It describes how the press came under pressure from the United States federal law called the Espionage Act, which sought to prevent interference with military operations or the support of US enemies during war time. As journalists came more under the control of the government, certain prestigious writers lost their legitimacy in the eyes of the general public. To explore the role of the newspapers in the political events of this period, the paper examines a sample of newspapers published in Washington and New York between 1915 and 1920. It proposes that, while at the beginning of this period certain editors and writers could lead initiatives to change the order of American society, by the end of the period these figures had all but disappeared.

Sometimes the claim can appear earlier in the abstract, even though the writer may not elaborate on it in any detail and may even hold back important detail intentionally. Again, like the example above, the reader will understand that a fair part of the paper will be given over to analysis but that your interplay between text and claim may start earlier and occupy more of the discussion section.

Exemple adequatThis paper examines the guidelines that young researchers are customarily given to write a research paper in the field of film studies and proposes that this advice is often inadequate in three areas. It describes how writers are told to organize the different sections of their paper and considers how well they normally do this. It also evaluates the aspects they are recommended to include in each section and the guidance they are given on developing the subject of the paper. Finally, a description of the conclusion section is offered, focusing on the difficulties writers have relating their own papers to the literature. The paper includes an overview of how to cite references, examining the two most frequently used citation styles, MLA and APA. Reference is also made to how writers should revise their papers before submitting them for publication and to the impact factor in the selection of a journal.

Sometimes the abstract starts with the claim, which is then extended and explained in more detail. The advantage of doing this is that you immediately make your intentions clear to the reader, who can then decide with greater certainty whether you successfully follow through. Here below is such an abstract, from a final project entitled Rauschenberg’s Bed as an Examination of Portraiture.

Exemple adequatThis paper argues that Robert Rauschenberg’s 1951 collage Bed can still contribute to young artists’ and exhibition-goers’ understanding of the possibilities of portraiture because the artist did something with the medium that few others ever have. It starts by contrasting the artist’s earliest experiments in assemblage with similar projects by other painters in order to identify the moment in Rauschenberg’s career when his use of found objects began to differ to his contemporaries’. It then explains this difference, which is essentially that Rauschenberg sees assemblage not just as something painters do but something viewers need to practise, both visually and cognitively, in order to experience an artwork. In this context, the paper ends by suggesting three ways in which Rauschenberg’s use of the inanimate may still go far beyond the works of other artists who employ similar materials and themes, like Anselm Kiefer, Rachel Whiteread or Tracey Emin.

The danger with this last style is that your paper does not follow through with what you promised the reader; but then calculated risks are an important part of good academic writing in the humanities and taking these risks is a way of asserting your membership of the writing community.

Finally, alongside titles, abstracts are often the only sections of research papers that are freely available to readers on journal websites, search engines and abstracting databases. Because of this, make your abstract a stand-alone text that does not leave out any important aspect of the paper. You may only be writing for one reader, your tutor, but they will assess the merits of your abstract on these terms too.

Keywords

Because the function of keywords is to supplement the information given in the title, try not to repeat any of the words from the title in the keywords section. So, for the keywords section of the abstract Rauschenberg’s Bed as an Examination of Portraiture (see Abstract), any of the following terms could be suitable for inclusion.

Exemple adequatKeywords: abstract expressionism; assemblage; assertive-declarative phrasing; combine series; secret language of junk; Southern Renaissance; verticality.

Introduction

In all the ambits, the introduction should lead your reader from generalization to your particular field of research. It sets the context for the research you have conducted by summarizing the current understanding about the topic, stating the purpose of your paper, possibly as a hypothesis, question, or research problem, outlining your rationale and describing the remaining structure.

In the humanities, the introduction is where your reader meets you as a writer and first learns how you will talk to them during the rest of the paper, in the discussion and conclusion sections: how you explain problems, value details or use humour; how often you refer to the texts at your disposal, where you stand in comparison to other researchers, what interests you and what does not. The important thing is not to make this less visible, but to make it clear that you know you are showing these things. This is what will establish your authority, in your reader’s eyes, to interpret the meaning in other peoples’ production in the humanities: to ask and answer in your own writing interpretive questions about how others express meaning.

Because the reader will have learnt the important details about the substance of your paper in both the title and the abstract, the beginning of the introduction is a good place to introduce some kind of example from the middle of your topic rather than to repeat your objectives or reassert your main claim. In this respect, it is rather like the inverted compound title (see the fifth example in Title styles) which ‘drops’ the reader into the middle of the subject before pulling back and contextualizing. The following are the opening lines of introductions to a paper on the importance of fairy tales in children’s education and a paper on the popular reception of the twentieth-century art movement known as abstract expressionism, respectively.

Exemple adequatIf it was late at night and you were going to tell your little sister a bedtime story, would you choose the one about the boy and girl who discovered a beautiful sugar house in the middle of the forest, were trapped there by an old woman who wanted to eat them, but who eventually managed to escape after roasting her alive in her own oven?

Exemple adequatIn a well-known cartoon by the French artist Jean-Jacques Sempé, a group of museum-goers are shown standing in respectful silence on the threshold of the twentieth-century rooms of an art museum while their guide tells them they are extremely lucky to have her there because otherwise they would understand nothing of what they are about to see.

The next line of each introduction brings the reader firmly back to the topic under discussion.

Exemple adequatYou might well decide not to; but as the English historian Marina Warner has said, to understand the meaning of many fairy tales, one has to look at the context in which they were told, at who was telling them, to whom and why.

Exemple adequatThe reader may smile but as abstract painter Nicolas Carone once observed to his friend and contemporary Jackson Pollock, “Who the hell do you know who understands your picture? People understand the painting – talk about the technique, the dripping, the splattering, the automatism and all that, but who really knows the content?”

This is one way of starting the introduction section.

In the following paragraphs, your main objective is to introduce your reader to the concepts you will be discussing (issue, question, research question or final project statement), show your method of approach to the topic, provide the necessary background information or context and, before finishing, reassert the claim the paper will make.

The last paragraph of the introduction might return to the detail of the first when it does this, so reminding the reader of the raw material they and you constantly need to re-examine.

Exemple adequatFinally, I propose that before we accept what we are sold about children’s entertainment, we should remember two things. First, history shows that fairy stories were never escapist tales about magical phenomena that only children could believe in; they are serious stories that deal with life and death in ways that help people become adults. Second, the child who reads, watches or listens to fairy tales deserves the same complexity adults are given when they read, watch or listen to products of fiction, if only because children are people who should be happily and purposefully on their way to becoming adults. The problem, of course, is that some of the adults in charge can’t see that: Walt Disney Pictures may live happily ever after, but more than one child who saw the 2017 adaptation of Beauty and the Beast was actually disappointed by the strange but somehow majestic beast’s final transformation into a very unextraordinary prince.

Main body

The main body of a humanities paper is given over to just one section, called Discussion.

But what exactly is a discussion in academic writing of this kind? Well, very importantly, it is certainly not a conversation (which is one of the main meanings of the word); there is no informal give-and-take of views; no sudden changes of topic; no improvised opinions. In your TFG or TFM, an academic discussion needs to be a well-constructed, carefully written and suitably referenced section of the overall paper.  

In fact, the word discussion is a little misleading if it makes you think of simply talking about a subject. In academic writing in the humanities, it means something more like the section of your text in which you expand on the research question or final project statement set out in your introduction, or the part that provides your own analysis and interpretation of your topic, engaging with critical/secondary sources, developing the arguments presented, according to your basic thesis. In effect, it is the part of your project that sets out the main arguments, thoughts and ideas that you have produced on your chosen topic.

The following subsections provide basic guidelines on how to do this.


Who are you writing for?

Address yourself to your particular ‘public’, often called your discourse community. This is basic advice that is often ignored. You would not write a class essay in the same way as you would write a message to a friend or a review on a social network; you would modify important aspects of your text, such as level of formality, choice of vocabulary, the structure of sentences and paragraphs, possibly even the use of what are called apparatus (footnotes, endnotes, bibliographies). In other words, you would make decisions based on who you are writing for.  

Your final project is aimed at a specific academic community and so it needs to respect and conform to certain requirements. These include the obvious questions just mentioned, but they also include making reference to the main ideas that are current in your own field regarding your topic and locating your subject in an ongoing current of critical debate.

Exemple adequatThere are over 16,000 academic studies on Abraham Lincoln, covering a broad range of topics such as his life, his political and historical contexts and his own social views. However, as this final project concerns Lincoln’s political difficulties during the US Civil War (1861–1865), the arguments made here are based, fundamentally, on three major studies of this subject: Herman Belz’s Abraham Lincoln, Constitutionalism, and Equal Rights in the Civil War Era (1998); Jonathan W. White’s Abraham Lincoln and Treason in the Civil War (2011); and T. Harry Williams’s now dated but still essential Lincoln and His Generals (1967). These three works, above all others, have set down the main lines of discussion in this area.

Basic organization

There is no set formula for how to structure a discussion. But that does not mean you should not think carefully about how to do this. Your specific area of study will possibly require a particular general structure (for example, a project on history might call for a chronological organization), and your specific topic might require you to organize the discussion in a way that reflects this topic (for example, a study of several poems might require you to have a subsection on each work). Whatever the case, some kind of division will help you to present your work effectively and make it easier for your readers to follow it clearly.  

In humanities papers, the most common divisions within the discussion are subsections (“1.1 The Rise of the Novel”; “1.2 The Condition of England Novel”; “1.3 The Modernist Novel”, etc.) or chapters (“Chapter One: The Georgian Garden”; “Chapter Two: The Georgian Market Town”; “Chapter Three: The Georgian Slums”).  

Subsections are units that are more closely interconnected; chapters are units that are more stand-alone in content. You will almost certainly have decided on this by the time you come to write your discussion (as you will have already drawn up your table of contents); but, during your writing, look carefully at your work and keep in mind that your chosen general structure might need changing.

Jargon

Unless you are specifically referring to certain technical aspects of your topic (for example, analysing the metric structure of a poem), generally avoid jargon or overly complex words or expressions.

Exemple no admissibleTo illustrate the ways in which late-Victorian textual production subliminally conveyed social preoccupations connected to the atrophying of British power, Bram Stoker’s Dracula (1897) forwards a narrative of ‘invasion’ expressed through polyphonic epistolarity.

Exemple adequatAs an example of the ways in which late-Victorian writing reflected social worries about the decline in British power, Bram Stoker’s Dracula (1897) presents a story of ‘invasion’ told in letters, journals and newspaper articles by many different narrators.

Too much informality

On the other hand, remember that you are addressing your discussion to an academic community, so while it is a good idea to opt for a clear and uncomplicated style of writing, do not be too informal either. Avoid colloquial language and make sure that contractions such as it’s, don’t or you’ll are written out in their more formal, non-contracted forms.  

Exemple no admissibleIt’s pretty safe to reckon that even the most mad-keen researcher won’t find any really interesting new stuff on the Peasants’ Revolt

Exemple adequatIt is reasonable to assume that even the most dedicated researcher will not be able to discover significant new material on the Peasants’ Revolt

Give opinions

  • Give your opinions

    This project is an opportunity for you to develop and discuss your own ideas. Unlike other disciplines, such as the pure sciences – in which the expression of personal opinion is not conventionally expected or even accepted in written texts – in the humanities you should feel free to state your own opinions clearly and unambiguously (by using forms such as in my view, I think, I believe or my opinion is). In fact, if you do not put forward your own opinions, it might appear that you are simply summarizing other people’s views.

    Exemple adequatThe arguments set out in the above articles, in my own view, do not provide an entirely satisfactory analysis of this question. Unlike these authors, I believe that it is essential to look closely at the painter’s very early works if we are to fully understand her influences.

  • Give the specialists’ view too

    But, as an important part of academic discussion, you also need to present your ideas with reference to the critical opinions expressed in the literature of your own field (e.g., published academic studies such as monographic works, chapters or journal articles). You do not have to agree with these studies; in fact, you might want to express your absolute disagreement with them, but you do need to present your ideas in the company of these recognized sources.

    Exemple adequatSpecialists such as Keegan (1984); Carpenter and Elliot (2007); and Reeves (2010; 2012) have argued that Neanderthal wall paintings have little or no aesthetic function. However, this final project will propose, in keeping with Wragg Sykes (2020), that this is no longer a sustainable position.

Summary is not analysis

Contextualizing your discussion – making clear what it is that you are actually writing about – is, of course, fundamental. This may well involve a certain amount of summarizing (events, ideas, plot, etc.). But be aware, first, that your examiners will probably be entirely familiar with the information that you are summarizing, and second, that summary is not analysis. All contextualization should be kept to a minimum as it takes up space for presenting your own ideas. Where summary is necessary, it can be supplemented by providing comment on the information.

Exemple no admissibleJane Austen published Pride and Prejudice in 1813; it narrates the story of Lizzy Bennet and Fitzwilliam Darcy and ends in their marriage.

Exemple adequatWhen Jane published Pride and Prejudice in 1813, the love plot (which typically resolves in marriage, as is the case with the novel’s protagonists, Lizzy Bennet and Fitzwilliam Darcy) had established itself as the major form of novelistic fiction.

Writing critically

The principal type of academic writing in the humanities is critical writing. The term ‘critical’ can be misleading, as it might appear to suggest that it expresses a negative view of its subject, that is, that it criticizes things. This is not exactly the case, but it does highlight an important aspect of critical writing, which is that it closely analyses its topic in order to understand it more fully. So, although the term does not imply taking a negative view of things, we can say that it involves close and careful examination.

In academic writing in the humanities (as in all academic writing, of course), you need a topic and an opinion on that topic. For example, you might believe that Protestantism contributed to the growth of capitalism. But it is not enough to simply have this opinion; you need to develop it through argument that takes into account other recognized ideas or sources on this topic, and to use these ideas, with which you will show your agreement or disagreement, as a way of building up your own point of view. By doing so, you will be reviewing the evidence on this subject in order to reach a reasoned conclusion. This is critical writing.

There are many different approaches that can be taken in writing critically, but essentially it has two important aspects:

  • Critical writing takes into account not just one but a range of sources.

  • Critical writing examines and assesses its sources.


To return to your theory on Protestantism, to write critically on this subject you would need to research work (‘critical sources’) that discusses this idea. You would find that some authors (also known, particularly in literary studies, as ‘critics’) claim that the highly individualistic nature of Protestantism contributed to capitalism because it emphasizes the consequences of individual responsibility. Let us say that this opinion is close to your own, so you want to use it in your text. But you need more than just one source, otherwise your argument will be too limited and one-sided. Then you discover that other critics point out that capitalism also developed in regions where Catholicism has never been displaced (such as Bavaria, for instance, or parts of Scandinavia), which tends to complicate your own view. You could ignore this opinion, as it does not support your own idea; but this would be academically dishonest and would result in an argument that did not take into account a broad range of views. That is, you need to examine and assess the sources that support and that undermine your own idea.  

Notice that your main tasks in writing critically, apart from eventually describing your reasoned conclusions, are to evaluate and analyse your sources. You do this by looking at how relevant they are to your topic; how strong or weak their arguments are; and how balanced and reasonable they are (a source that does not take other views into account or that makes too many unsubstantiated claims is not likely to be a positive contribution to your text). But you also need to make sure that your sources are reliable, that they come from recognized specialists or at least from people whose work is accepted by your own academic area. And you need to make sure that you are using sources that are acceptably recent: a rule of thumb in the humanities is that most of your sources should have been published within the last 20 years; anything earlier than that is unlikely to reflect most recent debate (although there are always important exceptions to this, and your supervisor will guide you on this matter).  

The kinds of questions you need to ask yourself when writing critically are the following:

  • Is my argument sufficiently supported by other sources? Have I (or have any of my sources) made claims that have no evidence?

  • Am I limiting my sources and my own analysis to only one point of view? Am I taking distinct and maybe contradictory opinions into account?

  • Am I adequately examining my own opinion and those of my sources? Do I clearly indicate the strengths and weaknesses of these views?

  • Are these sources reliable? Are they recognized within my own academic area?

  • Are these sources and their opinions relevant to my topic?

  • Are these ideas sufficiently recent?

  • Am I presenting all sides of the argument in a balanced way? Do I give too much emphasis to one point of view?

  • Am I being honest about the limitations of my own opinion? (It is valid and responsible to accept that a view, however compelling, might need more evidence or discussion?)


In your own project, you might eventually find that, although certain studies point to ideas that are contrary to your own opinion, on balance your view is supported and justified by the sources you have assessed. Although it is also worth remarking that academic enquiry means accepting that your arguments have been disproved, or at least that your own findings have limitations. Whatever your final opinion, however, it will have been shaped by a consideration of the sources, and this is basic to critical writing.

Writing concisely

Good academic writing should be clear, relevant and concise, avoiding unnecessary ‘padding’, even when this might be valued in other kinds of texts such as descriptive or literary writing. In other words, it is writing that aims to communicate its content in a way that is as unembellished as possible; it is writing that is free of wordiness. This obviously refers to vocabulary and expressions, but also to sentence structure and paragraphing.

A good way to make sure that you write concisely is to be clear about what you want to say before putting it on paper. In theory, at this stage in your final project, you should no longer be worrying about that (your abstract, table of contents and introduction have covered this), but it is helpful to keep in mind that your discussion needs to contribute directly to this by having a clear purpose and by sticking to that purpose. If your writing becomes irrelevant, it will not be expressing your ideas concisely.

Your paragraphs must each have a clearly recognizable function. If they are not developing your views, if they are not moving your discussion forward through critical argument, then your writing is not suitably concise.  

Also, the grammatical way in which you express your ideas (especially the choice of active or passive voice) will have a significant impact on concise writing, by opting for simpler constructions that are, at the same time, clearer and more effective.

Finally, you also need to constantly pay attention to a number of smaller elements in your writing, including avoiding redundancy and repetition and eliminating unnecessary words.

The following subsections provide basic guidelines on how to do this.


Paragraphs

Good paragraphing is key to concise writing as it creates a flow of related ideas that fit together in an accumulative way, moving the argument forward coherently and relevantly towards its conclusions.

But paragraphing has to be relevant; you cannot simply make a paragraph break because your current section looks a bit long. In other words, paragraphs should not be random. They should contain a series of sentences that discuss a single topic. When that topic changes, change your paragraph.

Good paragraphs should have the following.

  • Cohesion. A paragraph should be about a specific topic, announced in the opening sentence and discussed by all following sentences.  

  • A clear structure. There are many ways of organizing the sentences, depending on your own discussion (chronology, order of importance, etc.), but the order should be clear and easily understandable. This will guide your reader through your argument and force you to stay relevant.

  • Coherence. This refers to the ways in which the sentences relate to each other through transition words (for example, indicating order, contrast, continuation, logic, etc.). Other elements of coherence include using the same tense in each sentence and ensuring that the dominant point of view (yours, a critical source, etc.) is the same throughout.

  • Roundedness. A rounded paragraph is one that clearly establishes its topic and develops that topic through well-connected sentences. But it also means that the sentences suitably perform the function of introducing, discussing, supporting and concluding the paragraph topic, which basically means that a good academic paragraph should have at least four sentences.


Exemple adequatThis discussion considers the marginalisation of the Porter sisters’ contribution to Walter Scott’s historical novels, a marginalisation arguably caused by Scott himself. It is relevant to remark that, unlike Scott, the sisters have now almost entirely fallen into what Clifford Siskin termed “the Great Forgetting”. But this also leads me to consider how literary history is written, how women novelists are silenced and, perhaps, how the traditional subjects of women’s fiction are assumed to be strictly domestic.  

However, the foundation for the Porter-Scott rift that I am discussing here is actually the nature of childhood, and how its recording and recollection is partisan and partial. This debate ought to be primarily literary; instead, it has conventionally been presented as an overly sentimental reaction by the Porters to perceived slights and disloyalties. Or, to express this in a more nineteenth-century way, “Ladies who assume masculine functions must learn to assume masculine gravity and impartiality” (Phillips, C. S. M., The Edinburgh Review, 1849, p. 436).

Having indicated the general area of this discussion, what exactly is the evidence for the childhood connection among the three writers? Is it open to any challenge? What might be said on this topic if the conventional accounts turn out to be untrue, or at least unprovable?

Passive voice

In many types of academic writing (with scientific writing as perhaps the most obvious example) passive voice is expected; it is also seen as a marker of formality and of objectivity, as it removes the personal subject.

But, as explained in Give your opinions, in the humanities it is conventional to express personal opinion and to incorporate subjective responses into academic argument. So, although you may think that using the passive voice adds a note of seriousness to your writing, or even that you might be expected to produce writing of this kind, it is better at all times to avoid the passive where possible.  

Exemple no admissibleThis view has been posited since the beginning of the 1960s by many feminist critics.

Exemple adequatMany feminist critics have posited this view since the 1960s.

Not only is the second example above shorter (and therefore more concise in a literal sense), but it is also simpler and a more dynamic form of expressing ideas.

Small matters

Concise writing also comes from thinking carefully about the smaller elements involved in writing. These include:

  • Avoiding redundancy (e.g., “each and every”; “first and foremost”; “true and veridical”)  

  • Avoiding repetition (e.g., stating the same opinion more than once in a single section)

  • Eliminating unnecessary qualifiers (e.g., “very”; “really”)

  • Replacing phrases by a single word (e.g., “in light of the fact that…” by “because”)

  • Keeping sentences as short as possible, and avoiding complex dependent clauses


Exemple no admissibleThe object of this chapter, which forms part of the second section of this dissertation and which begins the more analytical phase of this project, is to look at the evidence for the use of the phrase-initial adverbial ‘so’ as a marker of academic discourse. This chapter is very important in the overall work presented here due to the fact that it presents the part of the project in which a close analysis of evidence is carried out.

Exemple adequatThis chapter (2.1) begins the analytical part of the project; it assesses evidence for the use of the phrase-initial adverbial ‘so’ as a marker of academic discourse.

In each of the cases indicated here, think about how your writing can be made more direct and economical by the modifications suggested.

Use of supporting literature

Writing a discussion for a final project in the humanities means much more than simply presenting your own ideas, however relevant, interesting and original these may be. In fact, in all academic ambits, the discussion requires writers to frame their own ideas in relation to those of their colleagues so that the ideas expressed can be understood in a general context of academic debate and make an informed contribution to that debate. The key here is informed contribution, which means supporting your ideas by relating them to others. This means referring both to the work of other specialists (secondary sources) and to artistic works (primary sources), from which – especially but not exclusively in literary studies – you will sometimes want to quote.

(For a discussion of supporting literature in referencing and bibliography, see Referencing styles.)


Primary sources

We tend to think of primary sources as works of fiction (poetry, drama, novels), but in fact the term covers a far wider selection of works. It can also refer to journalism, essays, treatises, diaries, interviews and a range of other material. A secondary source, in contrast, describes or interprets a primary source.

You might want to quote from a primary source to give further support to your own ideas and arguments, to indicate a particular point or – again, especially in literary studies – to analyse the source in question.

Whatever your reason, the following guidelines should be kept in mind when using primary sources in the humanities:

  • Avoid lengthy quotations. Summarizing the source is a more effective way of using it if you need to refer to an extensive amount of text.

  • Be careful if you are incorporating the quotation into the structure of your own sentence. Whatever source you use, it must be grammatically coherent with the sentence in which it appears.  

  • Avoid using snippets of quotation within a single sentence. This will appear as clumsy writing on your part and suggests that you have not adequately integrated the source into your own text.

  • Do not modify the primary text without indicating this. Modification includes modernizing spelling, changing capital letters, adding emphasis (italics, bold, underline) or altering the word for grammatical reasons. If the original quotation contains an error, that must also be indicated using the Latin adverb sic meaning “thus” or “just as” (from the full form sic erat scriptum, “thus was it written”). Otherwise, it might be assumed that the error is your own.

  • Always give precise bibliographical indications of the source material, either in parenthesis or as a footnote. Fuller details must also be given in the bibliography. The reader should be able to access this source material on the basis of the references that you provide.

  • Ensure that all quotation – short or long – conforms strictly to the writing format applicable to your end-of-degree project (MLA, Chicago, etc.).

Secondary sources

Secondary sources include monographic studies, book chapters, journal articles, book reviews, encyclopedia entries, dictionaries and textbooks. They also include sources that, conventionally, have not been considered acceptable for an academic project such as a final project in a bachelor’s or master’s degree; this includes sources such as SparkNotes, blog posts (unless these come from a reliable source that discusses a topic in an academic manner) and Wikipedia, rightly or wrongly. You should always consult your tutor or supervisor before making use of this material.

Just as with primary sources, you should try to follow these guidelines in the humanities:

  • Avoid lengthy citation, which will distract from your own text and make it appear less important. Again, summarizing is more effective if you need to refer to a substantial amount of text.

  • Ensure the grammatical coherence of the citation that you use, if it is incorporated into your sentence.  

  • Fully indicate any modification that you make to the cited source.

  • Provide complete bibliographical reference.

  • Ensure that all citations are correctly formatted.

  • Except for sources that are of major and ongoing importance to your field, ensure that your sources are as contemporary as possible. (See Writing critically and consult your tutor or supervisor.)


As we have seen, using secondary sources is an essential procedure in a discussion. It allows you to express your ideas in the context of a broader critical debate and is a fundamental part of assessing and analysing the material that you will use in forwarding your own ideas.

But you need to make sure that your use of these sources does not cause your own point of view to disappear. This material supports your writing; it does not replace it. Remember that your discussion is being written in accordance with your final project question, which is the dominant idea. Secondary material is supplementary to this and, however important it is to contextualize your opinions in light of other work, you should avoid giving excessive space to this material. Ultimately, it is your work that needs highlighting most.  

Additionally, using secondary sources requires you to establish a balance in the material used. If you are citing sources that directly support your main ideas, you need to counter this by citing sources that present distinct opinions. If you discuss and analyse one source in depth, you need to do the same for the other sources you use.  

Above all, you need to avoid as much as possible the dependency on a single critical source or, indeed, on only a few. This would weaken your own critical writing and would also give the impression that you have not sufficiently researched the literature.  

On the other hand, the relevant, well-selected and balanced use, analysis and interpretation of secondary sources will not only provide support to your own ideas, it will also help to give your readers the idea that your writing makes a contribution to the ongoing debate within your field of study. As a result, it will ensure that your views are given fuller attention and respect.

Conclusion

When you have come to the end of your final project, you need to conclude the ideas you have explored throughout your discussion. The aim of your conclusion is to ensure that your readers walk away from your paper with clear ideas about what you have gained from your analysis and where the research might be headed. Here are some tips on how to write a good conclusion and elegantly round off your work.

  • Do not simply repeat yourself in an attempt to close your discussion with a list of points you have already raised.  

  • Avoid introducing new ideas; all significant contributions regarding the subject at hand should have already been mentioned in your discussion.

  • Summarize what you have discussed, mention and evaluate the most important points you have raised throughout your analysis and suggest the impact these might have beyond your research and on the wider context.  

  • Avoid including lengthy quotations. If you want to draw attention to a pivotal critic of the work you are analysing, someone who has heavily featured throughout your paper, try to paraphrase their ideas instead of directly citing them.

  • Do not forget about your title. It is easy to get lost in the discussion as you discover new aspects about your chosen topic that are exciting and inspiring. For example, write the final project’s title in large letters and stick it above your writing station for the duration of your assessment. This will serve as a visual reminder of what you need to focus on.


These are all important things to remember. But most of all, leave your reader with a clear idea of what you have gained from your research.

The following example focuses on a film from the year 1970 called Tristana by the renowned film director, Luis Buñuel. Have a look at the film’s Wikipedia page for some brief background information, which will help contextualize the example.

This is an example of a poor conclusion for a paper entitled Examining the Trope of the Amputated Leg in the Context of the Wider Themes of Tristana.

Exemple inadequatBuñuel was a communist atheist who opposed the Spanish government, a stance he made obvious through his film Tristana. Don Lope’s murder represents the fall of the government and power for oppressed peoples. By the end of the film, Tristana is free but she still has challenges to face and overcome. The amputation of her leg is a metaphor for pain and struggle, but the new prosthesis gives her power to recover. The film is one of Buñuel’s best.

Why might the following statement be a weak observation for a conclusion?

Exemple inadequatThe amputation of her leg is a metaphor for pain and struggle, but the new prosthesis gives her power to recover.

It is a very generalist statement, and although it draws upon the film director’s use of imagery, it does not explain why the leg is a metaphor and the greater implications of that comparison. It is a one-dimensional conclusion. The writer could expand and talk about why the amputation is a metaphor for pain and what the greater implications of this metaphor are, thus drawing on their earlier discussion. Is it only relevant to the protagonist or is it a much wider metaphor, depicting her as a symbol of society at large?

Consider the following sentence.

Exemple inadequatBuñuel was a communist atheist who opposed the Spanish government, a stance he made obvious through his film Tristana.

How did Buñuel make that stance obvious? This is a good introduction to a conclusion. But the writer should expand upon how they have come to this conclusion, summarizing earlier observations from their discussion. The Spanish government is also still an active entity in Spain. The writer might refer to how contemporary films represent depictions of political power today, whether to praise or criticize it, commenting upon Buñuel’s brave commentary given the context in which he made his film.

The following is an example of a stronger conclusion that summarizes, draws upon and evaluates the most important points from the discussion and refers to the bigger picture at hand in order to respond to the title of the final project.

Exemple adequatIt is important to recall that Tristana is a film made by a communist atheist who stood against everything the patriarchal Spanish order represented for society at that time. Spain was still emerging from a harsh dictatorship during the late 1970s, a situation Buñuel reflected on and referred to symbolically throughout the film, employing different narrative and audiovisual techniques to do so. Whilst extreme, the protagonist’s murder of Don Lope is also a figurative dethroning of the oppressor of all individuals under similar circumstances; those oppressed in personal relationships, by institutions or by their surroundings. The young protagonist eventually achieves freedom, but as the film’s final montage suggests, society’s conditioning is unavoidable and the spectator cannot overlook the societal and political challenges still to be overcome. The amputation, as read through different contexts presented in the film, stands to represent a crippled nation; a country set to achieve emancipation but at the cost of war and loss. However, the prosthesis, which is gained, represents strength and courage against the oppressor. Buñuel’s aim was to challenge his audience to question the world they live in, and Tristana exemplifies this call for criticism, reaction and rebellion. The film also serves as a point of reference for political criticism in twenty-first-century cinema, which begs the question as to whether films are still capable of such an artistic commentary. Subtlety is an art form in itself, but in today’s politically-polarized society where such subliminal messages are no longer necessary, do filmmakers still draw on these powerful artistic techniques to get under their audience’s skin?

Mentioning evidence (in this case, cinematic techniques) that backs up your claims and refers to earlier points made in your discussion, without going into too much detail, is a good way to summarize in your conclusion. The writer above also refers to the greater societal issues represented in the film, and the potential impact it had on its contemporary audience. They have also pulled their final assessment of the film into today’s world, questioning the use of such a subtle political commentary today, while recognising Buñuel’s place in cinematic history as an artistic political commentator and critic. This is a strong conclusion as the reader is left with a final impression of the writer’s understanding of the film’s themes, which also demonstrates that they have understood and effectively responded to the title.  

Even though an academic paper is not necessarily an exercise in creative writing, the use of incisive statements and rhetorical techniques can make reading it a more pleasant experience. For example, the use of three abstract nouns at one point in the text (criticism, reaction and rebellion) not only employs the ‘rule of three’ (a common writing technique that adds emphasis and rhythm to your text); it also refers to the main themes of the film, leaving the reader with a final answer to the paper’s title.

Referencing styles

There are many referencing styles for academic writing. The most common styles in the humanities are the style offered by the Modern Language Association  (MLA style) and the style commonly known as Harvard referencing, which both use the author-date system to display the basic information for a given source. Other referencing styles use footnotes that include all of the reference information, such as the Chicago Manual of Style  (CMOS style), which is often used in the field of history.  

The University of Roehampton’s MLA Referencing Quick Guide (8th edition) explains how to reference different sources and write your bibliography using the MLA referencing style.

However, style guides do not limit themselves to correct referencing; they also encompass a range of writing style and formatting features. For example, does your style guide suggest single or double quotations marks? When should you use footnotes? What system should you use for abbreviations? How should your writing be laid out on the page? Check with your tutor as to whether you should be following these guidelines. Do they think it is important at this stage of your academic career? They are important considerations, as they help the reader stay focused on the content, rather than getting distracted by formatting discrepancies. Should you ever want to submit your work for publication, the journal in question will request strict adhesion to a style guide.  

A good way to make referencing (and writing your bibliography) easier starts in the research stage. Before reading or making notes, write down all the information regarding the publication of each text you cite: the author(s), the titles of both the chapter and the book it appears in, or the title of the article and the journal’s name, page numbers, date of publication, place of publication, the publisher and the edition.

Exemple adequatTitle: Why Write? A Master Class on the Art of Writing and Why it Matters
Author: Mark Edmundson
Chapter: “To Catch a Dream”
Pages: pp. 46–61
Date published: 3.11.2016
Publisher: Bloomsbury USA
Edition: 1st

If you have all this information before you even begin to structure your discussion and include citations, referencing should be easy!

Avoiding plagiarism

Often, the final stage of writing an academic paper is formatting and completing the bibliography and correctly referencing all the sources you refer to in the body of your text. There are many ways to do this depending on the subject of your writing.

It might be the last, but it is a vital stage in the academic writing process. As such, it is essential you correctly reference each and every source you refer to in your writing. If you do not, it might be deemed as plagiarism, the act of appropriating someone else’s ideas or claims as your own. When done deliberately, plagiarism can lead to very severe consequences that tarnish a writer’s academic reputation. Of course, students can sometimes plagiarize accidentally, especially if they are unsure of how to properly acknowledge other academics’ work, but it is something you should try to avoid.

When writing in a foreign language, it can often be tempting to ‘borrow’ (or directly copy) someone else’s idea. However, this would be considered plagiarism. You need to find your own voice and writing style. As you read through secondary sources to help develop your argument, focus on the sections that contain key ideas, highlight them, or make detailed notes, but then summarize them in your own words without looking at the source. Not only will you learn to develop your own style, but you will see if you have really understood everything you read!

The structure of your final project will be unique. However, some of the ideas you present in the main discussion will be based on the reading you did during the research stage. Every time you paraphrase one of these ideas (i.e., refer to it using your own words), you will need to reference the original author and their work, especially if you directly quote a fellow academic. This way, you are essentially letting the reader know that this idea is not your own, but that you have read around the subject.

Exemple adequatGarcía Márquez comments on the “discovery of a genuine world that I never expected inside of me” (García Márquez, 247) when he read James Joyce’s Ulysses, and the immediate impact Franz Kafka’s The Metamorphosis had upon him, literary proof that translations are vital to the continual development and evolution of style and ideas.

The writer has lifted an idea directly from the original author’s work. Therefore, they have introduced the quote between quotation marks and referenced it immediately after, using the reference style of the Modern Language Association. This reference will also appear in their alphabetized bibliography (or Works cited) at the end of their paper.

Exemple adequatGarcía Márquez, Gabriel. Living to tell the Tale, translated by Edith Grossman. New York: Knopf, 2003.

So, one option when referencing another writer’s ideas is to directly quote them, as we see above. However, you can also paraphrase their ideas. Consider the following example, where the writer’s original ideas in Spanish (Poyato, 2014) are then paraphrased in the final project.  

“...elidida en la novela, la boda cobra una presencia extraordinaria en el filme, donde es escenificada como boda negra —caracterización a la que contribuye la escenografía de funeral— en sintonía con una vinculación entre la boda y la muerte recurrente en el texto buñueliano.”

Exemple adequatIn contrast to Poyato Sánchez, who suggests the wedding can be seen as representing a funeral and the death of Tristana’s freedom (Poyato, 743) given the black outfits and tearful statues, the wedding could also be seen as a positive step for Tristana; a public demonstration of empowerment.
 
Here, the writer has paraphrased an idea presented by another author. They have used it to support their own argument and woven it smoothly into the text by rewording the academic’s contribution to contrast their own argument. Even though the original is in a different language to the paper, the same plagiarism rules apply. The writer has once again used the MLA referencing style for their in-text citations.

Even when paraphrasing, you can still mention the author’s name and use introductory phrases to present these paraphrased ideas.

Exemple adequatSmith declares...
Smith argues that...
Smith believes that...
The work of Smith shows that...
As Smith indicates...
As Smith implies...
As Smith suggests...
Smith thinks that...
Smith addresses the fact that...

Finally, remember the difference between the Works cited (or References) section and the Bibliography: Works cited is a formatted list of all the sources cited within your text, and it can also include non-literary sources such as audiovisual media; on the other hand, the Bibliography section is a formatted list of all the sources you consulted (but did not necessarily cite) for your final project.

Editing your text

  • General considerations

    In all the ambits, while it might be tempting to submit your final project as soon as you have inserted the final full stop, do not be so quick to forget about it completely!

    When you start planning the project, look at how much time you have before the hand-in date. Leave yourself a few days between finishing your draft and submitting the finished paper to read through your work with fresh, critical eyes. This will give you time to take a step back from your work and spot any mistakes, add important information you may have overlooked or take out anything you now deem to be redundant.

    This process is known as editing and is an essential part of publication. It might seem daunting at first, but it increases the academic quality of your work. It is much easier to criticize and make improvements to your writing than it is to create content from scratch. The bulk of the work is done, now this is your chance to polish it off.

    Finally, print out your project. This helps you see your writing with fresh eyes, as if it were written by someone else. Take a different coloured pen and do not be afraid to cross things out or add comments to the page. Visualizing the editing process before you make and save your changes will help guide you through the process.

  • Structure

    When you first start the editing process, focus on the overarching structure of the project. Make sure your discussion presents your ideas in a logical order, that it flows through your argument and leads the reader to a coherent conclusion. Do not be afraid to rearrange your paragraphs, perhaps turning two shorter paragraphs into one paragraph or cutting out unnecessary introductions to create space for more valuable content. If you do this, however, read through the project again to ensure your new order flows logically.

  • Content

    It is common to finish a draft over the word limit, but that limit exists for a reason. Concise writing is an art form, and even if you have not managed it so far, editing your work tightens up your ideas and leaves you with a clean and polished paper. Here are a few tips for this final stage:

    • Delve in a little deeper. Look at the sentences that make up your paragraphs. In Catalan and Spanish, the tendency is to write long sentences with lots of information. However, English-speaking readers are much more receptive to shorter sentences that break up the information into digestible chunks and facilitate their understanding of your argument. That being said, these are often used alongside longer, more complex sentences to make the paragraph more interesting to read and easier to understand (see Sentence variety). Look out for repetitions. Your reader will have good academic skills, so avoid explaining your points more than once, or extending your argument with redundant examples, simply to stress how important you think it is.  

    • Check your ideas against your original plan. Have you included everything you believed would be useful during your research stage? A lot of preparation has gone into this project. Make sure you have not left anything important out, but also only include the most relevant arguments in your discussion, those that will lead the reader to the clear conclusions you have drawn. Do all the points you make help answer the question or title of your paper? Everything you write should be relevant.  

    • Have another look at your introduction. It might not have been the first thing you wrote; but now you have had a chance to look at the whole text as a body of work, does your introduction do its job? Does it signpost your reader through your work? Make sure to revise it, especially if you moved things around as you edited!


  • Spelling

    Make sure your spelling is consistent throughout your paper (See Spelling at the UB for more details). Also check common spelling mistakes caused by confusion between there, their and they’re, or our and are, or it’s and its. These are common signs that you failed to proofread your work and can lead your reader to draw negative conclusions about your competence.

    Finally, always run a spelling and grammar check once you have finished writing. It may pull up some errors you missed in your own proofreading!

  • Punctuation

    Review your use of commas. Even native English speakers have trouble using commas correctly, but they can make or break your writing. One trick is to put commas where you would naturally take a pause when speaking. (Note that Purdue University offers excellent advice on using commas.) Try reading your paper aloud, which might also help you spot other mistakes, such as repetitions. Finally, consider using semicolons to join longer sentences, particularly when building an argument.  

  • Check and recheck your references

    Reference your citations correctly. Take another look at the referencing style guide recommended for your degree. Check that all your citations include the relevant information and whether they are listed as footnotes or embedded within the text itself. Check that your bibliography is listed in alphabetical order and include all the information that is relevant to the publication of each source. Again, the information you need to include will be detailed in the referencing style guide you are using.

  • Feedback

    Asking for feedback is one of the most useful ways to help improve the academic quality of your paper. If your tutor offers to read a draft of your final project, accept! After all, the tutor is the person who will be marking the final version. Once you have spent so long engaged in the writing stage, it is often difficult to see your own mistakes or spot ways in which you can improve.

    If you have already handed work in and had it marked, look at the feedback from your teachers. Are there any recurring comments? Have they given you any tips on how to structure your paper more effectively? Look at all their comments as constructive criticism and apply this to your final project. Swap your work with a classmate to get a fresh perspective. Peer learning can be very effective, especially when someone looks at your work objectively.

Natural sciences

This part of the Llibre d’estil offers practical advice about writing the most typical parts of a final project in the natural sciences. Our advice is organized into ten sections, each supported by practical examples. The sections Cover page, Acknowledgements, Table of contents, Title, Abstract and keywords, Introduction, Main body and Conclusion look at the different parts of the paper. The sections Referencing styles and Editing your text consider the paper as a whole.

Cover page

Your supervisor will provide you with guidelines about the layout of your cover page, specifying which parts should be in English or not. Remember that at the UB, the preferred full terms for the TFG and TFM are treball final de grau and treball final de màster, respectively. In English, those are translated as the “bachelor’s degree final project” and the “master’s degree final project”.
 
Unless you are instructed otherwise, italicize the title of your project and capitalize the first word and all nouns, pronouns, adjectives, verbs and adverbs. Do not capitalize articles, conjunctions or prepositions.

Exemple adequatDetermining the Effectiveness of Decontamination with Ionized Hydrogen Peroxide
 

Capitalize the first word of a subtitle after a colon, whatever part of speech it is.

Exemple adequatCognition and Alertness in Medical Students: The Effects of a Single Night of Partial
Sleep Deprivation
 

Use roman type rather than italics for any works mentioned in the title.

Exemple adequatAssessing the Structural Characteristics of the Japanese Version of the Adult Social Care Outcomes Toolkit for Carers


Preserve all the diacritics in people’s names.

Exemple adequatTutor: Dr Núria González Sarrió
Supervisors: Dr Birgit Schröder and Dr Bela Vojtĕch


Also respect people’s preferences with their names by preserving their use of capital and small letters and their treatment of articles, prepositions and conjunctions.

Exemple adequatHelena De La Rosa

James H. Macdonald

Karel Van de Weyde

Sander van Veen

Gemma Puig Davies

Jana Puig i Salas

Oscar Padilla-Ferrero
 
Finally, when two or more people appear in a single phrase or list, order them alphabetically by family name.

Exemple adequatSupervisors: Dr Juli Caubet-Puigverd and Dr Laura Ciminelli

Acknowledgements

The acknowledgements page names the individuals and organizations who helped you write the final project. Including this page is therefore regarded as good academic practice in all the ambits because it establishes your integrity as a researcher. Like the cover page, your institution may have guidelines about how to present the acknowledgements page and where it should go in the overall paper; whatever the case, it should be brief and contain the full names of all the individuals and organizations you thank, listed in the order that best represents the nature and importance of their contribution.  

Because the text is short, aim for variety in the way you express your thanks to avoid sounding repetitive, and distinguish between more formal acknowledgements (teachers, other professionals) and informal ones (family members, friends).

Exemple adequatThis final project and the research behind it would have been impossible without the support of my tutor and supervisor, Dr Sandra Puig Martín. I am indebted to her for the patience and painstaking care with which she guided me through the writing. Next, I wish to thank James Eberhart Jnr. and Natalia Lucchetti of the Institute of Theoretical and Computational Chemistry, who offered me practical advice during the last two months of writing, and express my gratitude to Iñigo Montoya at Sci-Tech Daresbury campus, UK Research and Innovation, whose insightful observations helped put the finishing touches to the paper. Finally, I also want to say thank you to my brother Jaume Armengol, whose moral support helped me get the project finished. In short, the generosity of all of these people improved my paper in many ways and saved me from many errors; those that inevitably remain are entirely my own responsibility.

Table of contents

Here is the complete table of contents of an English-language TFG on computer science called Protein Classification from Primary Structures in the Context of Database Biocuration (Terpugova, 2017):

Abstract
1
1 Introduction
2
1.1 Motivation and Objectives
3
1.2 Structure
4
2 Background
5
2.1 Protein primary structure classification
6
2.2 G-protein coupled receptors
6
2.3 Data description
8
2.3.1 Class C GPCR data
9
2.3.2 Database changes
10
2.4 Data curation
12
3 Previous Work
12
3.1 Protein sequence similarity measures
15
3.2 Protein sequence classification models
17
3.3 Previous research on GPCR class C
19
4 Methods
20
4.1 Alignment-free sequence transformations
20
4.1.1 Amino-acid composition and diagram composition
20
4.1.2 ACC transformation
21
4.1.3 Distributed representations
26
4.2 Classifiers
26
4.2.1 Support Vector Machines
27
4.2.2 Random Forest
28
4.2.3 Naive Bayes
28
4.3 Visualization techniques
29
4.3.1 PCA
29
4.3.2 T-SNE
30
4.4 Performance metrics
32
5 Experiments and results
33
5.1 Classification with different transformations
35
5.2 Comparison of prot2vec models with fixed hyper-parameters
37
5.3 Hyper-parameter selection for prot2vec and its comparison with ACC
38
5.4 Comparison of different classifiers
40
5.5 Visualization
40
5.5.1 PCA
41
5.5.2 T-SNE
43
6 Conclusion
43
6.1 Summary of Thesis Achievements
44
6.2 Future Work
45
Bibliography
52
Appendices
53
A Results of classification for different transformations
53
B Hyper-parameters comparison for prot2vec trained on GPCRdb
60
C Hyper-parameters comparison for prot2vec trained on Swiss-Prot
63



Finally, if you need to include an index of figures (information organized in charts, graphs, plots or drawings) and tables (information organized in columns and rows), put this on the page following the table of contents. Generally speaking, there is no need for you to include an index for any illustrations in the paper.

InformacióNote that this is just an example of what a table of contents might look like in a publication in the natural sciences.
For the purposes of your Final Project, your faculty will tell you what format you need to follow.

Title

Before researchers start work on a new topic, they need to look at the past work done in the same field. Of course, they cannot read all the work that has been published, so they make do with title scanning, a routine activity that involves checking lists of titles and deciding whether the content of the paper as a whole is important for their research. Thus, the title acts as a hook, and researchers often decide to read a paper (or at least move on to read the abstract) on the sole basis of the information provided in it.

Although the final project you write for your bachelor’s or master’s degree has no need to hook an audience – after all, you probably have a captive audience of only a handful of people (your tutor, supervisor and examiners) – you should still respect the function of the title. The title of your work will immediately reveal to your supervisor whether you have understood the demands and conventions of your chosen discipline. A good title attracts readers to your text, informs them of the content of your work and shows them that you are part of their community.

According to Viviana Soler, science titles come in four different types: nominal, compound, questions and full-sentence (Soler, 2007). The following subsections focus on the three types that are used most in natural sciences.


Nominal titles

Across all genres, nominal titles are possibly the most common title construction. Being the simplest form of title – essentially, a kind of name label – they are efficient and effective. The following is a typical nominal title.

Exemple adequatDetermining the Effectiveness of Decontamination with Ionized Hydrogen Peroxide

This type of title is a sentence fragment, not a full sentence; it is based on noun phrases and contains no finite verbs. It is ‘indicative’ in that it merely indicates what the paper discusses but gives no information about the findings.

Exemple adequatMonitoring the Refractive Index of Tissue Models Using Light Scattering Spectroscopy

Deep Learning Surrogate Models for Spatial and Visual Connectivity

Comparing Perturbation Models for Evaluating Stability of Neuroimaging Pipelines

The titles above are effective because they are specific but also reasonably short. You need to be able to strike a balance between including as much detail as possible while still keeping your title short.

Compound titles

A compound title offers context and then specific details.

Exemple adequatCognition and Alertness in Medical Students: Effects of a Single Night of Partial Sleep Deprivation

The title is nominal but, unlike the titles in Nominal titles, it is also compound: that is to say, it consists of two sentence fragments based on noun phrases joined by a colon. It specifies the nature of the study but remains compact. The first phrase gives a general description of the subject, which the second phrase explains in more detail.

The compound title offers a wide range of possibilities to researchers who are looking for attractive, informative titles for their research texts. It is normal to make some sort of general statement in the first phrase and then qualify that statement in the second. For example, the second phrase can limit the scope of a general research topic announced in the first.

Exemple adequatOnline Peer-to-Peer Support: Qualitative Analysis of UK and US Open Mental Health Facebook Groups

Novel Targets for Fast Antidepressant Responses: Possible Role of Endogenous Neuromodulators

Alternatively, it can identify the methodology or the techniques used.

Exemple adequatGas Hydrate In-Situ Formation and Dissociation in Clayey-Silt Sediments: An Investigation by Low-Field NMR

Self-Care for Caregivers of Individuals Living With Multiple Sclerosis: Testing Mediation Models of Caregiver Stress, Health, and Self-Care

Full-sentence titles

Studies in some branches of science lead to conclusive, evidence-based results. When this is the case, authors may assert their findings in a full-sentence title.

Exemple adequatMemantine Treatment Reduces the Incidence of Flaccid Paralysis in a Zika Virus Mouse Model of Temporary Paralysis with Similarities to Guillain–Barré syndrome

Neonatal Rotavirus-Associated Leukoencephalopathy Is One of the Main Causes of Fifth-Day Fits

The present tense is used for the verb. In the words of Haggan, “the use of the present tense here emphasizes the note of confident optimism being projected by the writer that what he is reporting stands true for all time or is not simply a one-off occurrence” (Haggan, 2004).

As well as all the factors discussed above, when writing your title bear in mind that it is the single most important phrase in your study, so make sure you give it the time and effort it deserves. Decide which word is the most important and, if possible, place it prominently in initial position. Writing a working title early in the research process focuses your efforts in much the same way as clearly defining the research problem; by constantly referring back to it, you can keep your research and your writing on track. However, although you may write your title early on, you will probably revise and modify it during the research process and only submit a final version once the research is complete.

Unless you are instructed otherwise, capitalize the first word of the title and all its nouns, pronouns, adjectives, verbs and adverbs; do not capitalize any articles, conjunctions or prepositions. Some but not all of the examples of titles provided above follow this rule; this is because they are from real research papers and in each case the journal in which the paper is published specifies which type of capitalization to use.

Write terms out in full. In general, avoid using abbreviations, which often have different meanings in different fields (for example, among various other meanings, PCR stands for polymerase chain reaction in molecular biology, pathologic complete response in cancer treatment, phosphocreatine in biochemistry, and principal component regression in statistics). However, where there is unlikely to be any confusion, for example with abbreviations for standard measurements or chemical names, using the shortened form may result in a neater title.

Finally, as for punctuation, as in all other ambits do not finish a title with a point.

Abstract and keywords

In all the ambits, the abstract should summarize the main aspects of your final project in an order that will generally include the purpose of your paper and the research problems you address; your research or methods; your findings as a result of an analysis; and a brief summary of your interpretations and conclusions.

As for the keywords section that follows the abstract, remember two things. First, a keyword can actually comprise a phrase of two to four words, and a phrase can sometimes be more effective in pointing a reader to your paper than a single word. Second, because the function of keywords is to supplement the information given in the title, try not to repeat any of the words from the title in the keywords section.


Abstract

The purpose of an abstract is to quickly and clearly provide an overview of your work. Begin with and focus on the most important information. Lead with the hypothesis, question or problem that you have been researching. Details that are not of primary importance should be explained in the rest of the paper, not the abstract.

The tone of an abstract for a scientific paper should be objective and relatively impersonal. The language should be “lean and literal”, without “superfluous details, colloquialisms, and idioms”(Mohammed and Radix, 2020) (these descriptions were referring to the abstracts of engineering papers but the same principles apply for papers in other hard or applied sciences.) There is no need to define technical terms; anyone interested in their definitions should look for them in the paper itself. As regards format, the abstract should be written as one single paragraph. It is typically between 200 and 300 words long, but ask your tutor for specific guidelines.

Structure your abstract as follows: background, aim(s), method, results and conclusion. Here is an example of an abstract with this basic and common structure (the bold numbers in square brackets mark the beginnings of the sections, which are discussed subsequently).

Exemple adequatDeveloping an Immersive 3D Data Visualization Engine

[1] As both data and ideas become increasingly complex, they become more difficult to represent. As a result, the field of data visualization is ever evolving. [2] The scope of this project was to devise a new multi-user immersive world using the popular Unity 3D Game Engine that can be used to visualize data in a simple, intuitive, manner given a data set with a number of parameters. [3] By learning C#, JavaScript, and the Unity Scripting Language, a working application was devised. Rather than merely plotting points, the application creates objects of various shapes, colors, sizes, and also contains a parameter for more information on the point (an interactive link which creates a web browser within the 3D world). [4] Evolving from a simple plotter to a complex application that features such abilities as rapidly hiding points of a specific parameter for better viewing, loading multiple CSV or TXT files, and interacting with data in immersive ways, the application has been a success. [5] It can be concluded that the Unity Engine is worthwhile in the development of data visualization software and is capable of handling hundreds of thousands of data points with ease. Further work can be done to improve the current application and more efficient programming methods could be implemented should they be found necessary.

Source: Southern California Conferences for Undergraduate Research

[1] Regarding the background information, at sentence level, the subjects will be things that predate the project (in the example above the subjects are data, ideas and the field of data visualization). Use verbs in the present tense, reflecting the current significance of your areas of study. There is no need to explain basic concepts as readers will already have knowledge of the field.

[2] Moving on to the aim(s) of your project, the subjects of your sentences should belong directly to your project. A typical sentence in this part of the abstract might begin “The main objective of this project was to [...]”. Now that you are referring to your project, use the past simple verb tense (because the text will be read once the project is finished).

[3] As regards the methods, specifying who conducted the experiments is superfluous; therefore, it is natural to use the passive voice (a working application was devised).

[4] In the abstract shown above, we might think that the results are lacking in detail, but this is not necessarily true. The abstract lists the ways in which the application was a success (rapidly hiding points of a specific parameter for better viewing, loading multiple CSV or TXT files, and interacting with data in immersive ways); and for more details, readers should explore the paper itself.

[5] Although some authors are justified in using the first person in their conclusions, maintaining an impersonal tone using the type of construction seen here (It can be concluded that [...]) is a safe strategy.

Here is another abstract, annotated below in similar fashion but written in a different style.

Exemple adequatDistinguishing Primary and Secondary Craters using Uplifted Crater Ejectae

[1] Five years ago, Dr. Gwen Barnes of the University of Idaho partook in a study that suggested that one could distinguish between a primary crater (a crater formed on a terrestrial surface by a foreign projectile) and a secondary crater (a crater formed by ejected target rock from said primary crater) based solely upon the uplifted crater ejecta. [2] Our main objective was to focus on one specific Lunar Mare, Mare Serenitatis, in hopes that we may more clearly confirm this relation when there is consistency in the target rock. [3] In order to gather a representative data set, we classified and measured over 300 craters using NASA’s LROC and a USGS program known as ISIS, or Integrated Software for Imagers and Spectrometers. [4] Ultimately, narrowing our research to one Mare ended up being detrimental to the study and our results did not match that which was found five years ago. [5] However, we were able to explore a handful of reasons as to why that could be and how we might fix this in future research.

Source: Southern California Conferences for Undergraduate Research

[1] In this case, the background information does not follow our advice to use the present tense. It could have been written as follows: A recent study by Dr. Gwen Barnes of the University of Idaho suggests that one could distinguish [...]. However, written as it is, in the past, it does not create a bad impression.

[2] The single aim of this study has been expressed neatly and efficiently. It breaks with the trend of remaining impersonal by using the first person: Our main objective and in hopes we may find [...]. Although this is slightly unusual for a paper in this field (perhaps because the author was an undergraduate, and therefore relatively inexperienced), there is nothing wrong with it. If you feel more comfortable expressing yourself in the first person in your abstract, do so.

[3] In this description of the methods, the abbreviation of Integrated Software for Imagers and Spectrometers is probably unnecessary.

[4] The main thing to note about the results is the honest recognition of an unexpected and unwanted result. This is good, as progress in science involves discovering the causes of mistaken predictions.

[5] It might have been interesting to include specific details of the conclusions, but this may have been impossible due to the word limit.

Finally, here is one more abstract, annotated in the same way but again quite different in style.

Exemple adequatDeep Reinforcement Learning-Based Controller for SOC Management of Multi-Electrical Energy Storage System

[1] The ongoing reduction of the total rotational inertia in modern power systems brings about faster frequency dynamics that must be limited to maintain a secure and economical operation. Electrical energy storage systems (EESSs) have become increasingly attractive to provide fast frequency response services due to their response times. However, proper management of their finite energy reserves is required to ensure timely and secure operation. [2] This paper proposes a deep reinforcement learning (DRL) based controller to manage the state of charge (SOC) of a Multi-EESS (M-EESS), providing frequency response services to the power grid. [3] The proposed DRL agent is trained using an actor–critic method called Deep Deterministic Policy Gradients (DDPG) that allows for continuous action and smoother SOC control of the M-EESS. Deep neural networks (DNNs) are used to represent the actor and critic policies. The proposed strategy comprises granting the agent a constant reward for each time step that the SOC is within a specific band of its target value combined with a substantial penalty if the SOC reaches its minimum or maximum allowable values. The proposed controller is compared to benchmark DRL methods and other control techniques, i.e., Fuzzy Logic and a traditional PID control. [4] Simulation results show the effectiveness of the proposed approach.

Source: F. Sanchez Gorostiza and F. M. Gonzalez-Longatt, “Deep Reinforcement Learning-Based Controller for SOC Management of Multi-Electrical Energy Storage System”, in IEEE Transactions on Smart Grid, vol. 11, no. 6, pp. 5039-5050, Nov. 2020, doi: 10.1109/TSG.2020.2996274

[1] The background is relatively lengthy, but this is perhaps necessary due to the specific and complex nature of the object of study. The use of abbreviated terms is appropriate as they are terms that require repetition within the abstract.

[2] The purpose of the study is defined clearly and without unnecessary complexity. Its tone is impersonal: This paper proposes [...].

[3] As is standard, the methods are written using the passive voice. Based on the length of this part, we can presume that the authors consider the methods to be the area that will be of most interest to fellow researchers. The level of detail shown here contrasts greatly with the results.

[4] For this final part, the authors seem to have deemed it sufficient to inform readers of nothing more than the fact that the approach worked, as a simulation.

Keywords

All researchers aspire to maximizing their readership. You are no exception: the more readers you have, the more your work will be cited, and the greater your academic visibility will be. The keywords section plays a fundamental role in ensuring that other researchers can find your work. To decide which words and phrases to include in this section, think about the main topics of your research and which terms you would type into a search box to find it. Include the following: words related to the main field of study, the most frequently used terms in your document, synonyms for some of the main concepts, acronyms, and any other term you feel may optimize a keyword search. Remember, though, that the function of keywords is to supplement the information given in the title, so try not to repeat any of the words from the title in the keywords section.

After your work has been published it may be sent to various databases where it will be indexed on the basis of the words in the keywords section, the title and the abstract. If these sections contain words and phrases that other researchers use to search the literature, then your work will appear towards the top of their search results.

So, for the keywords section of the abstract Deep Reinforcement Learning-Based Controller for SOC Management of Multi-Electrical Energy Storage System (see Abstract), any of the following terms could be suitable for inclusion.

Exemple adequatKeywords: communication, networking and broadcast technologies; computing and processing; power; energy and industry applications; state of charge; frequency response; frequency control; energy storage; time-frequency analysis; power system stability; electrical energy storage systems; frequency response; state of charge control; reinforcement learning.

Introduction

In all the ambits, the introduction should lead your reader from generalization to your particular field of research. It sets the context for the research you have conducted by summarizing the current understanding about the topic, stating the purpose of your paper, possibly as a hypothesis, question, or research problem, outlining your rationale and describing the remaining structure.

The following subsections look at important aspects of writing the introduction to a paper in the natural sciences.


General guidelines

In the natural sciences, the introduction helps the reader understand the final project’s wider context, its purpose, and its relevance. It is logical for you to start with the project’s general background before developing its specific details. With this in mind, progress towards the specific nature of your project relatively quickly. Avoid writing lengthy explanations regarding basic contextual aspects (things about which the person assessing your work will already be perfectly knowledgeable). Demonstrate your understanding of fundamental aspects, but do not waste time getting to the point, i.e., the original nature of your work.

In English generally, but especially in scientific texts, efficiency of language is valued. In the introduction in particular, cut out anything that is not highly relevant to your central argument; only discuss the most pertinent details, leaving the others to be explained subsequently in your Methods, Results and Discussion sections.

The introduction may contain some (but not necessarily all) of the following:

  • A description of the general topic and background

  • A literature review

  • Definitions of terms

  • A problem statement

  • The paper’s scope and aims

  • A hypothesis

  • An outline of the planning and/or methodology


When thinking about what you need to cover, consider the type of approach used for a problem statement. This involves answering the five Ws: who, what, where, when and why. If your introduction properly addresses these five questions, you have probably included most of the necessary content.

Verb tenses

To describe the paper’s context, generally use present verb tenses (present simple, present continuous and present perfect), thus situating your project in the here and now.

Exemple adequatComputer vision allows us to automate tasks that would otherwise require human visual capacity. Over the last decade, its uses have increased significantly. Now researchers are seeking to integrate it with deep learning techniques.

However, you may sometimes need to use past tenses when detailing its background.

Exemple adequatThe previous research was carried out using the 2011 version of the database, but new and improved versions have since become available.

To state the purpose of the project, you should use the full infinitive.

Exemple adequatThe aim of this study is to design a new digital control system for a Taylor–Couette machine.

Active voice and the first person

In the introduction to a paper, when you are explaining the premises of your study, most of the time you will probably need to state who is doing what, so use the active voice rather than the passive voice, which is more appropriate when the agent performing an action needs no mention or is unknown.

Exemple no admissibleThe topic of digitally controlling pre-turbulent flows is going to be explored.

The topic of digitally controlling pre-turbulent flows is going to be explored by this paper.

Exemple adequatI am going to explore the topic of digitally controlling pre-turbulent flows.

The sentence in the second box above is clear and direct, and it is the best option. In the first sentence in the first box, although the identity of the person who will be exploring the topic seems relatively obvious, it is better to be wholly unambiguous; furthermore, the sentence fails to respect the principle of end focus (see the explanation on respecting end focus in Subjects and verbs). The second sentence in that box also fails in terms of end focus, finishing on a dull note.

If you, the writer, are the agent performing the action in the sentence (this is likely to be the case very often, as you are the person conducting the project), simply use the first-person pronouns I or my. Only use the third-person plural we or our if you performed the actions as part of a group or, possibly, if you are referring to people or society in general (for example, “most of us do not expect to experience space travel”), although it is unlikely you will need to do this very often.

The impersonal it

Sometimes the subject of a sentence is best left unstated, making it impersonal. One way of doing this is to use a passive construction beginning with the word it.

Exemple no admissiblePeople may subsequently prove that such transitions are possible.  

Someone may subsequently prove that such transitions are possible.
 
Exemple adequatIt may subsequently be proven that such transitions are possible.

Nevertheless, if when revising your draft you find many sentences with this structure, consider whether there are better options that can accurately specify the subject using the active voice.

Articles

To talk about a general truth relating to any given entity, you should normally use either no article, the indefinite article or, if the entity is countable, the plural. In the following examples, this is the case with the words water, ice, conductor and object and with the phrase electrical charge.  

Exemple adequatWater is denser than ice.  

A conductor is an object or material that allows electrical charge to flow in one or more directions.

Nominalization

Many verbs can be nominalized by using a noun based on the same root word as the verb.

Noun
Verb
analysis
analyse
test
test
investigation
investigate
study
study

Note that it is generally better to avoid nominalizations (see Avoid nominalizations), i.e., use a verb form rather than the nominalization of the verb.

Exemple inadequatMy aim is to conduct an analysis of how temperature regulation is affected by this process.

They did tests on three samples of each material.

Exemple adequatMy aim is to analyse how temperature regulation is affected by this process.

They tested three samples of each material.
 
However, this is not always possible. In the second example just above, if you were referring to a specific type of test, you might need to use the nominalized form.  

Exemple adequatThey did uniaxial tensile tests on three samples of each material.

Certainty and hedging

Choose the words that best reflect how certain you are. If you are certain that something is true, you can probably state the facts in just a simple sentence following the basic pattern of subject + verb + object.  

Exemple adequatSpecimen A never grows as quickly as specimen B.

If you think something is true but cannot prove it beyond all doubt, your words need to reflect this.  

Exemple adequatIt is almost certain that specimen A can never grow as quickly as specimen B.

This evidence indicates that specimen A will never grow as quickly as specimen B.  

It appears that specimen A will never grow as quickly as specimen B.

If you have an idea about which you are uncertain, use an expression similar to one of the following.

Exemple adequatIt is possible that specimen A will never grow as quickly as specimen B.

It may be that specimen A will never grow as quickly as specimen B.

Nevertheless, establish as much certainty as possible. For more examples of hedging as well as explanations of why it is best kept to a minimum, see Do not hedge to excess.

Literature review

In the introduction, you may find it appropriate to mention previous works in the same field. You should certainly mention works that underlie your study, i.e., works without which yours would not be possible. If there are not many relevant works, include your references to them in the main body of your introduction. However, if there are numerous works to highlight, create a literature review section for this purpose alone.

When explaining relevant details of past works, use the past tense.

Exemple adequatChapman and Crumplin (1992) demonstrated the effectiveness of this method.

If you need to use the present tense – perhaps because other authors in your field do – then do so throughout your text. In all other cases, just use the past tense.

For general recommendations on citations and references, see Referencing styles.

Main body

The main body of a natural sciences paper generally comprises the three sections Methods, Results and Discussion. These are obviously parts of your paper where you need to exercise great care, making sure that their content and the content of the rest of the text remains consistent and coherent.


Methods

In the natural sciences, the essential criterion for a methods section is that it must enable people to replicate the work performed, allowing them to verify the results or further develop the same line of research. Therefore, the reader needs a clear explanation of the sequence of actions taken. When writing your methods section, use the past tense to describe what you did in chronological order.

In relation to your methods, you may find it useful to try to answer the five Ws (see also General guidelines): what (meaning the materials and techniques); where (for example, in a lab designed for your purpose, or perhaps in a location that may have had an unwanted influence on your outcome); when (how long each process took, the time lapse between each stage); why (for example, why one method rather than another); and who (for example, people whose techniques you replicated, or participants involved in tests).


Language

  • Verb tenses

    In your methods write-up, you must describe actions you have already taken. Therefore, write about them using past tenses (past simple, past continuous and past perfect).

    Exemple adequatOnce the seeds had been planted, the temperature was lowered to 4°C.

    To state the purpose of an action, you should use the full infinitive.  

    Exemple adequatThe distributed representations are built to capture the statistical properties of the dataset.

    For more emphasis, precede the full infinitive with the words in order.  

    Exemple adequatThe distributed representations are built in order to capture the statistical properties of the dataset.

  • Passive voice

    The advantage of using the passive voice is that you need not state the agent that performs the action. This is desirable if the identity of the agent is not an important factor in the process described or if the agent’s identity is obvious and needs no mentioning. This will often be the case in the methods section. Generally, focus on the object of the study, not the person conducting it.

    Exemple no admissibleIt was first seen that there were vortex formations at 28 rev/s.

    I first saw vortex formations at 28 rev/s.

    Exemple adequatVortex formations were first seen at 28 rev/s.

    The first sentence in the first box above is unnecessarily long; and in the second sentence, the identity of the seer is superfluous information. The sentence in the second box, which uses the passive voice, is best.

    In the example above, there is no need to identify the subject. In other cases, however, if the lack of a subject in a passive sentence created ambiguity, it would probably be better to use the active voice.

  • Connectors

    Given what has been explained above, that you should describe your method in chronological order, it makes sense to words and phrases that clarify the sequence of the process, like next, then, once, after this, after that, following this, following that or subsequently.

    Exemple adequatEach of the shifted sequences is then used to form training samples.
    Once we had researched the state of the art in computer image recognition, reviewed the literature and selected libraries (OpenCV) and the most appropriate techniques (SIFT and SURF), the next step was to prove, by experiment, the following hypothesis.

Graphics

The graphics in your final project are the figures, which organize information into graphs, charts, plots, diagrams and illustrations, and the tables, which organize information into columns and rows.

When you display figures, the clearest way to refer to them is to make them the subject of the sentence.

Exemple inadequatIn Figure 4, we can see the path of the particles in the fluid, with some being projected towards the outer wall by centrifugal force.

The path of the particles in the fluid, with some being projected towards the outer wall by centrifugal force, is shown in Figure 4.

Exemple adequatFigure 4 shows the path of the particles in the fluid, with some being projected towards the outer wall by centrifugal force.

Although the first and second constructions in the first box above are not wrong, and in this case are not even particularly problematic, as a general rule the simplest, clearest and most advisable construction is the sentence in the second box.

Directly below the figure you should include a legend, and you can simply recycle the same wording; in this case, for example, we only need to remove the word shows.

Exemple adequatFigure 4. The path of the particles in the fluid, with some being projected towards the outer wall by centrifugal force


In the case of tables, include the legend directly before the graphic, not after it.

To ensure that the reader understands the main sequence of events, i.e., the key stages in your process, you may want to include a flow diagram in your methods section. Flow diagrams include a relatively minimal amount of text; a label for each stage in the process should probably suffice. Give more detailed explanations in adjacent paragraphs. However, do not make the labels so brief that someone unfamiliar with the project will find it hard to understand them.

The same advice applies for the headings in tables: it is better for the column headers to be long than it is for them to be unintelligible.

Results

The results section of a scientific paper is about one thing: the data. You need to present your data as clearly as possible. And although there will be some writing involved, it should refer to the data, which will be presented in tables and figures. (Much of the content in this section is based on the Bates College Guide How to Write a Paper in Scientific Journal Style and Format , by Greg Anderson.)

When you are planning your results section, first decide what information you need to show in your tables and figures, and then decide on a logical order for this information. This order may well mirror the structure of your introduction or methods section as you look to answer the research questions you proposed or present the outcomes of the experiments performed.

Your results should really speak for themselves. The text you write should simply help explain the data, and it should do so objectively. Describing the results objectively means also including any negative results that do not align with your hypotheses. That said, you should focus on what worked, rather than what did not. Any discussion or interpretation of the data should be kept for the discussion section of your paper. As you performed your experiments in the past, use the past tense when talking about the results.

Exemple adequatThere was a significant decrease in time per search and memory use. (Adapted from Cuadrat, 2012)

The example above talks about a significant decrease. Take care when using the word significant. Only use it when describing results that are statistically significant, i.e., results that are unlikely to have occurred due to chance or sampling error. If this is not what you want to express, then simply describe the change (“There was a decrease in time per search and memory use”) or use a different adjective (“There was a considerable decrease in time per search and memory use”). As in this example, results are often presented using “there was/were” or the passive tense; however, you can also use the active voice to make your statements clearer and more concise, e.g., “Time per search and memory use decreased”.


Presenting the data

  • Presenting your results

    The focus of the results section is not the writing, but the data. This part of the Llibre d’estil looks briefly at the different ways you can present your results in the text, in tables and figures.  

    If your results can be summarized clearly and easily in just a few words, then do this. Give a quick explanation and include the data in brackets.  

    Exemple adequatThe differences between the OSR and the OSMAnd clone routing searches were minimal (14 m and 8 m). (Adapted from Cuadrat, 2012  )

  • Tables and figures  

    Your experiments will have produced a series of data that need organizing. The easiest way to organize these data is to prepare tables and figures. Tables and figures should present your data in a way that they are self-explanatory. In other words, they should be able to stand alone without any accompanying text and still be easily understood by your readers.  

    Likewise, once you have produced your tables and figures, you should be able to see a logical sequence that will help you explain the key results. This sequence can then be used to number your tables and figures. The numbering is separate for tables and figures, i.e., Table 1, Table 2, etc., and Figure 1, Figure 2, etc. (and not Table 1, Figure 2, Table 3, etc.).  

    You need to identify your tables and figures clearly with legends. They go above tables, and below figures. These legends should be short, but clear and comprehensive. They must explain what data the reader will find.  

    Exemple adequatTable 1. Values monitored in the testing (CPU load, memory use, time per search, and quality of the route) for each data file, each case, and online/offline status (Adapted from Cuadrat, 2012  )

    You must refer to all the tables and figures in your text. If you include a table or figure, it must serve some purpose; do not add a table or figure if it is not going to back up (or refute) your hypothesis. When you refer to them, use Table X and Fig. Y, respectively. In other words, abbreviate the word figure, but not table.

Examples from the literature

  • Tables

    Tables are relatively straightforward. They are the easiest way to present your raw data. However, you should not just dump all your raw data into them without first filtering, ordering and categorizing them. This categorization should be clearly marked by giving each column a logical heading. Although you must keep headings short, they must be understandable – in other words, better long than unintelligible. Tables are not designed to show trends or patterns; this is what figures are for.

    Table 1. Values monitored in the testing (CPU load, memory use, time per search, and quality of the route) for each data file, each case and online/offline status (Adapted from Cuadrat, 2012  )

    Values monitored in the testing

  • Figures

    Figures, in turn, provide a visual depiction of your data that often makes it easier to highlight trends or key findings. There are a wide range of different types of figures: from photographs and illustrations to pie charts and scattergrams. The best choice in each case will depend on the type of data you have and the point you want to make. If you are not sure which format is best, try presenting the data in a number of formats and then choose the one which presents your data most clearly.

    Photographs, illustrations and screenshots can present information quickly and easily; their use should be clear. Maps are an obvious example.

    Areas with 3G coverage in Spain

    Figure 1. Areas with 3G coverage in Spain (Adapted from Cuadrat, 2012  )

    However, generally speaking, you will have a greater need for the typical types of figures used to portray data visually: bar charts, pie charts, line graphs, scattergrams, etc.

    Bar charts are best used to easily compare one variable in different categories.  

    Prices of the healthy food basket

    Figure 2. Prices of the healthy food basket in 18 shops in deprived areas with poor access to healthy food (blue) and in 2 large supermarkets (orange) (Adapted from Duval, 2016  )

    Pie charts can be used to compare proportions.

    Share of worldwide 2011 smartphone sales

    Figure 3. Share of worldwide 2011 smartphone sales to end users by operating system (Adapted from Cuadrat, 2012  )

    Line graphs can be used to illustrate change; they are often used to illustrate change over time, for example.

    Layout execution time

    Figure 4. Layout execution time (Adapted from Ciberta, 2014  )

    Scattergrams are used to illustrate two variables simultaneously and are often used to highlight a pattern or trend.

    Premier League: shots taken vs. faced per match (2017/18)

    Figure 5. Premier League: shots taken vs. faced per match (2017/18) (Adapted from Mayhew, 2018  )

    These are common types of figures, but there are many other kinds. Take advantage of tools like MS Excel or Google Sheets to experiment with different formats until you find the ideal way to present your data clearly and coherently.

Discussion

To recap the three main parts of the paper outlined in previous sections: the introduction presents the context and aim(s) of your study; the methods section explains how you investigated the problem and probed for possible solutions; and the results section is all about the data you obtained. The purpose of the discussion section is to tie together everything that came in the previous three sections, explaining what it all means. Now — and only now — is the time to provide personal interpretations of your research. You must analyse the results obtained, point out any strengths or weaknesses in your methods that reinforce or weaken whatever conclusions you draw from the analysis, and clarify how your findings relate to your objectives.

Rather than using a template, the thread of your discussion section must be based on your own interpretations, translating your ideas into logical arguments that other people can easily understand. With this in mind, develop your ideas as fully as possible before you start writing the discussion section; after writing the previous three sections, spend further time considering the nature and limitations of the arguments you intend to put forward in your discussion.

Despite this need for an individual perspective, there are some relatively standard patterns that you may choose to follow in terms of structure and the literature has identified a variety of moves that researchers often use when discussing and interpreting their findings (for details on these, see Hopkins & Dudley-Evans [1988] , Swales [1990] , Holmes [1997] and Yang & Allison [2003] ). The following subsections summarize the four most common moves and consider the question of their order.


Move 1 and Move 2

Move 1: Background information

Make a brief statement reminding readers of the central problem or aims announced in the introduction. This repeats information given earlier, but it re-focuses the reader’s attention on the main issue after two sections (methods and results) that have narrowly focused on the specific work that you have done.  

Move 1 is often introduced with phrases like these.

Exemple adequatThis study investigated/examined/explored…

The purpose/aim of this study was to…

This study hypothesized that…

Move 2: Statement of results

Recap your most important results. This may seem unnecessary after you have just written a whole section on results, but it helps readers to focus on the main message of the results section.

Move 2 is often introduced with phrases like these.

Exemple adequatWe demonstrated that…

Our results prove…

Our study shows…

Our findings shed new light on…

The present study confirmed our hypothesis that…

Move 3

Move 3: Comment on results

In this move, tell readers what your results mean in the context of the research field and the questions raised in the introduction.

  • Step 1: Interpret results

    Make a general claim about what your experimental results mean. If possible, use affirmative statements in the present tense, indicating that your finding will continue to hold true. Only use modal verbs of uncertainty and doubt (may, might, could) and hedging verbs (suggest, indicate, seem, suggest) if you are unable to prove your results.

    Move 3, Step 1 is often introduced with phrases like these.

    Exemple adequatThis proves that…  

    The implication is that…

    This finding clearly shows that…

  • Step 2: Compare results with the literature

    Comparing your results with the work of other researchers has several functions: among others, it places your work in a context, which highlights its relevance, and supports (or refutes) current understanding. The language used in this step is often that of agreement and support.

    Move 3, Step 2 is often introduced with phrases like these.

    Exemple adequatThe findings of the current study support those by…

    The results were consistent with those reported in…

    Our findings agree with the findings made by…

    Like [name of author], we found that…

    Our results go beyond those of previous studies and show that…

    Unlike [name of author], we did not find…

  • Step 3: Explain results

    In this step, explain what you have found. The language used tends to be that of cause and effect. Most of the key sentences are written in the present simple tense and often in the passive. State whether your findings were expected or unexpected and, particularly in the latter case, say what you had been expecting and why, and then provide an explanation for the difference. This explanation need not be definitive and may be merely speculative, but readers will be unsatisfied if you leave any surprises unaccounted for.

    Move 3, Step 3 is often introduced with phrases like these.

    Exemple adequatOne possible explanation for this difference is that…

    This can be explained by…

    This may be because…

    This is caused by…

    Surprisingly/Unexpectedly, we found that…perhaps because we were unable to ensure that the [X] variable remained constant.

  • Step 4: Evaluate results

    In this step, summarize the main implications of your findings and their significance. Explain whether they support other work in the literature and how they contribute to further the understanding of the research problem. Has your study responded fully or only partially to your research question? Does it raise new questions? Can your answer be related to other research questions or does it support or call into question current hypotheses in the field? Again, if necessary, use hedging language to limit the force of your claim.

    Exemple adequatOverall, these findings are consistent with other research and show that…

    These results may be useful for researchers seeking to innovate in…

    Our findings provide valuable insight into…

    The broad implications of the present research are that…

    These findings provide a potential explanation for…

    Likewise, make sure that you point out the limitations of your work. All studies have limitations, and it is important that you recognize them. Remember, too, that the limitations you identify may be an opportunity for future research. A typical source of limitations is the methodology you used: if the sample is too small, it may be difficult to find significant relationships; if there is little prior research on the topic, your study may have a weak foundation; if the data is self-reported, there may be biases due to selective memory, attribution or exaggeration. Another source of limitations is the time you have available. Discuss limitations in the past tense and use subordinating conjunctions such as although and prepositions such as despite to contrast strong and weak points.

    Exemple adequatAlthough differences were found between the control and the experimental group, they were not significant.

    Despite the scalability limitations of our method, it was effective for small batches of samples.

    A further limitation of our study is that we analysed a small sample.

    Our study does not provide a complete picture of...

    One concern about our findings is that…

Move 4

Move 4: Make suggestions and recommendations

Suggest how your results can be used to solve the problem raised in the introduction and recommend how your work and findings can be extended by future research. Modal verbs (may, might, could, should, must) and key words such as future research, further study, etc. are often found in this move.

Exemple adequatFurther research is required to determine…

Future studies should focus on…

Another interesting avenue for future research would be to…

Reordering moves

You may decide to present these moves in the same sequence they are numbered here, but general writing practice in the discussion section varies considerably from one discipline to another, and even from one text to another, so you have the freedom to be creative. You can present the moves in a different sequence if this suits your purposes. You may even find that you initiate Move 3 and go through the various steps several times with different individual results. Also, the model described above gives no indication about length. By way of example, the following opening of a discussion section from a research paper on memantine treatment deals with Move 1 in one sentence and Move 2 in three.  

Exemple adequatThe primary purpose of this study was to investigate the possible role of N-methyl-D-aspartate receptor in the development of temporary paralysis caused by ZIKV using memantine, an inhibitor of this receptor. In two independent experiments, memantine reduced the incidence of paralysis, which suggests that activation of this receptor is associated with paralysis. A distinguishing pathological event in this mouse model is that pre-synaptic terminals becomes detached or retracted from alpha-motor neurons in paralyzed mice. The synapses are then re-associated upon recovery of paralysis. A hypothesis for future studies, therefore, is that glutamate excitotoxicity mediated by N-methyl-D-aspartate receptors signals synaptic retraction and paralysis, and that resolution of glutamate excitotoxicity might reverse the paralysis of ZIKV-induced Guillain–Barré syndrome.

(Siddharthan et al., 2020  )

One final question that you need to ask is whether your research report requires a separate conclusion section. The answer will probably depend on the scientific discipline in which you are working, your personal preferences and the complexity of your study. Ask your supervisor for advice.

However, if you have followed all the moves and steps outlined above, a separate conclusion section will probably not be necessary. Essentially, the conclusion of a research report has to restate the research question or problem and summarize the answer; explain the practical or theoretical implications of the answer; and identify the limitations of the study and give ideas for future research. All of this information has already been given in the discussion, so your research has a conclusion whether you write a separate section or not; and if you include a conclusions section, you may run the risk of simply repeating yourself. If you feel (or are told) that a separate conclusion is necessary, consider finishing your discussion after Move 3, Step 3, and using this information, together with the information from Move 4, in a conclusion section.

Conclusion

In papers in the natural sciences, the purpose of a conclusion section is often fulfilled by the discussion, which does everything a conclusion would do: restate the research question or problem and summarize the answer; explain the practical or theoretical implications of the answer; and identify the limitations of the study and give ideas for future research. For this reason, your research already has a conclusion whether you write a separate section or not; and if you include a conclusions section, you may run the risk of simply repeating yourself.

However, if you have been instructed that you should include a conclusion, consider finishing your discussion after Move 3, Step 3 and use this information, together with the information from Move 4, in a conclusion section. Alternatively, ask your supervisor for advice.

Referencing styles

Referencing is an important part of academic writing because it shows where you got your information from. When you use someone else’s work or ideas, you have to acknowledge their effort by placing a reference in the text and in the reference list at the end. If you do not, you may be accused of plagiarism. The system you use in each case will be different but you must always use the same one: that is to say, you must use the same referencing style.

There are many different referencing styles, but the most common styles in the natural sciences are Chicago , Harvard (whose style is explained online by a number of different institutions, including the Open University’s Library Services ) and the Publication Manual of the American Psychological Association(APA) . Such guides stipulate the information you must include, the order it must be in and how it must be punctuated. They also stipulate the differences between referencing in the text and in the reference list, and how to reference different text types.

In the APA style for in-text references, for example, you must include the name of the author or authors and the year of publication, and you may decide to include the page number. The in-text reference itself may be a paraphrase or a quotation.

Exemple adequatCertain authors have supported the importance of determining whether glutamate excitotoxicity mediated by N-methyl-D-aspartate receptors signals synaptic retraction and paralysis (Siddharthan et al., 2020).

Exemple adequatThe authors proposed that “a hypothesis for future studies [...] is that glutamate excitotoxicity mediated by N-methyl-D-aspartate receptors signals synaptic retraction and paralysis” (Siddharthan et al., 2020, p. 21).

The APA style for referencing a work in the list of references at the end of the text depends on whether the work is a book or journal article. In the case of a book, the style is as follows: Author, A. (Year of publication). Title of book. Publisher.

Exemple adequatPuig Rovira, C. (2018). Experimental Models of Global and Focal Ischemia. Routledge.

In the case of an article, the style is as follows: Author, A.A., Author, B.B., & Author, C.C. (Year of publication). Title of article. Title of journal, volume, issue, pages.

Exemple adequatPuig Rovira, C., & Benway, J. (2020). The four-vessel occlusion model in rats. Drugs, Addiction and Memory, 37(2), 17–32.
 
There are many good self-help websites on how to correctly reference your sources following APA guidelines. One such is published by the Purdue Online Writing Lab website , which also offers help on other citation systems.

Literature review

You may not need to include this section (check with your supervisor), but a literature review can provide a valuable foundation on which to base your thesis and the rest of your TFG or TFM. The aim is to outline the academic context in which you have proposed your research question and explain how it contributes to the work that has already been done. It should not simply be a list of references, but a synthesis of what you have gained from these sources in order to propose the gaps that still need to be filled.  

Start by telling your reader why you selected the sources you reference, which should only be those that have directly influenced your research question. You should have a diverse range, including primary sources (such as research reports, data, photographs) and secondary sources (such as academic reviews).

Editing your text

  • General considerations

    In all the ambits, while it might be tempting to submit your final project as soon as you have inserted the final full stop, do not be so quick to forget about it completely!

    When you start planning the project, look at how much time you have before the hand-in date. Leave yourself a few days between finishing your draft and submitting the finished paper to read through your work with fresh, critical eyes. This will give you time to take a step back from your work and spot any mistakes, add important information you may have overlooked or take out anything you now deem to be redundant.

    This process is known as editing and is an essential part of publication. It might seem daunting at first, but it increases the academic quality of your work. It is much easier to criticize and make improvements to your writing than it is to create content from scratch. The bulk of the work is done, now this is your chance to polish it off.

    Finally, print out your project. This helps you see your writing with fresh eyes, as if it were written by someone else. Take a different coloured pen and do not be afraid to cross things out or add comments to the page. Visualizing the editing process before you make and save your changes will help guide you through the process.

  • Structure

    When you first start the editing process, focus on the overarching structure of the project. Make sure your discussion presents your ideas in a logical order, that it flows through your argument and leads the reader to a coherent conclusion. Do not be afraid to rearrange your paragraphs, perhaps turning two shorter paragraphs into one paragraph or cutting out unnecessary introductions to create space for more valuable content. If you do this, however, read through the project again to ensure your new order flows logically.

  • Content

    It is common to finish a draft over the word limit, but that limit exists for a reason. Concise writing is an art form, and even if you have not managed it so far, editing your work tightens up your ideas and leaves you with a clean and polished paper. Here are a few tips for this final stage:

    • Delve in a little deeper. Look at the sentences that make up your paragraphs. In Catalan and Spanish, the tendency is to write long sentences with lots of information. However, English-speaking readers are much more receptive to shorter sentences that break up the information into digestible chunks and facilitate their understanding of your argument. That being said, these are often used alongside longer, more complex sentences to make the paragraph more interesting to read and easier to understand (see Sentence variety). Look out for repetitions. Your reader will have good academic skills, so avoid explaining your points more than once, or extending your argument with redundant examples, simply to stress how important you think it is.  

    • Check your ideas against your original plan. Have you included everything you believed would be useful during your research stage? A lot of preparation has gone into this project. Make sure you have not left anything important out, but also only include the most relevant arguments in your discussion, those that will lead the reader to the clear conclusions you have drawn. Do all the points you make help answer the question or title of your paper? Everything you write should be relevant.  

    • Have another look at your introduction. It might not have been the first thing you wrote; but now you have had a chance to look at the whole text as a body of work, does your introduction do its job? Does it signpost your reader through your work? Make sure to revise it, especially if you moved things around as you edited!


  • Spelling

    Make sure your spelling is consistent throughout your paper (See Spelling at the UB for more details). Also check common spelling mistakes caused by confusion between there, their and they’re, or our and are, or it’s and its. These are common signs that you failed to proofread your work and can lead your reader to draw negative conclusions about your competence.

    Finally, always run a spelling and grammar check once you have finished writing. It may pull up some errors you missed in your own proofreading!

  • Punctuation

    Review your use of commas. Even native English speakers have trouble using commas correctly, but they can make or break your writing. One trick is to put commas where you would naturally take a pause when speaking. (Note that Purdue University offers excellent advice on using commas.) Try reading your paper aloud, which might also help you spot other mistakes, such as repetitions. Finally, consider using semicolons to join longer sentences, particularly when building an argument.  

  • Check and recheck your references

    Reference your citations correctly. Take another look at the referencing style guide recommended for your degree. Check that all your citations include the relevant information and whether they are listed as footnotes or embedded within the text itself. Check that your bibliography is listed in alphabetical order and include all the information that is relevant to the publication of each source. Again, the information you need to include will be detailed in the referencing style guide you are using.

  • Feedback

    Asking for feedback is one of the most useful ways to help improve the academic quality of your paper. If your tutor offers to read a draft of your final project, accept! After all, the tutor is the person who will be marking the final version. Once you have spent so long engaged in the writing stage, it is often difficult to see your own mistakes or spot ways in which you can improve.

    If you have already handed work in and had it marked, look at the feedback from your teachers. Are there any recurring comments? Have they given you any tips on how to structure your paper more effectively? Look at all their comments as constructive criticism and apply this to your final project. Swap your work with a classmate to get a fresh perspective. Peer learning can be very effective, especially when someone looks at your work objectively.

Social sciences

This part of the Llibre d’estil offers practical advice about writing the most typical parts of a final project in the social sciences. Our advice is organized into ten sections, each supported by practical examples. The sections Cover page, Acknowledgements, Table of contents, Title, Abstract and keywords, Introduction, Main body and Conclusion look at the different parts of the paper. The sections Referencing styles and Editing your text consider the paper as a whole.

Cover page

Your supervisor will provide you with guidelines about the layout of your cover page, specifying which parts should be in English or not. Remember that at the UB, the preferred full terms for the TFG and TFM are treball final de grau and treball final de màster, respectively. In English, those are translated as the “bachelor’s degree final project” and the “master’s degree final project”.

Unless you are instructed otherwise, italicize the title of the project and capitalize the first word and all nouns, pronouns, adjectives, verbs and adverbs. Do not capitalize articles, conjunctions or prepositions.

Exemple adequatAssociation between Attitudes of Adolescent Girls towards Alcohol Consumption and Selected Demographic Variables
 

Capitalize the first word of a subtitle after a colon, whatever part of speech it is.

Exemple adequatSelf-Esteem in Young Male Adults: The Positive Effects of a Three-Month Physical-
Exercise Programme
 

Use roman type rather than italics for any works mentioned in the title.

Exemple adequatImplementing information and communication technologies in schools using the TINTIN research project


Preserve all the diacritics in people’s names.

Exemple adequatTutor: Dr Núria González Sarrió
Supervisors: Dr Birgit Schröder and Dr Bela Vojtĕch


Also respect people’s preferences with their names by preserving their use of capital and small letters and their treatment of articles, prepositions and conjunctions.

Exemple adequatHelena De La Rosa

James H. Macdonald

Karel Van de Weyde

Sander van Veen

Gemma Puig Davies

Jana Puig i Salas

Oscar Padilla-Ferrero
 
Finally, when two or more people appear in a single phrase or list, order them alphabetically by family name.

Exemple adequatSupervisors: Dr Juli Caubet-Puigverd and Dr Laura Ciminelli

Acknowledgements

The acknowledgements page names the individuals and organizations who helped you write the final project. Including this page is therefore regarded as good academic practice in all the ambits because it establishes your integrity as a researcher. Like the cover page, your institution may have guidelines about how to present the acknowledgements page and where it should go in the overall paper; whatever the case, it should be brief and contain the full names of all the individuals and organizations you thank, listed in the order that best represents the nature and importance of their contribution.  

Because the text is short, aim for variety in the way you express your thanks to avoid sounding repetitive, and distinguish between more formal acknowledgements (teachers, other professionals) and informal ones (family members, friends).

Exemple adequatThis final project and the research behind it would have been impossible without the support of my tutor and supervisor, Dr Sandra Puig Martín. I am indebted to her for the patience and painstaking care with which she guided me through the writing. Next, I wish to thank James Eberhart Jnr. and Natalia Lucchetti of the Teacher IN-service Training In Networks, who offered me practical advice during the last two months of writing, and express my gratitude to Iñigo Montoya at the Institute of Education Sciences, whose insightful observations helped put the finishing touches to the paper. Finally, I also want to say thank you to my brother Jaume Armengol, whose moral support helped me get the project finished. In short, the generosity of all of these people improved my paper in many ways and saved me from many errors; those that inevitably remain are entirely my own responsibility.

Table of contents

Here is the table of contents of a social sciences paper called Jazz Chants for Vowel Reduction and Language-Learning Motivation in Spanish High-School Learners of English:

Table of contents



1 Abstract
3
2 Introduction
4
3 Literature Review
7
3.1 Pronunciation Instruction
8
3.2 English as a Foreign Language
9
3.2.1 Katakana English and English in Japan
11
3.2.2 English in France
14
3.2.3 English in Spain
15
3.3 Previous Studies
17
3.3.1 First Stage
18
3.3.2 Second Stage
20
3.3.3 Implications for Teaching
22
3.4 Jazz Chants
24
4 Methodology
26
4.1 Participants
26
4.2 Materials and Assessment Tools
27
4.3 Procedure
29
4.4 Data Analysis
30
5 Results
31
5.1 Descriptive Statistics
31
5.2 Independent Samples T-Tests
35
5.3 Paired Samples T-Tests
38
5.4 Correlations
41
6 Discussion
43
6.1 Hypothesis Confirmation
43
6.1.1 The First Hypothesis
43
6.1.2 The Second Hypothesis
44
6.1.3 The Third Hypothesis
45
6.2 Comparison of Findings
46
6.3 Implications for Teaching
48
6.4 Limitations and Future Research
50
References
52
Appendices
56
Appendix A. Questionnaire on Motivation
56
Appendix B. Text for Recording
57
Appendix C. Assessment Rubric
58
Appendix D. Jazz Chants
59
Appendix E. Lesson Plans
61




Finally, if you need to include an index of figures (information organized in charts, graphs, plots or drawings) and tables (information organized in columns and rows), put this on the page following the table of contents. Generally speaking, there is no need for you to include an index for any illustrations in the paper.

InformacióNote that this is just an example of what a table of contents might look like in a publication in the social sciences.
For the purposes of your Final Project, your faculty will tell you what format you need to follow.

Title

Before researchers start work on a new topic, they need to look at the past work done in the same field. Of course, they cannot read all the work that has been published so they make do with title scanning, a routine activity that involves checking lists of titles and deciding whether the content of the paper as a whole is important or not for their research. Thus, the title acts as a hook and researchers often decide to read a paper (or at least move on to read the abstract) on the sole basis of the information provided in it.

Although the final project you write for your bachelor’s or master’s degree has no need to hook an audience – after all, you probably have a captive audience of only a handful of people (your tutor, supervisor and examiners) – you should still respect the marketing/advertising function of the title. As Helen Sword says in Stylish Academic Writing, “Like a hat on a head or the front door to a house, the title of an academic article offers a powerful first impression.” Work done in the social sciences will only get noticed if researchers can compose a title that is sufficiently attractive to stand out from others and sufficiently informative to encourage potential readers to pick up and read the whole paper. And the title of your work will immediately reveal to your supervisor whether you have understood the demands and conventions of your chosen discipline. A good title, then, attracts readers to your text, informs them of the content of your work and shows them that you are part of their community.

According to Viviana Soler, science titles come in four different types: nominal, compound, questions and full-sentence (Soler, 2007). Nevertheless, questions are rare (only 1% of all titles) and full-sentence titles are generally found only in biology and medicine, so here we shall focus on the first two types.

The following might be an appropriate nominal title.

Exemple adequatPhysical Exercise and Self-Esteem in Young Male Adults

Firstly, note that the title is given what is known as title-style capitalization. That is to say, the first word and all nouns, pronouns, adjectives, verbs and adverbs are capitalized, but the articles, conjunctions and prepositions are not. Secondly, it is a sentence fragment, not a full sentence, based on noun phrases. And thirdly, it is ‘indicative’ in that it merely indicates what the paper discusses but gives no information about the findings or the methodology.

The title is interesting because it is a good example of a standard approach to research in the social and behavioural sciences: the use of dependent and independent variables as a way of discovering meaningful results. In studies of this type, the variables need to be identified in the title so that potential readers get an immediate understanding of which ones are going to be analysed. In this case, the research focuses on one independent variable (physical exercise) that may or may not have an effect on a dependent variable (self-esteem). Note that the opposite effect is not possible; the dependent variable cannot have an effect on the independent variable, so the title is effective because it clearly identifies the two variables that are the object of study.

It is also possible to have a title with just one variable.

Exemple adequatAttitudes of Adolescent Girls towards Alcohol Consumption

Likewise, a study may focus on so many variables that they cannot all be named in the title. In this case, name only the type of variable. If you are studying how the attitudes of adolescent girls towards alcohol are affected by whether they live in an urban or rural environment, their socioeconomic status, their ethnic group or their religion, you will have to refer to all these background factors as “demographic variables”.

Exemple adequatAssociation between Attitudes of Adolescent Girls towards Alcohol Consumption and Selected Demographic Variables

The titles above are also effective for other reasons. They are specific but also reasonably short. If you are a researcher in the social sciences you need to strike a balance between including as much detail as possible while still keeping your title short. Another positive feature is that they delimit the scope of the research (to young male adults in the first instance and adolescent girls in the second and third).

The titles above are good ones in the sense that they are short and specific, they identify the variables that are the focus of the study, and they define the population analysed. However, it is possible to include even more information that can be useful for potential readers.

Consider the following title.

Exemple adequatSelf-Esteem in Young Male Adults: Positive Effects of a Three-Month Physical-Exercise Programme

The title is still nominal but, unlike the other titles above, it is also compound: that is to say, it consists of two sentence fragments based on noun phrases joined by a colon. The first phrase gives a general description of the subject, which the second phrase explains in more detail. It has all the good points of the titles discussed above:

  • It is short (although not as short as two of the three titles above).

  • It is specific (it identifies the variables that are the object of study).

  • It limits the scope of the study (to the population of young adult males).


It also has other positive features:

  • It locates the dependent variable (self-esteem) prominently in initial position, thus indicating that this is the main focus of the study.

  • It indicates what the findings were (positive effects).

  • It gives information about the study design (three-month physical-exercise programme).


The compound title offers a wide range of possibilities to researchers who are looking for attractive, informative titles for their research texts. Here are some ways in which you can use compound titles to maximum effect. The practice is to make some sort of general statement in the first phrase and then qualify that statement in the second. There are at least four ways of doing this.

The second phrase limits the scope of a general research topic announced in the first.

Exemple adequatThe Scientific Research Article: Evolution from 1665 to the Present Day

Novel Ethnographic Methodologies: Use in Medical Education Research

Political Opportunism and the Disregard for Ethical Values: From Brexit to Trump

The second phrase focuses on the work of a particular individual or the repercussions of a particular event.

Exemple adequatA Modern Approach to Grammatical Prescription: How Robert Lowth’s Letters Reveal a Descriptivist Base to 18th-Century Grammars

A Turning Point in the Modern History of Spain: How Franco Had to Abandon All Imperial Ambition After the Meeting at Hendaye

The second phrase identifies the methodology or the techniques used.

Exemple adequatEvaluating Patient-Centred Medical Home Models: An Anthropological Approach

Explaining Self-Harm in the Privileged Western World: Evidence from Participant Observation and In-Depth Interviews


The second phrase provides a context or explanation for a provocative, imaginative or literary quote or phrase in the first, as in the two original titles below.

Exemple adequat“Do What I Say, Not What I Do”? A Study of Value Transmission between Fathers/Mothers and Children (Silva et al., 2020  )

Women on Top: The Love Magic of the Indian Witches of New Mexico  (Gutiérrez, 2007  )

As well as all the factors discussed above, when writing your title bear in mind that it is the single most important phrase in your study, so make sure you give it the time and effort it deserves. Write a working title early in the research process. It can help focus your efforts in much the same way as clearly defining the research problem can and, by constantly referring back to it, you can keep your research and your writing on track. However, although you may write your title early on, you will probably revise and modify it during the research process and only submit a final version once the research is complete.

You should also decide which word is the most important and, if possible, place it prominently in initial position.

Write terms out in full. Do not use abbreviations or acronyms because they often have different meanings in different fields. For example, CDA means critical discourse analysis in linguistics, child development accounts in sociology, correlated double amplification in electronics, combined damage assessment in medicine, conventional depot antipsychotics in psychiatry and child dental anxiety in dentistry. Searching for this acronym online, then, will not be useful because the search results will include texts on different topics from a multiplicity of disciplines.

Finally, as for punctuation, as in all other ambits do not finish a title with a point.

Abstract and keywords

In all the ambits, the abstract should summarize the main aspects of your final project in an order that will generally include the purpose of your paper and the research problems you address; your research or methods; your findings as a result of an analysis; and a brief summary of your interpretations and conclusions.

As for the keywords section that follows the abstract, remember two things. First, a keyword can actually comprise a phrase of two to four words, and a phrase can sometimes be more effective in pointing a reader to your paper than a single word. Second, because the function of keywords is to supplement the information given in the title, try not to repeat any of the words from the title in the keywords section.


Abstract

If potential readers are sufficiently attracted to the title, they will move on to the abstract, a short summary of the document that precedes the full text. If you are a non-English speaking author, be particularly aware of how to write this section because it may be the only part of your research text that needs to be in English. For even if they write their research in Catalan, Spanish or another language, many professional researchers are obliged to provide a version of the abstract in English. Abstracts in the social sciences exist in several different types, although some are more commonly used than others:

  • Indicative/descriptive

    Indicative/descriptive abstracts are tables of contents more than summaries of the study as a whole. They are usually written as one paragraph, they describe rather than paraphrase and they are often written in the present tense. They tend to be used for documents that are less structured (for example, literature reviews) and longer (conference proceedings), and they give information on the purpose, the scope and the methodology but not on the results — sometimes because there are none. Indicative/descriptive abstracts, then, rouse curiosity about the work that has been done by giving essential preliminary information but do not satisfy this curiosity by giving specific answers. In the digital age, this type of abstract is hardly ever used for research studies. However, before online publication databases, the indicative/descriptive abstract was printed at the top of a paper mainly to encourage readers to continue reading and to facilitate the reading process by providing a brief preview. It was not regarded as an independent unit because it was not read without reference to the article itself.

  • Informative

    Unlike indicative/descriptive abstracts, informative abstracts provide all the important information in a document and can therefore be regarded as miniature versions of the original. They are designed to optimize access to information so that readers get maximum benefit from minimum reading effort. They, too, are generally written as a single paragraph; they summarize all the sections of the paper (thus adding results, discussion and conclusions to the information given by an indicative abstract); and they use a variety of verb tenses depending on whether they are giving background information, describing the work done, or discussing the findings and their possibilities for the future. They tend to be longer than indicative/descriptive abstracts because they give more information, but they are usually no longer than 300 words (and often considerably shorter). Nowadays, the majority of abstracts for research documents in the social sciences are informative.

  • Structured

    Structured abstracts provide the same information as informative abstracts but in distinct, headed sections (for example, Background, Methods, Results, Discussion), not in a single paragraph. This format was first developed in the 1980s in the health sciences to help professionals locate relevant, quality articles. It is a format that is still largely used only by researchers in the health sciences; but it may be required of social scientists working in overlapping fields (for example, nursing, medical anthropology, etc.), so consult your tutor if you think this format might suit your research text.

    Because most abstracts for research documents in the social sciences nowadays are informative, this is the format examined in the example below. As already mentioned, you should structure the abstract as a single paragraph. The numbers in square brackets mark the beginning of the sections discussed subsequently.

    Exemple adequatJazz Chants for Vowel Reduction and Language-Learning Motivation in Adolescent Learners of English in Catalonia

    [1] A lack of attention to pronunciation in foreign language lessons, together with L1 cross-linguistic influences, can lead to students having a negative perception of their own “foreign accents” partly because of their failure to achieve full vowel reduction. Although textbooks include pronunciation guidelines and exercises, using them has not resulted in significant improvements in student pronunciation or motivation. [2] The hypothesis of this study is that jazz chants – a pronunciation technique that focuses on word-level and sentence-level stress – will have a positive impact on the pronunciation and motivation of adolescents learning English as a foreign language in a Catalan secondary school. [3] The jazz chants technique was used in the daily English classes of a test group of 18 batxillerat students (one class group of 17–18 year olds) over a 3-month period. This test group was contrasted with a control group of comparable size which used traditional materials over the same period of time. Students from both groups were asked to record themselves reading a short text pre- and post-intervention and they were judged to have improved or not on the basis of their pronunciation of the weak vowels in unstressed syllables. [4] It was found that the jazz chants technique was more effective than the traditional materials at improving vowel reduction and motivation. It appeared to change students’ perceptions of their own accent and their attitudes towards pronunciation. However, its effect differed according to gender and stated first language, and proved to be more successful in female speakers of the Eastern/Central variety of Catalan. Also, improvements were moderate and the samples small so it remains to be seen whether longer interventions in bigger groups can give better results. [5] The results support the hypothesis that jazz chants can improve the pronunciation and motivation of English-language learners in the public education system in Catalonia.

    From the structure and content of the abstract above we can draw some conclusions about how to write informative abstracts in general.

    [1] Briefly give background factual information or describe the situation, problem or gap that has prompted you to focus on your chosen topic. The context you give here will explain why your research is important and why readers should care. It is the reason you asked the research question you did. Note that you have to assume that all those interested enough to read the abstract are specialists in the field, so there is no need to explain commonly used technical terms (for example, vowel reduction). Also note that the verbs are all in some form of the present tense (present simple and present perfect) because you are describing the current state of affairs.

    [2] State what your study does, what its purpose is or what problem it is attempting to solve. You might also make an explicit reference to your hypothesis (as is the case here). Make sure you define the scope of the research. In this case, it is not a study on “pronunciation and motivation” in general but on the “pronunciation and motivation of adolescents learning English as a foreign language in a Catalan secondary school”.

    [3] Describe your methodology. Although you do not have to give all the details in the abstract, give enough information to convince readers that it is sufficiently rigorous to generate reliable findings. Note the use of the past simple tense because you are describing work done.

    [4] One of the main functions of abstracts is to highlight new contributions to science, so this is a particularly important part of the text. Be positive about your results and findings without overstating their value because sometimes it is easy to exaggerate the significance of evidence from just one study on a particular issue. Be clear about general trends but use hedges (may, might, suggest, probably, etc.) so that you are not too forceful. Careful use of verb tenses can help you to express your findings. The text above uses the past simple tense in this part, which serves to limit the findings to the context of this particular study. If, however, you use the present simple tense, you make the much stronger claim that your results are generalizable and that you have found a general truth. Take care: there is a big difference between “It was found that the jazz chants technique was more effective” and “It was found that the jazz chants technique is more effective”.

    [5] In your conclusions, the last part of the abstract, make an explicit statement about what your research has achieved, what contribution it has made or whether it supports your initial hypothesis.

    You also need to think of other issues when drafting an abstract. Do not forget that there is a strict limit on the number of words you are allowed to write. Respect the word count because if you do not your supervisor may send it back to you and tell you to do it again. Or worse, they may start cutting out text without asking so that the end product is not a faithful reflection of the work you have done or what you think. The word limit for the text above was 300 words and the author has written precisely 300, not one word more or one word less. This is no coincidence. It is the result of constantly editing, applying the principles of plain prose and investing a considerable amount of time and effort.

    Remember also that abstracts are published and read by themselves, so they must make sense as independent, self-contained descriptions of research. Readers need to understand the key points even if they never see the whole article. For this reason, abstracts make no reference to the literature; readers should not be required to consult other works to make sense of the text they are reading.

    And, finally, although the abstract is one of the first sections of the text you read, after the title, it will probably be one of the last parts you write. It represents the complete document, and you have to know what is in the complete document before you can write it. The existence of a complete document can also help in the process of drafting the abstract because you can select the sentences that best represent each section, modify them and link them to form a cohesive unit.

Keywords

All researchers aspire to maximizing their readership. You are no exception: the more readers you have, the more your work will be cited, and the greater your academic visibility will be. The keywords section plays a fundamental role in ensuring that other researchers can find your work. To decide which words and phrases to include in this section, think about the main topics of your research and which terms you would type into a search box to find it. Include the following: words related to the main field of study, the most frequently used terms in your document, synonyms for some of the main concepts, acronyms, and any other term you feel may optimize a keyword search. Remember, though, that the function of keywords is to supplement the information given in the title, so try not to repeat any of the words from the title in the keywords section.

After your work has been published it may be sent to various databases where it will be indexed on the basis of the words in the keywords section, the title and the abstract. If these sections contain words and phrases that other researchers use to search the literature, then your work will appear towards the top of their search results.

So, for the keywords section of the abstract Jazz Chants for Vowel Reduction and Language-Learning Motivation in Adolescent Learners of English in Catalonia (see Abstract), any of the following terms could be suitable for inclusion.

Exemple adequatKeywords: English prosody [field of study]; accent [field of study]; chant technique [frequently used term]; batxillerat students [frequently used term]; schwa [synonym for reduced vowel]; EFL [acronym for English as a foreign language].

Introduction

The introduction is the first section of your text that is not regarded as front matter (titles, authors, affiliation, abstract, keywords, etc.) and is the first letter of the acronym IMRaD – meaning introduction, methods, results and discussion – which is currently the most common structure used by scientists to organize their research reports. This structure was first adopted by researchers in the field of biomedicine in the 1940s and gradually became widespread as it was adopted by more and more biomedical journals. Despite its biomedical origins, however, it is now commonly used by academic journals from a wide range of disciplines and it is recommended for empirical research studies by the Publication Manual of the American Psychological Association, the style manual of choice for many writers in the social sciences.

In the introduction you take your readers on a journey from the general description of a particular subject area to the announcement of a particular research topic. First you summarize current knowledge and give background information, and then you go on to state the problem that has prompted the research and for which you intend to provide an answer. Finally, you move on to describe exactly how you intend to provide this answer by giving details of the scope of the research, the methodology, the findings and the structure of the rest of the paper.

This general organization of the introduction for research papers was first reported by John Swales in Genre Analysis: English in Academic and Research Settings (Swales, 1990) and is known as the Create A Research Space (CARS) model. The model is a general one, can be applied – with some adaptation – to all levels of research and all disciplines, and is still valid today. Essentially, the CARS model describes three main moves that you should make when writing an introduction. These three moves go from the general to the specific and are divided up into a series of steps. By way of these moves and their constituent steps, you summarize the key features of previous work in the field, identify some sort of gap, problem or shortcoming and, on this basis, announce the topic you have chosen for your own research, which you then go on to describe.  

Swales’s model, with its three moves, sub-steps and some comments, is outlined below in Move 1, Move 2 and Move 3. Note that the model is a general one and must be adapted to particular situations. The numbering of the individual steps does not indicate a compulsory order. Authors can choose to follow the order of the steps given, use a different order to adapt to their particular needs or even decide not to include a particular step. Also note that some steps are marked with a letter as well as a number. In these cases, the steps are mutually exclusive, and authors must decide to use only one. One final consideration is that the model gives little indication about length. Each of the steps can be just one or two sentences or one or two paragraphs.

  • Move 1: Establishing a territory (the situation)

    • Step 1. Claim importance.
      Describe the research area and discuss why it needs to be studied.

    • Step 2. Make generalizations about the topic.
      Discuss the current state of knowledge or practice, or describe a particular phenomenon.

    • Step 3. Review previous research.
      Summarize the research done in the field to date. This is not a complete literature review, just a brief mention of major studies.


    The information given in the first of the three moves of a typical introduction section identifies and describes an area of research with reference to the existing literature. It indicates the origin of the issue you have decided to focus on and provides context in terms of theory, research and practice. Likewise, it shows how other studies have approached the same or similar issues, although it does not attempt to make a full review of the literature, merely situate the present research in its proper context. In general terms, it answers the question “What did I know about the topic before I started this study?”. The information you give shows readers that you have a general understanding of the research problem you have decided to investigate and that you have sufficient knowledge for them to trust your judgement, analysis and findings.

  • Move 2: Establishing a niche (the problem)

    • Step 1a. Counter-claim.
      Announce a point of view that goes against current thinking or identify a weakness in previous research that undermines prevailing theories.

    • Step 1b. Indicate a gap.
      Identify a gap in previous research or an area that has not been studied.

    • Step 1c. Raise a question.
      Like identifying gaps, in this step ask questions that have not been answered by previous research.

    • Step 1d. Continue a tradition.
      Take over where previous research has left off, thus advancing science by making a contribution to existing lines of research.


    The information in Move 2 makes a clear statement about a theoretical or practical issue in the scholarly literature that requires attention, improvement or further investigation. On the basis of this statement, readers see the significance of your study and will judge its relevance. This problem statement is the origin of all subsequent hypotheses and assumptions.

  • Move 3: occupying the niche (the solution)

    • Step 1a. Outline the purpose.
      Clearly state the objectives of the study.

    • Step 1b. Announce the present research.
      State what you did and what you intended to accomplish.

    • Step 2. Announce principal findings.
      Provide a brief summary of the significance of the main findings (for example, “Our findings suggest that there is a need for…”).

    • Step 3. Indicate text structure.
      Describe how the rest of the text is structured.


    The information in Move 3 tells readers how you intend to provide new understanding that builds on the work done by previous research and adds to the existing body of knowledge. Essentially, you explain how you filled the gap, answered the question or continued the research tradition that you outlined in Move 2. It can also reveal your findings, although some researchers and journals prefer not to give this information here since it has already been disclosed in the abstract. Ask your final project supervisor for advice on what to do.  

    If you are writing a standard IMRaD text, Step 3 of Move 3 may not be required because, as the acronym suggests, the structure is totally predictable. However, if you are writing a text with a structure that does not adhere faithfully to the IMRaD format, readers may find it useful if you indicate the sections and the order in which they will occur. This will facilitate the reading process and help readers to find relevant information.

Main body

If you are doing experimental work in the social sciences, the structure best suited to your research report is probably IMRaD (introduction, methods, results and discussion), which means that the main body of your paper will consist of the same three sections as papers in the natural sciences: Methods, Results (or Findings) and Discussion. The reason social and natural scientists use the same structure is that they are essentially engaged in the same sort of activity: generating and collecting data in order to answer a question. And for all investigations that collect data for subsequent analysis, IMRaD is the most logical and widely accepted report structure.

If your research is not experiment-driven and you are not collecting data for analysis, then IMRaD is probably not for you. Your report may start in the same way with the title, abstract and introduction, but your main body will be quite different. However, it is not easy to say exactly how it will be different, because the form of your report will largely be determined by content. One option often adopted in the humanities is to move straight from the introduction to the discussion. Another is to divide your report into sections that focus on a particular theme, as if they were chapters in a book. If you are a historian, these sections may focus on periods of time or historical events; if you are a sociologist they may focus on different theories; and if you are an ethnographer you may find yourself using storytelling techniques to create aesthetically pleasing non-fiction. If you are a non-experimental researcher, exactly how you organize your report is often up to you. This gives you a lot of freedom but also a great deal of responsibility.

If your research is experiment-driven and you are collecting data for analysis, then you will probably be obliged to use the IMRaD structure, which means you are less free to make your own decisions on structure. It is often said that the standard IMRaD research format has an hourglass or a figure-of-eight format. That is to say, the introduction starts with a very wide focus (importance of the field, subject generalizations and summary of previous research) and then gradually narrows until it focuses on a specific issue. The methods section picks up where the introduction left off and is the first of two sections (the other being the results) to focus exclusively on the research in hand. The discussion then widens the focus again. Although it often starts with the same narrow focus as the results, it finishes by addressing the more general issues you mentioned at the beginning of the introduction, thus showing how your specific research is relevant to society at large.

However, this structure is only a general guideline. As mentioned above, more theoretical studies may not require a methods or a results section; and although empirical research reports must contain information about the methods used and the results found, and discussion of how to interpret these results, you do have some freedom to diverge from this standard format. The information in the main body of your report is usually given in the three separate sections mentioned above, but sometimes the results and the discussion can be combined to form just one section (Results and discussion). The discussion often includes the information given in the conclusions section.

One common feature of a research report in the social sciences is that there is often a separate section, the literature review, after the introduction and before the methods. This section is an explicit acknowledgement of the importance of situating every piece of research within the existing literature. Likewise, other reports may contain a separate section entitled Theoretical framework, which explains the theoretical background to the study.

Another feature that distinguishes research work in the social sciences from similar work in the natural sciences is that each of the main IMRaD sections can be divided into subsections. For example, if you are studying data from a particular database or focusing on a particular group of participants, your methods section may have subsections entitled Data or Participants. Likewise, depending on what you wish to highlight and the nature of your research, your results section might also be subdivided.

Literature review

The literature review provides your readers with a summary of all the relevant books, academic articles and other sources you have consulted while researching your chosen topic. This summary is an important function of your literature review because readers need to be able to consult these sources for themselves if they wish to do so. However, this is not its only or even its most important function. Above all, you need to indicate the relative merits of the various studies you have used as sources, show how your work fits into this body of literature and describe the contribution you are making. To do this, you need to adopt a critical approach to the work you are reviewing.

Do not just list all the books and articles you consulted. First, select only those sources that are most relevant and then try to organize the section in a way that best serves your purposes. One way to do this is to discuss your sources in terms of the school of thought or intellectual tradition they belong to. If you are an anthropologist, you may divide the literature into the traditions of functionalism, structuralism and cultural materialism. If you are an economist, you may divide it into Marxian, neo-classical and Keynesian approaches. At the end of the section, state which of these traditions your research belongs to. Another way is to organize the section chronologically so that readers can see how your chosen topic first became an issue of debate and how understanding has developed over time. Situate the work you are reviewing in its historical context, describe strengths and weaknesses, point out whether the findings can be generalized or are limited to a particular situation, provide solutions to apparent conflicts and ensure that the connection between the literature and your research question is clear. You should also include studies in your literature review that do not support your hypotheses and assumptions. Good critical research must be able to provide explanations for alternative findings and respond to different interpretations in the literature.

Methods

  • Overview


One of the main functions of the methods section is that it should enable other competent researchers to replicate your study. This means that, on the basis of the information in this section, if other researchers decide to repeat your study procedure with the same variables, they should get the same results. It is unlikely that they will do this just to verify the accuracy of your findings, but they might do it in different situations and with different subjects to find out whether your findings can be generalized or whether they are specific to particular participants and circumstances. For example, are the findings of a study on European adolescent girls and alcohol in 2010 applicable to adolescent boys? Or to a comparable sample of adolescent girls in 2020?

Another function of the methods section is that it gives readers confidence in your findings. The information you provide should be detailed enough for readers to understand that your procedures rigorously conformed to acceptable scientific standards. If they did, then it is likely that your results mean what you claim they mean.

Studies in the social sciences often collect data from a group of people who represent a larger population, by using some sort of research design. If this is the case of your study, you might have a subsection entitled Participants in which you give relevant details about your sample: for example, how many people were in it, the number of males and females, their ages, their socioeconomic status, their education, etc. If you recruited the population yourself, you must also give details about the sampling procedure (random, systematic or convenience sampling, for example) so that readers understand how representative your subset is of the population as a whole. If you did not recruit the subjects yourself, explain the source of your data (perhaps it was collected by other researchers and you will be subjecting it to fresh analysis).

After describing the data or the participants you will be studying, go on to explain what you measured and how you measured it. Be very specific because this is the part of your study that will enable other researchers to replicate it and they have to be able to do exactly what you did. Make sure that you list all the measures you used. If you have administered a standard test, say which one and why you preferred it over other tests. If you have administered a survey, provide the wording of all the questions. You may want to give all this information under subheadings such as Variables, Design, Measures and Procedures.

  • Language features


Some sections of the standard IMRaD text are linguistically more varied than others because of their broad focus. This variety is particularly evident in the use of verb forms. For example, the introduction and the discussion, which focus on the research field in general, previous studies, the present study and recommendations for future work, can use all forms of the present, past and future (simple, continuous and perfect), and both the active and passive voices. On the other hand, the methods section has a more limited focus and this, in turn, means that the use of verb forms is also more limited.

Conventionally, researchers describe what they did in this section using the past simple passive and not the first-person, active form.

Exemple no admissibleWe asked the participants to respond to the questionnaire and informed them about the aims of the study.

Exemple adequatThe participants were asked to respond to the questionnaire and were informed about the aims of the study.

There are several reasons for this. Firstly, as Joshua Schimel points out, some people who were not authors may have taken part in the work (Schimel, 2012). For example, data may have been collected or instructions given by technicians, assistants, colleagues, friends or acquaintances. Since I or we in a scientific text refer to the author or authors, the use of the passive avoids unnecessarily identifying the agent of every action and enables the author to say exactly what readers need to know: that is to say, “Data were collected” or “Instructions were given”. Secondly, the methods section is the first section that focuses exclusively on the work in hand. Readers are aware of this and do not need to be told the agent of every action because it is obvious (the authors), is not important (someone the authors asked to help them) or distracts from the really important information (what was done). Thirdly, the methods section often describes a lengthy sequence of actions, and the repetition of the same subject (I or we) would be inelegant, annoying and ineffective, in the sense that it would emphasize the agent and not the action. And, finally, because you are describing work that you did and which is now complete, the most appropriate tense for your passive verbs is the past simple.

Results

The results section is the heart of an empirical research report because it reveals the evidence that will be used to address the problem or question raised in the introduction. The content of the section would seem to be obvious: it is here that you present the data generated by your investigations. However, presenting data is by no means straightforward.

The main problem is to decide which data to present and how. Your investigations may have provided many pages of figures and hundreds of individual numbers (raw data) from dozens of analyses, which cannot all be included in a report, so your job is to organize and summarize. By way of example, let us consider the study on how the jazz chants teaching technique can improve vowel reduction (see Abstract). There, the researcher puts forward three hypotheses: (1) jazz chants would improve students’ pronunciation; (2) female students would improve more than male students; and (3) Catalan-dominant students would improve more than Spanish-dominant speakers. If the results section is to help prove or disprove these hypotheses, you must present the data in such a way that it provides insight into them.

One way to do this is to organize the section so that readers clearly see what findings were provided by the tests you described in the methods section. And, like the methods section, using subsections may be the most effective way of highlighting these findings. Our vowel reduction model opted for a four-part results section. The first subsection was entitled ‘Descriptive Statistics’ and provided information on gender, age, dominant first language and language-learning experience to show that the control and experimental groups were indeed comparable; and then, the model went on to have one subsection on each of the tests, called ‘Independent Samples T-Tests’, ‘Paired Samples T-Tests’ and ‘Correlations’, respectively.

Another way to decide which data to present is to reduce the amount of information to a manageable size by converting the raw data into means (averages). You can then display these means in the form of tables (graphics which organize information into columns and rows) and figures (graphics which organize information into charts, graphs, plots, drawings or any other illustration that is not a table). You can design these tables and figures to highlight changes over time, differences between the sexes, or – as in our vowel reduction model – differences between Catalan- and Spanish-dominant students. It is these observations, not the numbers and figures themselves, that are the response to your research questions. In the text, you will make generalizations about this data and point out significant changes, differences, trends and patterns that shed light on your main research questions. For the moment, merely indicate that they exist; do not interpret them, as that is the function of the discussion section. Also, make sure to inform your readers where they can find the information you are summarizing by giving an explicit reference to the table or figure in the text. For example, “This data shows that the control and experimental groups were similar in terms of the gender of the students (see Figure 4.1) and their dominant first language (see Figure 4.2)”.

Note that tables and figures have different functions. Tables are useful if you have numerous entries or precise numerical values, but they do not easily reveal general trends or relationships between variables. On the other hand, bar and line graphs are very good for highlighting trends and relationships but do not show precise numerical values and can only effectively display a limited number of variables. Note also that readers should be able to understand tables and figures on their own, without the support of the text.

Finally, and as the observations above suggest, some of the most important language you require in the results section is associated with tables and graphs. In particular, you need to be able to compare, contrast and describe trends.

Exemple adequatFigure/Table 1 shows/illustrates…

The x/y axis represents…

Female students clearly improved more than male students.

The solid line rises sharply at first but then levels off.

Almost nine out of ten students improved their pronunciation to some extent.

The pronunciation of female students improved dramatically in the first month while for male students the improvement was more gradual.

Overall, there is a clear upward/downward trend.

There was a gradual rise from baseline to the fourth week of the intervention, after which there was a slight fall/decrease.

Discussion

The discussion section brings together your initial research questions, the data you have generated and previous research done on the topic. It is at this point, after you have led your readers objectively and systematically through the research process and proved to them that you are a conscientious and rigorous researcher, that you interpret your findings, describe their significance and explain how they provide new insight into the problem or question you raised in the introduction. Also remember that this section should provide no new information but focus only on the findings reported in the results section.

Researchers often say that the discussion is the section of their research report that they find most difficult to write. This is largely because, unlike the introduction, there is no standard, widely accepted pattern to follow, which gives researchers a lot more freedom. Writing practice certainly varies from one discipline to another and even from one paper to another. Nevertheless, as with the introduction, the literature has identified a variety of moves that researchers often use when discussing and interpreting their findings (for details on these, see Hopkins & Dudley-Evans [1988] , Swales [1990] , Holmes [1997] and Yang & Allison [2003] ). The following subsections summarize the four most common moves and consider the question of their order.


Move 1 and Move 2

Move 1: Background information

Make a statement or give information about the central problem or aims announced in the introduction (Move 2 or Move 3, respectively). This essentially repeats information from the results section, but it re-focuses the reader’s attention on the main issue after two sections (Methods and Results) that have narrowly focused on the specific work that you have done.

Move 1 is often introduced with phrases like these.

Exemple adequatThis study investigated/examined/explored...

The purpose/aim of this study was to...

The present study hypothesized that...

Move 2: Statement of results

Briefly summarize your most important results. This may seem unnecessary after you have just written a whole section on results, but it helps readers to focus on the main message of the results section.

Move 2 is often introduced with phrases like these.

Exemple adequatWe found that...

Our results reveal...

Our study shows...

Our findings shed new light on...

The present study confirmed our hypothesis that...

Move 3

Move 3: Comment on results

In this move, tell readers what your results mean in the context of the research field and the questions raised in the introduction.

  • Step 1: Interpret results

    Make a general claim about what your experimental results mean. Use modal verbs of uncertainty and doubt (may, might, could, etc.) and hedging verbs (suggest, indicate, seem, etc.) in order not come across as too aggressive or forceful.

    Move 3, Step 1 is often introduced with phrases like these.

    Exemple adequatThis suggests/indicates that...

    This could be interpreted as meaning that...

    This finding clearly shows that...

  • Step 2: Compare results with the literature

    Comparing your results with the work of other researchers places your work in a context, which highlights its relevance, and supports (or refutes) current understanding. The language used in this step is often that of agreement and support.

    Move 3, Step 2 is often introduced with phrases like these.

    Exemple adequatThe findings of the current study support those by...

    The results were consistent with those reported in...

    Our findings agree with the findings made by...

    Like [name of author], we found that...

    Unlike [name of author], we did not find...

    Our results go beyond those of previous studies and show that...

  • Step 3: Explain results

    In this step, explain what you have found. Your language will tend to be that of cause and effect, and hedging. Most of your key sentences will be in the present simple tense and often in the passive. State whether your findings were expected or unexpected and, particularly in the latter case, say what you had been expecting and why, and then provide an explanation for the difference. This explanation need not be definitive and may be merely speculative, but readers will be unsatisfied if you leave any surprises unaccounted for.

    Move 3, Step 3 is often introduced with phrases like these.

    Exemple adequatOne possible explanation for this difference is that...

    This can be explained by...

    This may be because...

    This is caused by...

    Surprisingly/Unexpectedly, we found that [...]

  • Step 4: Evaluate results

    In this step, give a brief summary of the main implications of your findings and their significance. Explain whether they support other work in the literature and how they contribute to the understanding of the research problem. Has your study responded fully or only partially to your research question? Does it raise new questions? Can your answer be related to other research questions, or does it support or call into question current hypotheses in the field? Again, if necessary, use hedging language to limit the force of your claim.

    Exemple adequatOverall, these findings are consistent with other research and show that...

    These results may be useful for teachers seeking innovative methods for teaching pronunciation.

    Our findings provide valuable insight into...

    The broad implications of the present research are that...

    These findings provide a potential explanation for...

    Likewise, make sure that you point out the limitations of your work. All studies have limitations and it is important to recognize them. Remember, too, that the limitations you identify may be an opportunity for future research. A typical source of limitations is the methodology you used: if the sample is too small, it may be difficult to find significant relationships; if there is little prior research on the topic, your study may have a weak foundation; if the data is self-reported, there may be biases due to selective memory, attribution or exaggeration. Another source of limitations is the time you have available. Learning a language may take many years, so to what extent can we rely on the results of a three-month research project into language learning? Discuss limitations in the past tense and use subordinating conjunctions such as although and prepositions such as despite to contrast strong and weak points.

    Exemple adequatAlthough differences were found between the control and the experimental group, they were not significant.

    Despite the limitations of our method with adults, it was more effective with younger learners.

    A further limitation of our study is that we analysed a small sample.

    Our study does not provide a complete picture of...

    One concern about our findings is that...

Move 4

Move 4: Make suggestions and recommendations

Suggest how your results can be used to solve the problem raised in the introduction and recommend how your work and findings can be extended by future research. Modal verbs (may, might, could, should, must, etc.) and key words such as future research, further study, etc. are often found in this move.

Exemple adequatFurther research is required to determine...

Future studies should focus on...

Another interesting avenue for future research would be to...

Reordering moves

You may decide to present these moves in the same sequence as they have been listed above but general writing practice in the discussion section varies considerably from one discipline to another, and even from one text to another, so you have the freedom to be creative. You can present the moves in a different sequence if this suits your purposes. You may even find that you initiate Move 3 and go through the various steps several times with different individual results. And like Swales’s CARS model for the introduction, the model described above gives no guidelines about length. By way of example, the following opening of a discussion section from a research paper on management science deals with Move 1 in one sentence and Move 2 in three.

Exemple adequatThe main objective of this study was to evaluate the cause-and-effect relationship between customer loyalty programmes and customer retention. The study found a strong and positive cause-and-effect relationship between customer loyalty programmes and customer retention. Loyalty programmes that are based on rewards for cumulative purchasing enhance retention. Such programmes encourage repeat buying and thereby improve retention rates by providing incentives for customers to purchase more frequently and in larger volumes. (From Bhakar & Nathani, 2015)

Conclusion

In papers in the social sciences, the purpose of a conclusion section is often fulfilled by the discussion, which does everything a conclusion would do: restate the research question or problem and summarize the answer; explain the practical or theoretical implications of the answer; and identify the limitations of the study and give ideas for future research. For this reason, your research already has a conclusion whether you write a separate section or not; and if you include a conclusions section, you may run the risk of simply repeating yourself.

However, if you have been instructed that you should include a conclusion, consider finishing your discussion after Move 3, Step 3 and use this information, together with the information from Move 4, in a conclusion section. Alternatively, ask your supervisor for advice.

Referencing styles

Referencing is an important part of academic writing because it shows where you got your information from. When you use someone else’s work or ideas, you have to acknowledge their effort by placing a reference in the text and in the reference list at the end. If you do not, you may be accused of plagiarism. The system you use in each case will be different but you must always use the same one: that is to say, you must use the same referencing style.

There are many different referencing styles (MLA, Chicago/Turabian, Vancouver, Harvard, etc.) but the one that is most commonly used in the social sciences is the Publication Manual of the American Psychological Association(APA). It stipulates the information you must include, the order it must be in and how it must be punctuated. It also stipulates the differences between referencing in the text and in the reference list, and how to reference different text types.

In the APA style for in-text references, you must include the name of the author or authors and the year of publication, and you may decide to include the page number. The in-text reference itself may be a paraphrase or a quotation.

Exemple adequatWomen are increasingly deciding not to work in the home in favour of finding remunerated work, although the extent to which this is happening varies considerably between countries (López Puig, 2008).

Exemple adequat“The employment rate of women in Europe is generally showing an upward trend, although there are major differences between countries in the European Union” (López Puig, 2008, p. 21).

The APA style for referencing a work in the list of references at the end of the text depends on whether the work is a book or journal article. In the case of a book, the style is as follows: Author, A. (Year of publication). Title of book. Publisher.

Exemple adequatGuinovart Garcia, A. (2018). Effect of historical memory on contemporary European politics. Routledge.

In the case of an article, the style is as follows: Author, A.A., Author, B.B., & Author, C.C. (Year of publication). Title of article. Title of journal, volume, issue, pages.

Exemple adequatGuinovart Garcia, A., & Smitherson, J. (2019). Berlin, Barcelona and Brussels: How historical memory has shaped the cities and their people. Memory Studies, 37(2), 17–32.
 
For further information on the complexities of the APA referencing style, see this resource  by Victoria University Melbourne.

Editing your text

  • General considerations

    In all the ambits, while it might be tempting to submit your final project as soon as you have inserted the final full stop, do not be so quick to forget about it completely!

    When you start planning the project, look at how much time you have before the hand-in date. Leave yourself a few days between finishing your draft and submitting the finished paper to read through your work with fresh, critical eyes. This will give you time to take a step back from your work and spot any mistakes, add important information you may have overlooked or take out anything you now deem to be redundant.

    This process is known as editing and is an essential part of publication. It might seem daunting at first, but it increases the academic quality of your work. It is much easier to criticize and make improvements to your writing than it is to create content from scratch. The bulk of the work is done, now this is your chance to polish it off.

    Finally, print out your project. This helps you see your writing with fresh eyes, as if it were written by someone else. Take a different coloured pen and do not be afraid to cross things out or add comments to the page. Visualizing the editing process before you make and save your changes will help guide you through the process.

  • Structure

    When you first start the editing process, focus on the overarching structure of the project. Make sure your discussion presents your ideas in a logical order, that it flows through your argument and leads the reader to a coherent conclusion. Do not be afraid to rearrange your paragraphs, perhaps turning two shorter paragraphs into one paragraph or cutting out unnecessary introductions to create space for more valuable content. If you do this, however, read through the project again to ensure your new order flows logically.

  • Content

    It is common to finish a draft over the word limit, but that limit exists for a reason. Concise writing is an art form, and even if you have not managed it so far, editing your work tightens up your ideas and leaves you with a clean and polished paper. Here are a few tips for this final stage:

    • Delve in a little deeper. Look at the sentences that make up your paragraphs. In Catalan and Spanish, the tendency is to write long sentences with lots of information. However, English-speaking readers are much more receptive to shorter sentences that break up the information into digestible chunks and facilitate their understanding of your argument. That being said, these are often used alongside longer, more complex sentences to make the paragraph more interesting to read and easier to understand (see Sentence variety). Look out for repetitions. Your reader will have good academic skills, so avoid explaining your points more than once, or extending your argument with redundant examples, simply to stress how important you think it is.  

    • Check your ideas against your original plan. Have you included everything you believed would be useful during your research stage? A lot of preparation has gone into this project. Make sure you have not left anything important out, but also only include the most relevant arguments in your discussion, those that will lead the reader to the clear conclusions you have drawn. Do all the points you make help answer the question or title of your paper? Everything you write should be relevant.  

    • Have another look at your introduction. It might not have been the first thing you wrote; but now you have had a chance to look at the whole text as a body of work, does your introduction do its job? Does it signpost your reader through your work? Make sure to revise it, especially if you moved things around as you edited!


  • Spelling

    Make sure your spelling is consistent throughout your paper (See Spelling at the UB for more details). Also check common spelling mistakes caused by confusion between there, their and they’re, or our and are, or it’s and its. These are common signs that you failed to proofread your work and can lead your reader to draw negative conclusions about your competence.

    Finally, always run a spelling and grammar check once you have finished writing. It may pull up some errors you missed in your own proofreading!

  • Punctuation

    Review your use of commas. Even native English speakers have trouble using commas correctly, but they can make or break your writing. One trick is to put commas where you would naturally take a pause when speaking. (Note that Purdue University offers excellent advice on using commas.) Try reading your paper aloud, which might also help you spot other mistakes, such as repetitions. Finally, consider using semicolons to join longer sentences, particularly when building an argument.  

  • Check and recheck your references

    Reference your citations correctly. Take another look at the referencing style guide recommended for your degree. Check that all your citations include the relevant information and whether they are listed as footnotes or embedded within the text itself. Check that your bibliography is listed in alphabetical order and include all the information that is relevant to the publication of each source. Again, the information you need to include will be detailed in the referencing style guide you are using.

  • Feedback

    Asking for feedback is one of the most useful ways to help improve the academic quality of your paper. If your tutor offers to read a draft of your final project, accept! After all, the tutor is the person who will be marking the final version. Once you have spent so long engaged in the writing stage, it is often difficult to see your own mistakes or spot ways in which you can improve.

    If you have already handed work in and had it marked, look at the feedback from your teachers. Are there any recurring comments? Have they given you any tips on how to structure your paper more effectively? Look at all their comments as constructive criticism and apply this to your final project. Swap your work with a classmate to get a fresh perspective. Peer learning can be very effective, especially when someone looks at your work objectively.

Course guides

This part of the Llibre d’estil offers teaching staff advice about how to write a course guide, the English document that corresponds to the Catalan pla docent. It provides definitions of competences (competències), learning objectives (objectius d’aprenentatge) and learning outcomes (resultats d’aprenentatge), as well as practical advice on how to write and present these. It also offers guidance on how to write and present course content and useful vocabulary for the different sections in course guides.

Defining the key terms

One of the most important parts of any course guide is the breakdown of what students will learn — or learn to do — into competences, learning objectives and learning outcomes. However, although the Bologna Process and its framework of qualifications for the European Higher Education Area called for “generic descriptors for each cycle based on learning outcomes and competences” (Communiqué of the Conference of European Ministers Responsible for Higher Education, Bergen, 19–20 May 2005, p. 2 ) and higher education systems across Europe have become more comparable, there are still discrepancies in the way different institutions and countries interpret and use terms such as “competences”, “competencies”, “learning objectives” and “learning outcomes”. The subsections below define these key terms and suggest how they can be most consistently used.


Competences

The concept of competences has become a focus within higher education since the initiation of the Bologna Process and the idea that education should lead to employability. In 2005, AQU Catalunya published an overview of competences in the context of course guides and the European Higher Education Area (see Annex 1 of the document Eines per a l’adaptació dels ensenyaments a l’EEES), highlighting the requirement for two types: competències genèriques and competències específiques. Since then, competences have become an established part of course guides, in which we often see categories such as those in the table below.

Catalan
Recommended English translation
competències generals
basic competences
competències generals, competències genèriques
general competences, generic competences
competències transversals
interdisciplinary competences, cross-disciplinary competences, cross-curricular competences
competències específiques
specific competences


Basic, general and interdisciplinary competences are expected across all programmes of the same level, and students must acquire them to graduate. However, it is quite likely that students will have developed these competences to some extent even before the beginning of the course. These types of competences describe wide-ranging abilities that are needed in a variety of situations. Some course guides provide definitions in the form of noun phrases.

  • Independent learning

    The ability to choose the best approach to extending one’s knowledge and to learn new methods and technologies.

  • Teamwork

    The ability to work in a team, whether as a member or as a leader, with the aim of contributing to projects pragmatically and responsibly and making commitments in view of the resources available.  

  • Foreign language

    Knowledge of a foreign language at an oral and written level that is consistent with graduates’ future needs.

  • Reasoning

    The ability to think critically, logically and mathematically. A capacity for abstraction, analysis, synthesis and evaluation.


In contrast, specific competences have a narrower scope, and are usually the direct result of taking a particular course, so students will probably not have developed them beforehand.

Finally, note that the adjective competent has two related nouns: competence and competency (in the plural, competences and competencies). Although they can be used with slightly different meanings, for the purposes of writing course guides they can be used as synonyms. UB course guides should use the term competences.

Learning objectives and learning outcomes

Learning objectives (objectius d’aprenentatge) and learning outcomes (resultats d’aprenentatge) are often used interchangeably because they both relate to teaching and learning in the classroom. Learning objectives state the learning that students should acquire. Learning outcomes state what a learner can do after completing a course of study. Because of the considerable overlap between the learning students should acquire and what they can do by the end of the course, course guides often only have one section on either objectives or outcomes, not both.

Writing competences

The most appropriate way to present competences is in the form of lists. When writing lists, bear in mind the following points.

  • Write a clear heading and/or a short introductory phrase.
  • Ensure that every item on the list is grammatically connected to the heading or the introductory phrase.
  • Give every item on the list the same grammatical structure (see Parallelism). Different lists may have different grammatical structures.
  • Be consistent with punctuation. If the phrase introducing the list is a complete sentence, close it with a colon and then give each item on the list sentence-style punctuation (initial capital letter and final full stop). If the phrase introducing the list is a sentence fragment, do not close it with a colon, lowercase the first letter of each item and finish each item with a comma or semicolon (except the last, which you should finish with a full stop).

Lists of competences can be expressed in several ways. The example below is a list of general competences expressed as noun phrases. Note that the gerund form (-ing) functions as a noun and therefore can be used in a list of nouns without breaking the parallelism.

Exemple adequatGeneral competences

  • Teamwork
  • Complex problem solving
  • Critical, logical and creative thought
  • Public speaking
  • Learning to learn
  • Report writing


Alternatively, you can list specific competences as infinitive phrases like this:

Exemple adequatStudents must

  • be able to explain how the economy works,
  • know how to use the basic tools for explaining business reality,
  • understand how the public sector operates.


or like this:

Exemple adequatStudents must be able to

  • explain how the economy works,
  • use the basic tools for explaining business reality,
  • describe how the public sector operates.


In the examples above, note that the introductory phrase conditions the verbs you wish to use. The verb can or be able to refers to an ability to do something and, therefore, can only be used with dynamic verbs like explain or describe (verbs that express actions), not stative verbs like understand or know (verbs that express states).

Writing learning objectives

The most appropriate way to present learning objectives is in the form of lists. When writing lists, bear in mind the following points.

  • Write a clear heading and/or a short introductory phrase.
  • Ensure that every item on the list is grammatically connected to the heading or the introductory phrase.
  • Give every item on the list the same grammatical structure (see Parallelism). Different lists may have different grammatical structures.
  • Be consistent with punctuation. If the phrase introducing the list is a complete sentence, close it with a colon and then give each item on the list sentence-style punctuation (initial capital letter and final full stop). If the phrase introducing the list is a sentence fragment, do not close it with a colon, lowercase the first letter of each item and finish each item with a comma or semicolon (except the last, which you should finish with a full stop).


Learning objectives are short statements that specify the learning that students should acquire during a particular subject. Because the focus is on the students, the statements should be phrased from their point of view. Generally speaking, you should express learning objectives in one of two ways: the heading “Learning objectives” followed by a bulleted list of bare infinitive phrases; or the heading “Learning objectives” and an introductory phrase (in the future tense) followed by a bulleted list of verb phrases.

Exemple adequatLearning objectives

  • Describe how living beings are organized into cells.
  • Classify living beings into five kingdoms.
  • Explain the functions of biomolecules.


Exemple adequatLearning objectives

By the end of the course, students will be able to
  • describe how living beings are organized into cells,
  • classify living beings into five kingdoms,
  • explain the functions of biomolecules.


Note that both lists are parallel: every item has the same grammatical structure. In the first case, the bare infinitives link back to the heading; in the second case, they link back to the introductory phrase. Note also that the introductory phrase makes the second list more explicitly student-centred.

Finally, when writing lists of learning objectives and learning outcomes (see below), it is important to use the infinitives of dynamic verbs (like explain, define, identify, analyse and recognize), which specify what students can do, rather than stative verbs (like know, be and have), which describe states. Note that the latter cannot be used with can or be able to, and are not readily measurable.

For more useful verbs for expressing learning objectives, see Appendix IV: Verbs expressing objectives and outcomes in course guides.

Writing learning outcomes

The most appropriate way to present learning outcomes is in the form of lists. When writing lists, bear in mind the following points.

  • Write a clear heading and/or a short introductory phrase.
  • Ensure that every item on the list is grammatically connected to the heading or the introductory phrase.
  • Give every item on the list the same grammatical structure (see Parallelism). Different lists may have different grammatical structures.
  • Be consistent with punctuation. If the phrase introducing the list is a complete sentence, close it with a colon and then give each item on the list sentence-style punctuation (initial capital letter and final full stop). If the phrase introducing the list is a sentence fragment, do not close it with a colon, lowercase the first letter of each item and finish each item with a comma or semicolon (except the last, which you should finish with a full stop).


Learning outcomes describe what students must be able to do after they have completed a course of study. As with learning objectives, lists of learning outcomes can be organized in more than one way. The lists below are both parallel. The first uses full sentences while the second begins each item in the list with a bare infinitive that connects back to a short introductory phrase.

Exemple adequatLearning outcomes

  • Students are able to explain the main theories of biological and cognitive development.
  • Students can analyse the behaviour of adolescents in terms of the theories studied.
  • Students can create a positive learning environment suited to the needs of adolescents.


Exemple adequatLearning outcomes

Students can
  • explain the main theories of biological and cognitive development,
  • analyse the behaviour of adolescents in terms of the theories studied,
  • create a positive learning environment suited to the needs of adolescents.


Note also that outcomes are expressed in the present tense because they focus on an observable result.

For a list of useful verbs for expressing learning outcomes, see Appendix IV: Verbs expressing objectives and outcomes in course guides.

Writing course content

This part of the University of Barcelona’s Llibre d’estil offers practical advice about how to write or translate the part of the course guide that is typically referred to as the content, contents or topics section. It is the part that organizes the course into topics (temes or blocs temàtics, in Catalan) and subdivides each topic into a list of sub-topics. Specifically, it offers advice about being as cohesive, concise and clear as possible.



Be cohesive

Be cohesive by maintaining the hierarchy between the title or heading of the topic (known as the topic head) and the list of contents. In other words, any information relevant to all the items in the list should be included in the head; do not allow any item to take precedence over the head in this respect. The following text shows what happens when you fail to do this: Part 2 relies on the Part 1 to explain its meaning (what ADR stands for), the phrase “The School’s” in Part 3 can only be fully understood by reading Part 2, and understanding what is meant by “the first and the last steps” in Part 5 depends on the information in Part 4.

Exemple no admissibleOut-of-court settlements

1 Introduction to alternative dispute resolution (ADR)
2 ADR using Harvard Law School methods
3 The School’s collaborative negotiation techniques
4 The seven steps in the negotiation process
5 The importance of the first and last steps


Because all five parts refer to ADR, the list would be more cohesively written by putting “ADR” in the head and then making the language in each part independent from the language in all the others.

Exemple adequatOut-of-court settlements and alternative dispute resolution (ADR)

1 Introduction to ADR
2 ADR using Harvard Law School methods
3 Harvard Law School’s collaborative negotiation techniques
4 The seven steps in the negotiation process
5 The importance of the first and last steps in negotiation

Be concise

Be concise by not repeating information contained in the head. For example, the list below contains several unnecessary words.

Exemple inadequatNeuropsychological evaluation

1 Introduction to evaluation
2 Attention disorders
3 Memory disorders
4 Child neuropsychological evaluation
5 Adult neuropsychological evaluation
6 Neuropsychological rehabilitation


By exploiting the information in the head, you can make the text more concise.

Exemple adequatNeuropsychological evaluation

1 Introduction
2 Attention disorders
3 Memory disorders
4 Children
5 Adults
6 Rehabilitation

Be clear

Be clear by selecting exactly what information to give and how to give it. This is especially important when lists contain complex terminology that your text needs to frame as clearly as possible. In the example below there are unnecessary words in parts 1 and 1.1, as well as clumsy and confusing elements like the long phrases in parts 1.1 and 1.2 and the abbreviation “2D” placed right after the number in Part 2. Also, parts 2.1, 2.2 and 2.3 all omit the names of the types of equation being exemplified, making these difficult to identify for readers unfamiliar with the subject.

Exemple inadequatexample image


All these problems could be solved by clearer writing at a general rather than a technical level and by not repeating information included in the head.

Exemple adequatHeat transfer to nozzle and combustor walls

1 General considerations
1.1 Negative effects on performance and the design of hot-sides for heat fluxes in the 107–108 W/m² range
1.2 Convection versus radiation
2 Two-dimensional boundary layer equations to calculate convective heat transfer
2.1 Continuity equations
2.2 X-momentum equations
2.3 Y-momentum equations


Finally, cohesion, concision and clarity can also be gained by joining phrases. When you translate compound titles that contain a very long first phrase, for example, consider reducing the structure to a single phrase. For instance, titles such as

Psicologia del treball i de les organitzacions: marc teòric
Els drets i deures de la persona treballadora: aspectes generals
Sistemes de planificació i gestió dels recursos humans: una perspectiva psicològica


might be effectively rendered as

A theoretical framework for industrial and organizational psychology
General aspects of employees' rights and responsibilities
A psychological approach to human resource planning and management systems


This can also be appropriate for titles with two phrases of a similar length.

La jurisdicció social: principis bàsics del procés social

Basic principles of labour court procedure


Types of assessment

Make clear and specific reference to the types of assessment students receive for the subject. Below is a list of terms that are useful when discussing assessment.

Catalan
Recommended English translation
avaluació contínua
continuous assessment
avaluació en línia
online assessment
avaluació final
final assessment
avaluació formativa
formative assessment
avaluació sumatòria
summative assessment
examen escrit
written exam
examen oral
oral exam
examen parcial
mid-term exam, mid-semester exam
prova d’opció múltiple
multiple-choice test

The grading system

In universities in the Vives Network of Universities,  Catalan academic grades are translated in the following way.

Catalan
Recommended English translation
aprovat
pass
apte
pass (pass/fail grading system)
excel·lent
excellent
matrícula d'honor
distinction
no apte
fail (pass/fail grading system)
no presentat
absent
notable
good
suspens
fail
pendent
pending

Uses of mark and grade

The terms mark and grade are often used interchangeably, but note the following differences between them.

Mark
Grade
UK English
US English
Numerical
Alphabetical
Individual assessment task
Overall assessment of a subject


Because of the third difference above, use “grading system” for the sistema de qualificació section of a course guide.

Types of class

The following terms may be useful when discussing types of class.

Catalan
Recommended English translation
classe magistral, classe teòrica
lecture
pràctica de laboratori
laboratory practical
pràctica en empresa
internship, work placement
tutoria
tutorial
seminari
seminar
classe presencial
face-to-face class, on-campus class, on-site class
classe en línea, classe virtual
online class, virtual class
classe híbrida
hybrid class
classe semipresencial
blended class

ECTS credits

The acronym ECTS stands for “European Credit Transfer and Accumulation System”. So, when indicating the number of credits awarded to a particular subject, be sure to use the word credits after the phrase ECTS.

Therefore, not

Exemple no admissibleBasque Literature (10 ECTS)


but

Exemple adequatBasque Literature (10 ECTS credits)

Use of the present tense

In any section where you describe the content of the course or of one of its topics in more general detail, use the present simple.

Exemple adequatIn this course, students write a placement report using the templates and guidelines provided by the Faculty.

Exemple adequatIn this part of the course, students use the software package SPSS Statistics for Windows to perform interactive or batched statistical analysis. Specifically, they learn to use the SPSS ‘Transform’ command to compute new variables from existing ones.

Use of the student or students

Generally speaking, use the plural students.

Exemple adequatStudents should buy all the books on the reading list by the second week of classes.

Exemple adequatIn the second semester, students will be required to submit a ten-page report.


However, when you want to emphasize the individual nature of the learning, such as in course guides that describe the final project, use the singular.

Exemple adequatEach student will be asked to prepare an outline of the second assignment, which must be presented to the rest of the class.


In this case, if you need to use pronouns, use they, them and their. This is more concise and inclusive than using constructions such as he or she, him or her or his or her.

Therefore, not

Exemple no admissibleThe student will present his or her assignment to the rest of the class. When he or she has finished, the rest of the class will have twenty minutes to ask him or her questions about anything that seemed unclear.


but

Exemple adequatThe student will present their assignment to the rest of the class. When they have finished, the rest of the class will have twenty minutes to ask them questions about anything that seemed unclear.

Stative and dynamic verbs

When you describe the learning objectives and learning outcomes of your course use dynamic verbs rather than stative verbs: in other words, use verbs that describe the objective in question as a specific, observable and therefore measurable action, like explain, classify, define, analyse or discuss, rather than as a general state or condition that cannot be easily evaluated, like know, understand, have experience of or be familiar with.

Consider the following list.

  • Objectius d’aprenentatge

    Comprendre el sistema que regula la seguretat pública.
    Familiaritzar-se amb les bones pràctiques de màrqueting.
    Conèixer la història de l’anàlisi biològica.


The literal translation of the list would be

  • Learning objectives

    Understand the system regulating public safety.
    Become familiar with good practices in marketing.
    Know the history of biological analysis.


However, these verbs are neither measurable nor dynamic, so a more appropriate and grammatically correct translation would be

  • Learning objectives

    Explain the system regulating public safety.
    Identify good practices in marketing.
    Discuss the history of biological analysis.


The above is particularly true of the Catalan verb conèixer, often used in lists of learning objectives. To translate this verb, do not use the stative verb know, which is neither measurable nor dynamic and cannot combine grammatically with the verbs can or be able to. Instead, use a dynamic verb. The table below offers some common-sense options.

Catalan
Recommended English translation
Conèixer el procediment legislatiu així com la resta d’instruments normatius...
Identify the legislative procedures and legal instruments...
Conèixer la importància de l’organització administrativa...
Explain the importance of administrative organization...
Conèixer la importància del rol del govern multinivell de la UE...
Discuss the role played by the European Union’s system of multi-level government...
Conèixer el rol de l’Administració i del poder judicial com a actors...
Describe how the government and legal authorities enact the law...
Conèixer els factors de l’estructura d’oportunitat política...
List the factors in political opportunity structure…


For a more complete list, see Appendix IV: Verbs expressing objectives and outcomes in course guides.

Percentages

In course guides, indicate percentages numerically, with the per cent sign closed up to the value.

Exemple no admissible65 %

Exemple adequat65%


Also note the difference between per cent and percentage point: an increase from 5% to 7% would be an increase of two percentage points (or an increase of 40%), not an increase of two per cent.

Personalized institutional templates

Click on one of the files below to download an institutional template designed to display your name and position and the name of your UB department, unit or service.

Model
PDFDOTX
Model
PDFDOTX


InformacióSimilar templates are also available in Catalan and in Spanish.

Alternatively, you can download the UB’s plain institutional template.

Consult the UB’s guidelines about how to lay out the rest of your institutional document (in Catalan).


Common verbs spelt with z using Oxford spelling

acclimatize
eulogize
marginalize
sanitize
agonize
evangelize
materialize
socialize
alphabetize
extemporize
maximize
specialize
anaesthetize
exteriorize
mechanize
stabilize
anglicize
externalize
metastasize
standardize
antagonize
familiarize
mineralize
sterilize
apostrophize
fantasize
minimize
subsidize
atomize
fertilize
mobilize
summarize
authorize
federalize
modernize
synthesize
automatize
feminize
monetize
systematize
baptize
fictionalize
monopolize
tantalize
brutalize
finalize
nationalize
temporize
bowdlerize
focalize
naturalize
tenderize
canonize
formalize
neutralize
terrorize
capitalize
fossilize
normalize
thematize
categorize
galvanize
notarize
theorize
cauterize
generalize
odorize
tranquillize
centralize
glamourize
optimize
traumatize
characterize
globalize
organize
trivialize
commercialize
gluttonize
ostracize
tyrannize
compartmentalize
idealize
oxidize
urbanize
conceptualize
individualize
patronize
unionize
criticize
industrialize
penalize
unitize
crystallize
initialize
personalize
universalize
customize
institutionalize
plagiarize
utilize
democratize
intellectualize
polarize
vandalize
deodorize
interiorize
politicize
verbalize
digitalize
internalize
popularize
victimize
digitize
internationalize
prioritize
visualize
dramatize
italicize
professionalize
vocalize
economize
jeopardize
publicize
weaponize
emphasize
legitimize
randomize
westernize
energize
liberalize
rationalize
womanize
epitomize
liquidize
realize
equalize
localize
recognize

Common contractions, truncations and initialisms

Abbreviated form
Full form
Apr.
April
Aug.
August
ca.
circa (around)
cf.
confer (compare)
Dec.
December
email
electronic mail
et al.
et alii (and others)
e.g.
exempli gratia (for example)
etc.
et cetera (and so forth)
Feb.
February
Fri.
Friday
govt.
government
ibid.
ibidem (in the same place)
i.e.
id est (that is)
Jan.
January
Mar.
March
Mon.
Monday
nat.
national
Nov.
November
Oct.
October
Sat.
Saturday
Sep.
September
sic
sic erat scriptum (thus was it written)
sig.
signature
soc.
society
Sun.
Sunday
Thurs.
Thursday
trans.
translator, translation, translated by
Tues.
Tuesday
univ.
university
vs
versus (against)
Wed.
Wednesday
Wi-Fi
wireless local area network

Unusual plural forms

Singular
Plural
addendum
addenda
agenda
agendas
appendix
appendices
basis
bases
bureau
bureaus
campus
campuses
consortium
consortia
corps
corps
corpus
corpora
criterion
criteria
curriculum
curricula
formula
formulas
index
indexes, indices
maximum
maximums
medium
media, mediums
memorandum
memoranda, memorandums
millennium
millennia
phenomenon
phenomena
plus
pluses
practicum
practicums
premium
premiums
quantum
quanta
referendum
referendums
stimulus
stimuli
thesis
theses

Latin terms with English equivalents

Latin term
English equivalent
a posteriori
subsequently, with hindsight
a priori
beforehand, in theory
bona fide
in good faith
ditto
as before, aforesaid
      idem
the same
in absentia
not present
in camera
in secret
infra
below
in memoriam
in memory
in situ
in the original place
inter alia
among other things
intra muros
internal
nota bene (NB)
note well
per annum
per year
per diem
per day
sine qua non
essential
sui generis
unique
supra
above
terra firma
dry land
viva voce
oral examination

Verbs expressing objectives and outcomes in course guides

The lists below are adapted from the University of Worcester’s “Principles for course design: Guide to writing learning outcomes and developing assessment criteria“ . Keep them to hand when you are writing learning objectives and outcomes in English and when you need to be precise about exactly what skills will be assessed in exams and coursework.

  • Verbs giving evidence of knowing

    define
    list
    outline
    relate
    describe
    match
    present
    reproduce
    extract
    measure
    recall
    select
    identify
    name
    record
    state
    label
    organize
    recount
    write


  • Verbs giving evidence of comprehension

    clarify
    estimate
    indicate
    recognize
    classify
    exemplify
    infer
    report
    compare
    explain
    interpret
    represent
    contrast
    express
    justify
    rewrite
    defend
    find
    perform
    summarize
    discuss
    formulate
    predict
    translate
    distinguish
    generalize
    present


  • Verbs giving evidence of application of knowledge or understanding

    apply
    demonstrate
    modify
    relate
    assess
    employ
    operate
    select
    change
    explicate
    predict
    show
    choose
    illustrate
    produce
    solve
    compute
    manipulate
    prove
    use


  • Verbs giving evidence of analysis

    analyse
    diagnose
    identify
    recognize
    break down
    differentiate
    illustrate
    relate
    categorize
    distinguish
    infer
    resolve
    compare
    divide
    justify
    select
    conclude
    elucidate
    outline
    separate
    contrast
    evaluate
    point out
    criticize
    examine
    question


  • Verbs giving evidence of synthesis

    account for
    enlarge
    plan
    revise
    alter
    explain
    prepare
    select
    argue
    formulate
    present
    suggest
    arrange
    generalize
    propose
    summarize
    assemble
    manage
    reconstruct
    synthesize
    construct
    modify
    relate
    write
    derive
    order
    reorganize
    design
    organize
    report


  • Verbs giving evidence of creativity

    begin
    devise
    imagine
    pattern
    create
    elaborate
    initiate
    plan
    design
    engender
    invent
    produce
    develop
    generate
    make
    state


  • Verbs giving evidence of evaluation

    appraise
    conclude
    determine
    justify
    assess
    contrast
    discriminate
    question
    choose
    criticize
    evaluate
    rate
    compare
    defend
    judge
    rationalize

Catalan–English glossary of points of grammar, style and text production

The table below provides links to the different points of grammar, style and text production addressed in the English-language section of the University of Barcelona’s Llibre d’estil.

Point of grammar, style or text production
Page in the English-language section of the Llibre d’estil
L’abreujament de noms de persones
L’abreujament de les unitats de mesura
L’abreujament de les unitats monetàries
Les abreviacions com a adjectius
Les abreviacions i els articles
Les abreviacions en un context multilingüe
Acrònims i sigles
L’ajustament de línia i la separació de mots
Les alternatives a punt i coma
Els anys
L’apòstrof
Les àrees de coneixement com a adjectius
Les àrees de coneixement i el singular i el plural
Article
bachelor, master, alumni i fellow
billion
Els caràcters especials
La càrrega al final de l’oració
La carta
El certificat
Els claudàtors
La cohesió sintàctica
La coma
Les cometes
Les competències
La concisió
La concordança del verb amb noms col·lectius
La configuració de la llengua al processador de textos
Construccions passives i actives en l’àmbit cientificotècnic
Contraccions habituals
Contraccions i truncaments
Convencions d’ortografia a la UB
La correspondència
El correu electrònic
La cursiva
data
Les datacions
Les dècades
Els diacrítics
Els dies de la setmana
La diligència
Els dos punts
Les duplicacions de consonants davant dels sufixos
Les eines de correcció automàtica
L’escriptura dels nombres
L’estil no oficial
etc
El focus al final de l’oració
La formació d’abreviatures
Les fraccions
Les funcions principals del punt i coma
El guió mitjà als intervals numèrics
El guionet
Els guions
Les hores
La i comercial (ampersand)
Els jocs de caràcters i la codificació
Llista d’elements en una sèrie
Majúscules i minúscules
Els mots amb formes de plural inusuals
Els nombres a principi d’una oració
Els nombres i la puntuació
Els nombres i les unitats de mesura
Noms que contenen man però que inclouen la referència a les dones
Les notes al peu i al final
La notificació
Els números de telèfon
Els objectius d’aprenentatge
Les oracions
Oracions acabades amb abreviatures amb punt final
Oracions interrogatives directes, indirectes i de cortesia
Les oracions de relatiu especificatives i explicatives
Les oracions temàtiques
Els ordinals
Ortografia d’Oxford
Paral·lelisme en la redacció cientificotècnica
Paraules o abreviacions llatines amb les equivalències en anglès
Els parèntesis
Partitius
El pla docent
El plural de les abreviacions
El plural de les xifres
Processadors de textos i altres eines en línia
Els projectes d’equip i la revisió de textos
El punt
El punt i les preguntes indirectes
El punt i coma
El punt i els ítems de les llistes
Els punts suspensius
Les ràtios
Referències i citacions bibliogràfiques
La resolució
Els resultats d’aprenentatge
Les salutacions
La separació de decimals i de milers
El signe d’exclamació
Els signes d’interrogació
Els signes de puntuació i els espais
Els signes de puntuació i la precedència
Els símbols
Els símbols als intervals numèrics
El símbol de multiplicació
El símbol de percentatge
Els símbols i les unitats monetàries
Singular i plural i els noms usats com a adjectius
Singular i plural i els noms que denoten grups
Singular i plural i els topònims i organitzacions
La sol·licitud
El subjecte i l’agent
Els substantius i els adjectius formats a partir de verbs compostos
Tematitzacions o incisos amb oracions de relatiu especificatives i explicatives
Els termes que no tenen traducció establerta
Els tipus d’oracions
Els títols i els punts
La traducció de formes de tractament
La traducció de noms
El treball final de grau
El treball final de màster
Els treballs finals en l’àmbit de les ciències naturals
Els treballs finals en l’àmbit de les ciències socials
Els treballs finals en l’àmbit de les humanitats
La variació oracional
Les varietats d’anglès
Els verificadors gramaticals, tesaurus i diccionaris bilingües
Els verificadors ortogràfics
Verbs que s’escriuen amb z segons l’ortografia d’Oxford
web i internet



Universitat de Barcelona. Serveis Lingüístics
Darrera actualització: 5-9-2023
Recommended citation:
«Guidelines» [en línia]. A: Llibre d’estil de la Universitat de Barcelona. Barcelona: Universitat de Barcelona. Serveis Lingüístics. <https://www.ub.edu/llibre-estil/criteri_bloc.php?id=2176> [consulta: 21 novembre 2024].